Docstoc

College Catalog 2011–2012 -

Document Sample
College Catalog 2011–2012 - Powered By Docstoc
					                                                1




College Catalog
2011–2012
-




Boston   |   Worcester   |   Manchester,   nh
    This catalog is intended to provide working guidelines and descriptions of the general and
    academic policies of the College applicable to students. It is not intended and cannot be
                                                                                                                            Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
    construed as a contract or guaranty of any kind, express or implied, and the College may                                179 Longwood Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115
    change, delete or add to these guidelines unilaterally in its sole discretion and without notice.
    The College also reserves the right to determine the applicability of any policy to a particular    Telephone 617.732.2800; students outside Massachusetts and within the continental United
    situation or set of circumstances and to depart from the guidelines contained herein in             States may call toll free 1.800.225.5506.

    a given case. This catalog supersedes any previous catalog, policies or practices relating          Non-Discrimination Policy

2                                                                                                       It is the policy and commitment of Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences          3
    to students. It is the responsibility of the students to know and understand the College’s
                                                                                                        not to discriminate on the basis of race, religion, color, age, sexual orientation, sex, sexual
    policies. The College may from time to time acquire or develop new programs, or expand its          identity, disability, veteran status, marital status or national origin in its educational pro-
    offerings in other locations, including distance learning programs, and the guidelines in this      grams, activities, admissions or employment policies and to actively comply with the require-
                                                                                                        ments of Federal Executive Orders 11246 and 11375 as amended; the Civil Rights Act of
    catalog shall apply to all such programs and locations. Students are expected to know the           1964 as amended; Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972; Section 503 and 504 of
    contents of this catalog relating to their program of study, and should consult the College’s       the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; Section 402, Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance
                                                                                                        Act of 1974; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975; the Americans with Disabilities Act of
    website for any changes made to the catalog since the latest printing. Additional guidelines        1990 (as amended by the ADA Amendments Act of 2008); and pertinent laws, regulations
    and policies are contained in the individual course syllabi. Students are expected to know          and executive directives of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and other applicable state
                                                                                                        and federal statutes.
    the contents of the course syllabi relating to their program of study.
                                                                                                        Inquiries regarding the College’s compliance with Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
                                                                                                        laws may be directed to Richard Lessard, Executive Vice President, at 617.732.2132.
                                                                                                        Sexual Harassment
                                                                                                        Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972
                                                                                                        specifically prohibit sexual harassment. All members of the College community, including
                                                                                                        faculty, administration, staff and students have a right to be free from sexual harassment by
                                                                                                        any member of the College community. Any member of the MCPHS community who has
                                                                                                        a complaint or concern about sexual harassment, or would like more information about the
                                                                                                        College’s policies regarding sexual harassment, should contact the Dean of Students or Rich-
                                             Boston caMpus                                              ard Lessard, Executive Vice President and Title IX Coordinator.
     179 Longwood Avenue • Boston, MA 02115-5896 • Tel: 617.732.2800 • Fax: 617.732.2801                Occupational Health and Safety Master Plan
                                                                                                        MCPHS strives to provide a learning, teaching, working and research environment free from
                                           Worcester caMpus                                             recognized health and safety hazards. Pursuant to the requirements of the U.S. Occupational
                                                                                                        Safety and Health Administration, the City of Boston, the Federal Emergency Management
        19 Foster Street • Worcester, MA 01608-1715 • Tel: 508.890.8855 • Fax: 508.890.8515             Agency and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, MCPHS has established an Occupational
                                                                                                        Health and Safety Master Plan to protect its students and employees from potential occupa-
                                                                                                        tional, health, safety and radiation hazards. For further information about the Master Plan,
                                          Manchester caMpus
                                                                                                        please contact the Director of Environmental Health and Safety at 617.732.2861.
       1260 Elm Street • Manchester, NH 03101-1305 • Tel: 603.314.0210 • Fax: 603.314.0303              Printed in the U.S., June, 2011.


                                            www.mcphs.edu
    Annual Notification of Student Rights under FERPA                                                                  • Major and minor field(s) of study, including the division or program in
                                                                                                                         which a student is enrolled;
    The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended affords stu-
    dents certain rights with respect to their own education records. These rights include:                            • Classification as a freshman, sophomore, junior, senior or graduate, or by
                                                                                                                         number referring to such classes;
    1. The right to inspect and review student education records within 45 days of the day
    the College receives a request for access. Students should submit to the Office of the Reg-                        • Course load, e.g., full-time or part-time;
    istrar written requests that identify the record(s) they wish to inspect. The Registrar will                       • Participation in officially recognized activities;
    make arrangements for access within 45 days from the date of such request, and will notify
    the students of the time and place where the records may be inspected. The College reserves                        • Dates of attendance and graduation, and degrees received;
    the right to deny a copy of a student education record (including, without limitation, a tran-                     • Most recent previous educational institution attended;
    script) for which a financial “hold” exists (a hold is imposed if the student fails to pay bills,
                                                                                                                       • Honors and awards received, including selection to a Dean’s list or
    fees or fines owed to the College). A hold will not interfere with the right to visually examine
                                                                                                                         honorary organization; and
    student education records. Questions about the College’s policies and practices relating to the
    Act should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.                                                            • Student ID numbers (but only if coupled with another identifier to
                                                                                                                         access education records).
    2. The right to request amendment of student education records that students believe are
    inaccurate or misleading. Students should write the College Registrar, clearly identify the          4. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning al-
4   part of the records they want changed, and specify why the records are inaccurate or mislead-        leged failures by the College to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and         5
    ing. If the College decides not to amend the records as requested, it will notify the students       address of the Office that administers FERPA are:
    of the decision and advise the students of their right to a hearing. Additional information                        Family Policy Compliance Office
    regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the students when they are notified of                        U.S. Department of Education
    the right to a hearing.                                                                                            400 Maryland Avenue, SW
    3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in                         Washington, DC 20202-4605
    student education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure with-
    out consent. One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to ap-
    propriate parties in connection with a health or safety emergency. Another exception which           Clinical Rotations and Background Screenings
    permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational
    interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervi-      For some of MCPHS’s programs placements in clinical rotations at health
    sory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit person-        care providers are a required part of the MCPHS curriculum. Some of
    nel and health staff); a person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an          those health care providers require background screenings and a convic-
    attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees; or a student     tion for a criminal offense might present an issue. It is possible that certain
    serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting
    another school official in performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educa-
                                                                                                         types of criminal convictions, whether prior to being a student at MCPHS
    tional interest if the official needs to review a student education record in order to fulfill his   or while attending MCPHS, could preclude a student from being able to
    or her professional responsibility. Upon request, the College may disclose student education         complete a required clinical rotation. If you have any questions, please
    records without consent to officials of another school in which a student seeks or intends to        contact the MCPHS Chief Compliance Officer.
    enroll if the disclosure is for purposes related to the student’s enrollment or transfer. Educa-
    tion records may be compelled and disclosed without consent by, or notice to, the student
    pursuant to a valid subpoena issued under the USA Patriot Act. Finally, personally identifi-
    able “directory information” may be released freely unless the student files the appropriate
    form requesting that such information not be released. This form is available at the Office of
    the Registrar. Directory information includes the following:
                    • Name;
                    • Gender;
                    • Local address and telephone number;
                    • Permanent address and telephone number;
                    • College e-mail address;
    Table of Contents

    Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
    Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    Interinstitutional Cooperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
    Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
    Tuition, Room and Board, Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
    Student Financial Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
    Academic Policies and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
    General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
    MCPHS–Boston. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   .   .   .119
6      School of Arts and Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                       .   .   .   .   .   .119   7
            Medical and Molecular Biology, BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   .   .   .120
            Chemistry/Pharmaceutical Chemistry, BS/MS . . . . . . . . . .                                             .   .   .   .   .   .122
            Health Psychology, BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   .   .   .125
            Health Sciences, BS/Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                          .   .   .   .   .   .127
            Premedical and Health Studies, BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   .   .   .133
            Public Health, BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                       .   .   .   .   .   .136
       Division of Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                        .   .   .   .   .   .139
            Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene
                 BS*/Postbaccalaureate BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   141/145
                 MS/AD to MS Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                           .   .   .   146/148
            School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics . . . . . . . . . . .                                          .   .   .   . . .150
                 Diagnostic Medical Sonography, BS*/Postbaccalaureate BS .                                            .   .   .   151/162
                 MRI, BS*/Postbaccalaureate BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                          .   .   .   154/164
                 Nuclear Medicine Technology, BS*/Postbaccalaureate BS . .                                            .   .   .   157/165
                 Radiation Therapy, BS*/Postbaccalaureate BS . . . . . . . .                                          .   .   .   158/166
                 Radiography, BS*/Postbaccalaureate BS . . . . . . . . . . .                                          .   .   .   160/167
                 Advanced Certificates in Medical Imaging . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   . . .168
                 Radiologist Assistant Studies, MRAS . . . . . . . . . . . .                                          .   .   .   . . .169
            School of Nursing, 32-month BSN* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                            .   .   .   . . .172
            School of Physician Assistant Studies, MPAS . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   . . .177
       School of Pharmacy (Boston). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   . . .182
            Doctor of Pharmacy, PharmD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                            .   .   .   . . .186
            Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway, PharmD . . . .                                              .   .   .   . . .189
            Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business, BS . . . . . . . . . .                                           .   .   .   . . .192
            Pharmacology and Toxicology, BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                           .   .   .   . . .194
            Pharmaceutical Sciences, BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   . . .196
    MCPHS–Worcester . . . . . . . . . . . .       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
       Division of Health Sciences . . . . .      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
       School of Nursing, Postbaccaulaureate
            Postbaccalaureate BSN . . . . .       .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   . . .201
            ADN to MS Bridge/MSN . . .            .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   205/206
       School of Optometry . . . . . . . . .      .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   . . .207
       School of Physical Therapy, DPT. . .       .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   . . .207
         School of Physician Assistant Studies (Manchester/Worcester), MPAS . . . . . . .210                                                         Fall 2011
         School of Pharmacy (Worcester/Manchester), PharmD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
    MCPHS–Manchester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                              .   .   .   .   .   .217   Dear Student,
       Division of Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                            .   .   .   .   .   .217
       School of Nursing, Postbaccaulaureate BSN*. . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                              .   .   .   .   .   .217
       School of Physician Assistant Studies (Manchester/Worcester), MPAS .                                               .   .   .   .   .   .219   On behalf of the College’s administration, faculty and staff, I want
       School of Pharmacy (Worcester/Manchester), PharmD* . . . . . . . .                                                 .   .   .   .   .   .223   to extend our warmest greetings and best wishes.
    Division of Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                    .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .224   You are entering MCPHS at a particularly exciting time in our
         Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                    .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .224   long and distinguished history.
         Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                    .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .224
                                                                                                                                                     Enrollment now exceeds 5,000 students, which is an all-time high
                   Applied Natural Products: MANP and CANP . . . .                                            .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .225
                                                                                                                                                     for the College and a ringing endorsement of our position as a
                   Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy: MS, CRA, CHP                                         .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .228
                                                                                                                                                     national leader in preparing graduates for rewarding careers in the health professions.
                   Medicinal Chemistry: MS and PhD . . . . . . . . . .                                        .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .230
                   Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy MS and PhD .                                           .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .232   In order to support this unprecedented growth, the College continues to expand and en-
                   Pharmaceutics: MS and PhD . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                        .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .236   hance the buildings on our campuses in Boston, Worcester, and Manchester. These new and
                   Pharmacology: MS and PhD . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .238   renovated facilities feature state-of-the-art technology and laboratories that ensure the best
8                                                                                                                                                    possible educational experience for students. MCPHS is truly a learner-centered institution.      9
    MCPHS Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
                                                                                                                                                     As a graduate of the College, I know the importance of developing strong professional rela-
    Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
                                                                                                                                                     tionships with faculty and staff, whose primary goal is to help you succeed. I hope each of
    Corporation and Administration. . . .     .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .327   you will take advantage of the many educational and co-curricular activities that are available
        Corporation Officers and Trustees     .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .327   to you at MCPHS.
        Administration . . . . . . . . . .    .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .328
                                                                                                                                                     When you complete your course of studies, you will become one of more than 19,000 living
        Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .330
                                                                                                                                                     alumni who are enjoying productive careers in the health sciences. I hope that each of you
    Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348                                                    will develop a personal relationship with the College as your professional home away from
    Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351                                                   home—your alma mater.
                                                                                                                                                     Once again, I wish you good luck with your studies and I look forward to meeting many of
                                                                                                                                                     you at various College functions in the years ahead.
    *Accelerated programs

                                                                                                                                                     Sincerely,




                                                                                                                                                     Charles F. Monahan Jr., Class of 1962
               Introduction                                                                                       The Worcester Campus
introduction




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   introduction
                                                                                                                  MCPHS currently offers five degree programs on its Worcester campus, and will expand
                                                                                                                  offerings in the future. The Worcester campus is home to an accelerated 33-month PharmD
               Mission Statement                                                                                  program for students who have already completed their preprofessional requirements, an
                                                                                                                  accelerated 16-month Bachelor of Science in Nursing program for individuals with a prior
               Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences (MCPHS) prepares students for
                                                                                                                  baccalaureate degree in another field, a 24-month Master of Physician Assistant Studies pro-
               successful careers in health care through excellence in teaching, scholarship, research, profes-
                                                                                                                  gram, a Master of Science in Nursing (Family Nurse Practitioner and Generalist), including
               sional service and community engagement.
                                                                                                                  an ADN to MSN Bridge program, and a three-year Doctor of Physical Therapy degree pro-
               Core Values                                                                                        gram. A four-year Doctor of Optometry (OD) program expects to welcome its first class in
                                                                                                                  the fall of 2012.
               The College embraces a set of core values that reflect commitment to preparing competent,
               caring, ethical health professionals and scientists to meet the need for quality health care. As   Worcester is among the largest cities in New England and well known for its premier educa-
               members of the College and broader community, we are committed to the following core               tional and health care institutions. The Worcester campus is located adjacent to the Worcester
               values:                                                                                            Medical Center and in close proximity to the Fallon Clinic, St. Vincent’s Hospital, University
                                                                                                                  of Massachusetts Memorial Health Center and the medical school of the University of Mas-
                 • Learner-centered teaching and student engagement that fosters intellectual vitality, criti-    sachusetts.
                   cal thinking, and lifelong responsibility for learning and continuing professional devel-
 10                opment;                                                                                        The Manchester Campus                                                                            11
                 • Honesty, integrity, professionalism, and personal responsibility;                              MCPHS–Manchester became an entity of the College in May 2002 when MCPHS assumed
                 • Respecting diversity and appreciating cross-cultural perspectives;                             responsibility for the Physician Assistant (PA) Studies program and its faculty and staff from
                                                                                                                  Notre Dame College upon its closing. The new campus building at 1260 Elm Street was
                 • Adaptability and flexibility in response to the ever-changing external environment;            purchased in November 2002, and the first class of PA students, faculty and staff occupied
                 • Effectively and efficiently using resources to maximize value to those we serve;               the building in January 2003. In conjunction with the School of Pharmacy–Worcester, the
                 • Excellence and innovation in education, scholarship/research, and service, including           accelerated Doctor of Pharmacy degree program admitted its first class in Manchester in the
                   outreach to the community;                                                                     fall of 2004. An accelerated 16-month Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree program for
                                                                                                                  individuals with a prior baccalaureate in another field admitted its first cohort in September
                 • A productive, satisfying work and learning environment that is built upon cross-disci-         2007.
                   plinary and cross-campus collaboration;
                                                                                                                  Manchester is New Hampshire’s largest city and is the center of the state’s diversified indus-
                 • Integrating liberal arts and basic sciences with professional studies;                         trial and service economy, which developed in response to the decline of the mill dynasty
                 • Scholarship that contributes to developing knowledge, improving health sciences edu-           in the 1930s. The College is situated parallel to the historic Amoskeag Mills which houses
                   cation, and improving health care and health outcomes; and                                     educational institutions, businesses and small industry.
                 • Education that fosters developing the whole person.                                            Degree and Certificate Programs
               The Boston Campus                                                                                  School of Arts and Sciences (Boston)
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Chemistry/Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Chemistry
               Founded in 1823, MCPHS is the oldest institution of higher education in the City of Boston
                                                                                                                        (shared with School of Pharmacy–Boston)
               and its pharmacy program is the second oldest in the United States. The main campus is
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Health Psychology
               located in Boston’s Longwood Medical and Academic Area, and the College enjoys working
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences
               affiliations with some of the world’s finest health institutions, including Beth Israel Deacon-
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences Degree Completion (Boston)
               ess Medical Center, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Children’s Hospital, Boston Medical
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Medical and Molecular Biology
               Center, Tufts Medical Center and Massachusetts General Hospital. Among its neighbors
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Premedical and Health Studies
               are Emmanuel College, Massachusetts College of Art and Design, Simmons College, Went-
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Public Health
               worth Institute of Technology, Wheelock College, and Harvard University’s Medical School,
               Dental School and School of Public Health. In this invigorating and stimulating environ-
                                                                                                                  Division of Health Sciences
               ment, students have access to unsurpassed educational resources.
                                                                                                                  Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene (Boston)
               Undergraduate degree programs offered at the Boston campus include biology, chemistry,             Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene (Boston)
               dental hygiene, health psychology, premedical and health studies, pharmaceutical sciences,         Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Boston, Worcester and Manchester)
               public health, medical imaging and radiologic sciences. First professional degrees are offered     Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical Sonography (Boston)
               in pharmacy, physician assistant studies and nursing. Each of these programs combines the          Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical Sonography (Boston)
               basic sciences with liberal arts and provides an education for lifelong enrichment. Graduate       Bachelor of Science in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (Boston)
               programs are offered in applied natural products, chemistry, regulatory affairs, pharmaceu-        Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (Boston)
               tics, pharmacology, nursing and dental hygiene.                                                    Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology (Boston)
               Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology (Boston)                       Accreditation by NEASC is not partial but applies to the institution as a whole. As such, it is
introduction




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     introduction
               Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy (Boston)                                                   not a guarantee of every course or program offered, or the competence of individual gradu-
               Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy (Boston)                                 ates. Rather, it provides reasonable assurance about the quality of opportunities available to
               Bachelor of Science in Radiography (Boston)                                                         students who attend the institution.
               Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Radiography (Boston)                                       Inquiries regarding the accreditation status by NEASC should be directed to the Office of the
               Advanced Certificate in Medical Imaging (Boston)                                                    Vice President for Academic Affairs (617.732.2854).
                    (Computed Tomography, Magnetic Resonance Imaging)
               Master of Physician Assistant Studies (Boston, Worcester and Manchester)                            Individuals may also contact: Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, New Eng-
               Doctor of Physical Therapy (Worcester)                                                              land Association of Schools and Colleges, 209 Burlington Road, Suite 201, Bedford, MA
                                                                                                                   01730-1433, tel.: 781.271.0022; fax: 781.271.0950, e-mail: cihe@neasc.org.
               School of Pharmacy (Boston)                                                                         Accreditation Council on Optometric Education (ACOE)
               Doctor of Pharmacy                                                                                  The Doctor of Optometry (OD) program on the Worcester campus is seeking accredita-
                    Residencies in Pharmacy Practice                                                               tion by the Accreditation Council on Optometric Education (243 N. Lindbergh Blvd., St.
               Bachelor of Science in Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business                                      Louis, MO 63141; tel: 800.365.2219). The program submitted an Application for Candi-
               Bachelor of Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences/Master of Pharmaceutical Sciences                    dacy, which is the formal application required in the pre-accreditation stage. Submission of
               Bachelor of Science in Pharmacology/Toxicology                                                      this document does not assure that the program will be granted Provisional Candidate for
 12                                                                                                                Accreditation status.                                                                             13
               School of Pharmacy (Worcester/Manchester)
                                                                                                                   Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE)
               Doctor of Pharmacy (accelerated)
                                                                                                                   The School of Pharmacy–Boston Doctor of Pharmacy program and the School of Phar-
                                                                                                                   macy–Worcester/Manchester Doctor of Pharmacy program are separately accredited by the
               Division of Graduate Studies (Boston)
                                                                                                                   ACPE, 20 North Clark Street, Suite 2500, Chicago, IL 60602-5109; tel.: 312.664.3575; fax:
               Certificate in Advanced Pharmacy Practice Studies
                                                                                                                   312.664.4652, website: www.acpe-accredit.org.
               Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy in Medicinal Chemistry
               Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy                      Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant, Inc.
               Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutics                                            (ARC-PA)
               Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmacology                                             The Master of Physician Assistant Studies program on the Boston campus and the Master
                                                                                                                   of Physician Assistant Studies program on the Manchester/Worcester campuses are sepa-
               MCPHS Online                                                                                        rately accredited by ARC-PA, 12000 Findley Road, Suite 240, Duluth, GA 30097; tel.:
               AD to Master of Science in Dental Hygiene Bridge                                                    770.476.1224, fax: 770.476.1738, website: www.arc-pa.org.
               Master of Science in Dental Hygiene                                                                 Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE)
               Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences Degree Completion                                            The Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) program on the Worcester campus is seeking ac-
               ADN to Master of Science in Nursing Bridge                                                          creditation by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (1111 North
               Master of Science in Nursing (Family Nurse Practitioner)                                            Fairfax Street, Alexandria, VA 22314; tel: 703.706.3245; accreditation@apta.org). The pro-
               Master of Science in Nursing (Generalist)                                                           gram has submitted an Application for Candidacy, which is the formal application required
               Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies                                                             in the pre-accreditation stage. Submission of this document does not assure that the program
               Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway                                                        will be granted Candidate for Accreditation status nor does it assure that the program will be
               Master of Applied Natural Products                                                                  granted Accreditation.
               Certificate of Applied Natural Products
               Certificate of Health Policy                                                                        Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)
               Certificate of Regulatory Affairs                                                                   The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program, with tracks in Boston, Worcester and
               Master of Science in Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy                                           Manchester, N.H., has full initial accreditation from CCNE for the maximum five-year peri-
                                                                                                                   od accorded new programs. CCNE is located at One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530, Wash-
                                                                                                                   ington, DC 20036; tel.: 202.887.6791; fax: 202.887.8476; website: www.aacn.nche.edu.
               Accreditation
                                                                                                                   Commission on Dental Accreditation, American Dental Association
               New England Association of Schools and Colleges                                                     The Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accredita-
               MCPHS is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc.                    tion, American Dental Association, and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval
               (NEASC) through its Commission on Institutions of Higher Education. Accreditation of                with reporting requirements.” The Commission is a specialized accrediting body recognized
               an institution of higher education by NEASC indicates that it meets or exceeds criteria for         by the United States Department of Education. The Commission on Dental Accreditation
               the assessment of institutional quality periodically applied through a peer review process. An      can be contacted at 312.440.4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611; fax:
               accredited college or university is one which has available the necessary resources to achieve      312.440.2915; website: www.ada.org.
               its stated purposes through appropriate educational programs, is substantially doing so, and
               gives reasonable evidence that it will continue to do so in the foreseeable future. Institutional
               integrity is also addressed through accreditation.
               Joint Review Committee on Educational Programs in Nuclear Medicine Technology
                                                                                                           Facilities
introduction




                                                                                                                                                                                                                Facilities
               (JRCNMT)
               The Nuclear Medicine Technology program is accredited by JRCNMT, 2000 W. Danforth
               Road, Suite 130, #230, Edmond, OK; 73003, tel.: 405.285.0546, fax: 405.285.0579, web-
                                                                                                           Boston Campus
               site: www.jrcnmt.org.                                                                       Ronald A. Matricaria Academic and Student Center
               Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology (JRCERT)                       To accommodate the growing number of students, as well as growth in program offerings,
               The Radiation Therapy program and the Radiography program are accredited individually       MCPHS added the 93,000 square foot Ronald A. Matricaria Academic and Student Center
               by JRCERT, 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago, IL 60606-3182; tel.: 312.704.5300,      on the Longwood campus in 2004. The center preserves the signature façade and columns
               fax: 312.704.5304, website: www.jrcert.org.                                                 of the George Robert White building within a dramatic glass atrium while enhancing the
               Massachusetts Board of Registration in Nursing (MBORN)                                      College’s capacity for teaching, scholarly research, and student development. The building
                                                                                                           features:
               The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program, with tracks in Boston and Worcester,
               has received full approval from MBORN, 239 Causeway Street, Suite 200, 2nd Floor, Bos-        • laboratory space for chemistry, professional pharmacy practice and pharmaceutics;
               ton, MA 02114; tel.: 800.414.0168 or 617.973.0900, fax: 617.973.0984, website: www.           • a library making possible state-of-the-art learning and technology resources;
               mass.gov/dph/boards/rn.
                                                                                                             • four floors of apartment-style student residence space;
               New Hampshire Board of Nursing
 14            The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program offered on the Manchester campus has         • a fully-staffed technology center;                                                               15
               received full approval from the New Hampshire Board of Nursing, located at 21 South Fruit     • three large, modern classrooms;
               Street, Suite 16, Concord, NH 03301-2431; tel.: 603.271.2323, fax: 603.271.6605, website:
                                                                                                             • quiet study areas, group study rooms, and social/lounge space for students.
               http://www.nh.gov/nursing.
               MCPHS is approved by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to grant the degrees and certifi-    George Robert White Building
               cates awarded by programs on the Boston and Worcester campuses. The College is approved     Constructed through the generosity of Boston philanthropist George Robert White, the
               by the New Hampshire Postsecondary Education Commission to award the Master of Physician    building bearing his name houses administrative and faculty offices, classrooms, laboratories,
               Assistant Studies degree, the Doctor of Pharmacy degree, and the Bachelor of Science in     lecture halls, White Hall, and the Forsyth Dental Hygiene Clinic. The state-of-the-art dental
               Nursing degree offered in Manchester, contingent upon continuing accreditation by ARC-      hygiene clinic and teaching laboratory, opened in 2005 and occupying a large portion of the
               PA, ACPE, and CCNE respectively.                                                            first floor, is named for benefactor and Forsyth alumna Dr. Esther M. Wilkins.
                                                                                                           In addition to the dental hygiene clinic, the White Building houses several teaching and
                                                                                                           research laboratories, multiple classrooms, and faculty and administrative office suites. In
                                                                                                           2009, the Academic Resource Center was created to house an array of academic support
                                                                                                           services and the Writing Center in a renovated suite on the first floor of this historic building.
                                                                                                           In 2011, a state-of-the-art Diagnostic Medical Imaging suite was completed to support the
                                                                                                           College’s new Diagnostic Medical Sonography program - the first in Massachusetts to offer a
                                                                                                           bachelor’s degree in this discipline.

                                                                                                           John Richard Fennell Building and Theodore L. Iorio Research Center
                                                                                                           This building is an eight-story mixed-use facility of approximately 230,000 square feet, com-
                                                                                                           pleted in 1996. The John Richard Fennell Building comprises the east end; the west end is
                                                                                                           the Theodore L. Iorio Research Center. This structure offers classrooms, conference rooms,
                                                                                                           student lounge, faculty offices, a residence hall, coffee shop, and underground parking for
                                                                                                           faculty and staff. The Rombult Atrium adjoining the White Building is used for group study
                                                                                                           and social events.
                                                                                                           Several research and teaching laboratories are also housed in the building, including labo-
                                                                                                           ratories for anatomy and physiology, biology/microbiology, cell culture, biology research,
                                                                                                           physiology research, pharmacology research, behavioral and neuropharmacology, chemistry,
                                                                                                           physics and nuclear medicine. The Channing Laboratory division of Brigham and Women’s
                                                                                                           Hospital occupies the building’s west end through a long-term lease arrangement.

                                                                                                           Henrietta DeBenedictis Library – Boston
                                                                                                           The library occupies the second floor of the Matricaria Academic and Student Center. The
                                                                                                           facility houses general computers for research, Web searching, and word processing, as well
             as audiovisual and photocopy equipment. The library also provides generous study areas              Computer Facilities
Facilities




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Facilities
             including group study rooms.
                                                                                                                 A number of computer laboratories and classrooms are available to students, staff and fac-
             The Henrietta DeBenedictis Library maintains research-level collections in pharmacy, phar-          ulty. The laboratories contain personal computers and peripheral equipment for individual
             macy education and drug information, as well as core collections in clinical medicine, nurs-        computing use. In addition to the physical computer laboratories, the College also maintains
             ing, and the allied health sciences. Most of the collections have been converted into an elec-      a Virtual Technology Center. Accessing the VTC from the Internet provides students with
             tronic format, enabling users to access material remotely and from all three campuses. Over         access to all the applications and resources available in the libraries and physical computer
             32,000 journals are made available through a combination of owned subscriptions and titles          labs. All campuses have complete wireless coverage for convenient access to the Internet and
             made accessible through the libraries’ full-text databases. In addition to the electronic journal   e-mail. Additionally, a number of computer kiosks are located in various common areas.
             collections, the library has access to over 41,000 e-books and 145 databases. Holdings are          Faculty may also take advantage of the multiple netbook computer carts that can be deployed
             further extended through membership in the Fenway Library Consortium (FLC), a group of              to most classrooms.
             15 libraries which shares resources. In addition, 10 FLC institutions, including MCPHS, are
             members of Fenway Libraries Online, Inc. (FLO), which supports an online public catalog             Public Transportation and Parking
             of over one million volumes held by member institutions. The MCPHS community is able                Students may purchase monthly MBTA passes from the College at a discount. For more
             to directly borrow material from the FLC libraries. Taking advantage of Boston’s extensive          information, contact the Office of Student Activities (617.732.2871).
             research universities and colleges, the MCPHS libraries offer an interlibrary loan service that
             provides timely delivery of journal articles and books, usually at no cost to our students,         There is no daytime student parking on the Boston campus. Evening and weekend parking is
 16          faculty and staff.                                                                                  available to students on a limited basis. For on-campus and off-campus parking information,         17
                                                                                                                 contact Public Safety (617.732.2143).
             Richard E. Griffin Academic Center
                                                                                                                 Residence Halls
             In 2009, the College opened the Richard E. Griffin Academic Center, at 670 Huntington Av-
             enue. The Center contains 50,000 square feet of classrooms, faculty and staff offices, teaching     Fennell Hall adjoins the George Robert White building. It provides traditional corridor-style
             laboratories, a technology center, a 250-seat auditorium and a multi-function room. Students        living arrangements with double, triple, and quad rooms. Each room is furnished with beds,
             from all degree programs on the Boston campus attend classes in the new facility. The upper         dressers, wardrobes, desks, and desk chairs, and is equipped with telephone, wireless Internet,
             floors of the six-story building house the College’s Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies and       and cable jacks. Students residing in Fennell have a mandatory full meal plan during the fall
             Medical Imaging and Therapeutics programs, as well as offices for Alumni, Development,              and spring semesters. Fennell is staffed by one live-in, full-time area coordinator and student
             International Programs, Community Relations and the Career Center.                                  resident assistants (one on each floor). The building has 24-hour security and houses first-year
                                                                                                                 students.
             Crossroads Cafe and Student Lounge                                                                  Matricaria Residence Hall provides apartment style living comprised of two to five person
             The Crossroads Cafe and Student Lounge is a hub of student life on the MCPHS–Boston                 apartments. Each unit has a common room with living area, kitchen, a bathroom, and double
             campus. Members of the MCPHS community use the Student Lounge as a place to meet,                   and/or single bedrooms. The bedrooms are equipped with beds, dressers, wardrobes, desks
             study, and relax in a welcoming, supportive environment. At the Crossroads Cafe, students           and desk chairs, as well as wireless Internet and cable jacks. The common room has a loveseat,
             can grab a quick cup of coffee on their way to class or pick up a light lunch or an afternoon       chairs, occasional tables, dining table and chairs, and a kitchen with storage space. Students
             snack.                                                                                              living in this apartment residence hall are required to purchase a partial meal plan but have
                                                                                                                 the option to purchase a full meal plan. This building is staffed by one live-in, full-time area
             Dining Facilities                                                                                   coordinator, and seven student resident assistants. The building has 24-hour security.
             The College’s main dining facility for the Boston campus is located a short walk across Palace      Both residence halls house male and female students, however, in Fennell Hall there is one
             Road and is situated above the MCPHS bookstore. The dining hall is shared with Massachu-            designated floor for female residents only, and another floor designated as a wellness-themed
             setts College of Art and Design and Wentworth Institute of Technology, and is housed in the         living-learning community. Buildings are equipped with lounge space available for studying
             MassArt Kennedy Building. A wide range of hot and cold entrees, salad bar, and specialty            or socializing with other students. All residents have access to laundry facilities in both resi-
             foods are available for breakfast, lunch and dinner. The facility is generally open year-round,     dence halls and each resident is assigned an individual mailbox. Students taking courses dur-
             with some reduction in hours during summer and holiday breaks. A new addition to the                ing the summer may apply for summer housing. College-sponsored housing is also provided
             Dining Commons is a Peet’s Coffee bar, which opened in the fall of 2010.                            in local Colleges of the Fenway (COF) residence halls. Students are assigned this COF-leased
                                                                                                                 housing during the assignment process. COF-leased areas are staffed by professionals and
             Bookstore                                                                                           MCPHS resident assistants
             The MCPHS bookstore is located on Palace Road, across the street from the main cam-                 The Office of Residence Life assists students in identifying off-campus housing resources;
             pus, and serves both MCPHS and neighboring Massachusetts College of Art and Design.                 see www.mcphs.edu/reslifeboston. All questions regarding housing should be directed to the
             Newly renovated and expanded in 2009, and located in the lower level of MassArt’s Kennedy           Office of Residence Life at 617.732.2866.
             Building, the bookstore stocks new and used MCPHS textbooks, reference books, insignia
             clothing and other college-related items. Textbooks may be ordered or rented online at www.
             masspharmacy.bkstr.com. The bookstore’s telephone number is 617.739.4772; the e-mail is
             bookstore@mcphs.edu.
             Worcester Campus                                                                                   Blais Family Library – Worcester
Facilities




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Facilities
                                                                                                                A branch of the Henrietta DeBenedictis Library, which is located on the Boston campus,
             Henrietta DeBenedictis Building
                                                                                                                the Blais Family Library contains a core collection of pharmacy, clinical medicine and nurs-
             The Worcester campus opened in 2000 in a state-of-the-art facility located at 19 Foster Street,    ing texts. Computers in the Library provide students with access to all of Boston’s Henrietta
             named after alumna and benefactor Henrietta DeBenedictis, that includes two auditoria              DeBenedictis Library’s electronic resources. The Blais Family Library is staffed by two profes-
             equipped for two-way videoconferencing, classrooms, laboratories, library, computer lab,           sional librarians and a support staff member. Interlibrary loan and document delivery are
             student lounge and study space, the Brant Student Services area, and faculty and staff offices.    available from Boston’s collections, as well as from many New England medical and academic
                                                                                                                libraries.
             Thomas Henry Borysek Living and Learning Center
                                                                                                                The Blais Family Library is a member of the Academic and Research Collaborative (ARC) of
             The Thomas Henry Borysek Living and Learning Center, located at 25 Foster Street, contains         the Central Massachusetts Regional Library System, a consortium of 18 libraries, including
             administrative and faculty offices, conference room, classrooms, technology center, patient        the University of Massachusetts–Worcester Medical School, that offer a walk-in interlibrary
             assessment and clinical simulation laboratories, and six floors of suite-style student housing     loan service, free interlibrary loans among the members and a book shuttle service.
             (all with private bedrooms). The basement provides comfortable group study/social (lounge)
             space for students. A portion of the ninth floor also houses a spacious room, the Fuller           Computer Facilities
             Conference Room, designed for conferences, board meetings, receptions and other College
                                                                                                                A number of computer laboratories and classrooms are available to students, staff and fac-
             gatherings.
 18                                                                                                             ulty. The laboratories contain personal computers and peripheral equipment for individual          19
             Lincoln Square Living and Learning Center                                                          computing use. The campus is equipped with wireless technology for convenient accessibility
                                                                                                                to the Internet and e-mail. Additionally, a number of computer kiosks are located in various
             In mid-June 2010, MCPHS acquired the property at 10 Lincoln Square (formerly the                   common areas. Faculty may also take advantage of the multiple netbook computer carts that
             Crowne Plaza Hotel). This investment provides an additional 250,000 square feet necessary          can be deployed to most classrooms.
             for the College to create a new academic and student center which is used to advance key
             elements of its strategic plan, including the provision of “resources necessary to sustain both    Parking
             high quality and growth” through the accelerated expansion of student enrollment in existing
                                                                                                                Student parking on the MCPHS Worcester campus is limited and provided based on avail-
             academic programs as well as the introduction of new programs. The new 10 Lincoln Square
                                                                                                                ability and not guaranteed to any individual. Parking on campus is an additional fee and
             Academic and Student Center provides much needed classroom, research, study and assem-
                                                                                                                charged per semester. For information, please contact 508.373.5882.
             bly space for the planned expansion of Pharmacy, Nursing and Physician Assistant Studies
             programs for which there exists heretofore unmet and still growing demand among qualified          Residence Halls
             student applicants. The center also facilitates the introduction of new academic programs in
             Physical Therapy and Optometry, and potential additional programs in other professional            The Thomas Henry Borysek Living and Learning Center (located at 25 Foster Street) with
             health sciences disciplines.                                                                       student residences on the 4th – 9th floors, offers apartment, studio and suite-style hous-
                                                                                                                ing options. All students enjoy the privacy of a single bedroom within an apartment/suite
             Maher Academic Building                                                                            equipped with a kitchen. The building also has laundry, vending machines, two study rooms
                                                                                                                and student mailboxes. The building can accommodate 145 resident students. A full-time
             Opened in 2009, the Maher Academic Center Building at 40 Foster Street houses 30,000
                                                                                                                professional staff member and three resident assistants reside in the building. Additional-
             square feet of academic and student space. Two 250-seat auditoria and three “smart” class-
                                                                                                                ly, there are 24-hour Security personnel. The building adjoins the Henrietta DeBenedictis
             rooms feature the latest instructional technology and interactive video-conference capability.
                                                                                                                Building (19 Foster Street) which includes the Blais Family Library; the residence halls are
             The street-level multipurpose laboratory includes a model pharmacy that simulates com-
                                                                                                                directly above classrooms, study space and administrative offices. 
             munity and institutional practice environments. A student lounge, student meeting rooms,
             quiet study areas and faculty offices complete the fully renovated facility. The office for the    The Lincoln Square Living and Learning Center (located at 10 Lincoln Square) with student
             Student Government Association and Student Activities is located on the first floor adjacent       residences on the 3rd – 8th floors, offers private bedrooms and bathrooms. Lincoln Square
             to the student lounge.                                                                             is a short, three block walk from the main campus.  The building also houses a Café, fitness
                                                                                                                center, laundry, vending machines, student mailboxes, classrooms, labs, faculty and admin-
             MCPHS Online, 28 Mechanic Street                                                                   istrative offices, large meeting/event space and a parking garage. The building can accom-
             MCPHS Online, formed in January, 2011, provides a formal structure for online programs             modate approximately 180 resident students. A full-time professional staff member resides
             offered at MCPHS. Starting with 13 programs across 5 disciplines, the goal for MCPHS               in the building. Beginning with the summer 2011 semester, there will also be two student
             Online is to grow to 40 to 50 programs. The physical facility houses the MCPHS Online              resident assistants living in the building. Additionally, there are 24-hour Security personnel. 
             staff members charged with the development and oversight of MCPHS Online programs.                 The Residence Life staff also plans programming focused on providing opportunities for
             Also located at the building are the System Administrator with Information Services, who is        stress relief and socializing with fellow MCPHS–Worcester students outside the classroom.
             responsible for the oversight of the learning management system (Blackboard), and the As-          We strive to create fun, relaxed events which encourage students to take a much-deserved
             sociate Director of Marketing for Online Education, who is responsible for the recruitment         break. Some examples of events include:
             of online students. There is a small conference room on the 1st floor available for staff groups
             at the Worcester campus.
               • Late-night breakfast                                                                           contains a core collection of pharmacy, clinical medicine and nursing texts. Students have ac-
Facilities




                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Facilities
               • Study breaks (with full healthy meals) during finals                                           cess to all of the Boston library’s electronic resources, as well as interlibrary loan from Boston’s
                                                                                                                collections and many New England medical and academic libraries. In addition, a quiet study
               • BINGO nights                                                                                   room is available. Reference and library instruction is provided by a professional librarian.
               • Halloween party                                                                                The library is a member of the New Hampshire College and University Council, providing
                                                                                                                access to the collections of its member libraries.
               • Fall festival with Rainbow Child Development Center (local Worcester after school
                 program)                                                                                       The campus is equipped with wireless technology for convenient accessibility to the Internet
                                                                                                                and e-mail. Additionally, a number of computer kiosks are located in various common areas.
               • Spring cleaning/donations
                                                                                                                Faculty may also take advantage of the multiple netbook computer carts that can be deployed
               • Mid-winter semi-formal dress dinner                                                            to most classrooms.
               • Roommate agreement/conflict resolution workshop
                                                                                                                Laboratory Facilities
               • Passive treats like:
                                                                                                                The patient assessment laboratory is a multi-function laboratory serving courses such as
                     • Snowman soup at finals                                                                   physical assessment, anatomy, and clinical medicine. The laboratory houses twelve physical
                     • Valentine’s Day treats                                                                   assessment stations, small medical equipment, and anatomical models and specimens. The
                                                                                                                professional pharmacy practice/pharmaceutics laboratory simulates a working pharmacy to
 20                  • Red envelopes for Chinese New Year                                                       introduce students to pharmacy operations and the role of a pharmacist. The clinical simula-           21
             Beginning in summer 2011, there will be a Residence Hall Council open to all students to           tion laboratory is designed to replicate a hospital environment and consists of five medical/
             voice their opinions, give feedback about the residence halls, plan events and become in-          surgical bays, one pediatric/infant bay and two critical care units. Each bay contains a hospi-
             volved as volunteers at Move-in Day.                                                               tal bed, bedside table and chest, overhead lights, live medical gases at each station (vacuum,
                                                                                                                air, oxygen) and other patient monitoring equipment. Sophisticated, computer-controlled
             Contact the Residence Life Coordinator on the Worcester campus at 508.373.5628 for more
                                                                                                                simulated patients (adult and pediatric) are an important teaching aid in this lab.
             information or visit the website at http://www.mcphs.edu/campuses/worcester/student_life/resi-
             dence_life/                                                                                        Parking
             Student Lounge                                                                                     Limited student parking is available near the Manchester campus. For information, contact
                                                                                                                the Office of the Assistant Dean of Students at 603.314.1779.
             The National Association of Chain Drug Stores (NACDS) student lounge/café is located
             in the lower level of the Henrietta DeBenedictis Building. It contains student lockers and         Brant Student Lounge
             mailboxes and is a gathering place for students to meet, study, or have a meal in a relaxed
             atmosphere. E-mail and Internet access are available.                                              The student lounge serves as the gathering place for students to study, converse, meet, share
                                                                                                                a meal, relax and hold celebrations, and includes lockers, a small kitchen area, free standing
                                                                                                                computers, large screen TV, information monitor and comfortable chairs and couches. It
             Manchester, NH Campus
                                                                                                                serves as the “living room” for the campus. Wireless Internet is available.
             Joseph F. and Francis P. Brant Academic and Student Center
             Located in the heart of Manchester, NH, the Joseph F. and Francis P. Brant Academic and
             Student Center is a 33,000 square foot, three story space consisting of classrooms, a physical
             assessment laboratory, a clinical simulation laboratory, professional pharmacy practice labora-
             tory, library/learning resource space, state-of-the-art videoconference classrooms linked to the
             Worcester campus, student lounges, seminar rooms, student government office, resource area
             and faculty and staff offices.

             Student Activity Center
             In the spring of 2009, the Manchester campus opened a new Student Activity Center. This
             center is over 6,000 square feet and includes two classrooms, student study rooms, a multi-
             use conference/elective room, a student lounge (with a large-screen TV, information monitor,
             chairs and couches), lockers, and a small kitchen area. Wireless Internet is available.

             Library and Computer Facilities – Manchester
             The Library and Learning Center houses the main computer resource area for students. The
             library also has two computer-equipped rooms, with larger wall-mounted screens, for collab-
             orative group study. The library, a branch of the Henrietta DeBenedictis Library in Boston,
                                                                                                                                     for faculty, and promotes awareness and understanding of higher education among legislators
                                 Interinstitutional Cooperation
interinstitutional cooperation




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       interinstitutional cooperation
                                                                                                                                     and the public. www.nhcuc.org
                                 Consortia
                                                                                                                                     Institutional Agreements
                                 Colleges of the Fenway (COF)                                                                        MCPHS has entered agreements with other health professions institutions to enable highly
                                 MCPHS is one of six colleges in the Longwood Medical and Academic Area of Boston that               motivated students to begin studies at MCPHS that lead to opportunities to complete profes-
                                 joined together in 1996 to form a consortium. The consortium includes MCPHS, Emmanu-                sional programs at other institutions and vice versa. These institutional agreements are sum-
                                 el College, Massachusetts College of Art and Design, Simmons College, Wentworth Institute           marized below. Interested students should consult the website www.mcphs.edu for updated
                                 of Technology and Wheelock College. The six colleges, each with its own unique mission,             information, numbers of students who can be accommodated and application criteria for
                                 offer a world of learning and experience on and off campus. Collectively, the COF represent         each program.
                                 more than 11,000 full-time undergraduate students, nearly 1,000 full-time faculty, and more
                                 than 3,000 course offerings. Shared initiatives among the six colleges are aimed at enhancing       Entry from MCPHS to Other Health Professions Programs
                                 the quality of education, enriching student experiences and reducing costs through sharing          Barry University
                                 of resources. Collaborative student opportunities include cross-registration which broadens         Podiatric Medicine (DPM)
                                 access to courses otherwise not available on the student’s home campus, career centers, intra-      This dual-degree program allows for the highly motivated high school student to attain the
                                 murals, performing arts, student life programs and activities, and study abroad opportunities.      Bachelor of Science (BS) in Premedical and Health Studies and the Doctor of Podiatric
    22                           www.colleges-fenway.org                                                                                                                                                                                 23
                                                                                                                                     Medicine (DPM) degrees in seven years. The MCPHS Premedical and Health Studies pro-
                                                                                                                                     gram combined with Barry University’s Podiatric Medicine and Surgery program gives stu-
                                 Colleges of Worcester Consortium (COWC)
                                                                                                                                     dents the quality education they need to succeed in the highly demanding field of podiatric
                                 MCPHS is a member of the COWC. Member institutions include Anna Maria College, As-                  medicine. The first three years at MCPHS offer a blend of liberal arts and basic and biological
                                 sumption College, Atlantic Union College, Becker College, Clark University, College of the          sciences which prepare the student for professional study. Upon completion of the first year
                                 Holy Cross, Nichols College, Quinsigamond Community College, Tufts University School                at Barry, MCPHS awards the BS in Premedical and Health Studies degree. The total of four
                                 of Veterinary Medicine, University of Massachusetts Medical Center, Worcester State Uni-            years at Barry University will provide the classroom instruction and broad clinical experience
                                 versity and Worcester Polytechnic Institute. The consortium encourages cooperation among            required for the doctoral degree in podiatric medicine.
                                 the colleges to broaden and enrich the academic programs, hold down costs through joint
                                                                                                                                     The Commonwealth Medical College
                                 purchasing and shared services, and expand community service activities. Students can take
                                                                                                                                     Medicine (MD)
                                 advantage, at no extra cost, of opportunities for sharing courses and facilities including access
                                 to the Worcester Area Cooperating Libraries; the Consortium Events Calendar; free shuttle           This partnership joins the Bachelor of Science (BS) in Premedical and Health Studies pro-
                                 bus service connecting several campuses; and the Annual Career Fair. www.cowc.org                   gram at MCPHS with the Doctor of Medicine (MD) degree program at The Commonwealth
                                                                                                                                     Medical College (TCMC) in Scranton, Pennsylvania. The MCPHS - TCMC affiliation pro-
                                 Manchester Area Colleges Consortium (MACC)                                                          vides a professional pathway through which the highly motivated student who meets TCMC
                                 MACC, an initiative of the Greater Manchester Chamber of Commerce and Manchester’s                  eligibility requirements may earn assured admission to an MD program in a U.S. medical
                                 ten higher education institutions, was created to introduce the area business community and         school. The program allows for completion of the Bachelor of Science (BS) at MCPHS and
                                 citizens to the numerous opportunities their presence provides. Area institutions of higher         the Doctor of Medicine (MD) at TCMC in eight years. Students in the BS program who are
                                 learning work collaboratively to bring attention to the 16,000 students and college employees       not admitted to the MD program at TCMC will be granted entry into TCMC’s Master of
                                 in the region. The 11 colleges which form the membership of the consortium include: Ches-           Biomedical Science Program. This does not imply guaranteed acceptance into the medical
                                 ter College of New England, Franklin Pierce University–Manchester, Granite State College,           program.
                                 Hesser College, MCPHS, Manchester Community College, New Hampshire Institute of                     D’Youville College
                                 Art, Saint Anselm College, Southern NH University, Springfield College, and the University          Chiropractic (DC)
                                 of New Hampshire at Manchester. MACC provides many opportunities through academic
                                                                                                                                     This dual-degree program allows for the highly motivated high school student to attain the
                                 programs, athletic and cultural events, and other activities in preparing an educated work-
                                                                                                                                     Bachelor of Science (BS) in Premedical and Health Studies and the Doctor of Chiropractic
                                 force for New Hampshire and the region.
                                                                                                                                     (DC) degrees in seven years. The MCPHS Premedical and Health Studies program com-
                                 New Hampshire College & University Council (NHCUC)                                                  bined with D’Youville College’s chiropractic program gives students the quality education
                                                                                                                                     they need to succeed in the highly demanding field of chiropractic. The first three years at
                                 NHCUC is a consortium of 16 public and private institutions of higher education in the              MCPHS offer a blend of liberal arts and basic and biological sciences which prepare the stu-
                                 state of New Hampshire. MCPHS joined the Council when it opened its Manchester, NH,                 dent for professional study. Upon completion of the first year at D’Youville, MCPHS awards
                                 campus in 2002. The Council’s mission is the advancement of higher education in the state           the BS in Premedical and Health Studies degree. The total of four years at D’Youville College
                                 through collaborative efforts among the 16 colleges and universities and the enhancement of         will provide the classroom instruction and broad clinical experience required for the doctoral
                                 educational opportunities for the more than 70,000 students who attend the Council’s mem-           degree in chiropractic.
                                 ber institutions. The Council works to coordinate collaborative initiatives among academic,
                                 library and informational technology offices, sponsors professional development conferences
                                 The New England College of Optometry                                                                on a three semester schedule, students are able to complete the Basic Sciences curriculum in
interinstitutional cooperation




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         interinstitutional cooperation
                                 Combined BS/OD Degree                                                                               just 16 months. Students then return to the U.S. for the start of their clinical training and
                                 The New England College of Optometry and MCPHS have a formal affiliation that admits                completion of their medical education. The fifth semester is spent at the Ross University-
                                 students into an articulated seven-year degree program. The combined BS/OD degree pro-              Miami campus, which provides an important bridge between the first four semesters of Basic
                                 gram provides a unique educational opportunity for highly motivated high school or college          Science education at the Dominica campus and the last five semesters of clinical rotations
                                 students with a professional goal of earning a Doctor of Optometry degree. The program              that take place at more than 70 U.S. teaching hospitals affiliated with Ross. Graduates of Ross
                                 allows for completion of the Bachelor of Science (BS) and the Doctor of Optometry (OD)              are able to enter U.S. residency programs in every specialty of medicine. They are eligible to
                                 degrees in seven years without reducing the educational merits of either program. It allows         be licensed in all 50 states and Canada and become leaders in their fields as practitioners,
                                 the student to clearly focus on career objectives as an undergraduate while secondarily re-         educators and researchers.
                                 ducing the academic and financial stresses commonly associated with preprofessional and             Ross University School of Veterinary Medicine, St. Kitts
                                 professional education.                                                                             Veterinary Medicine (DVM)
                                 The first three years at MCPHS offer a blend of liberal arts and basic and biological sciences      This partnership joins the BS in Premedical and Health Studies program at MCPHS with
                                 that prepares the student for professional study. The four years at The New England College         the Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (DVM) degree at Ross University School of Veterinary
                                 of Optometry provide the course work needed for the student to earn the bachelor’s degree           Medicine, St. Kitts. The goal of this alliance is to provide a professional pathway program and
                                 from MCPHS at the end of the first year of professional study, as well as the professional          unique educational opportunity for the highly motivated student with a professional goal of
                                 education required for the Doctor of Optometry degree.                                              becoming a veterinarian. The program allows for completion of the BS at MCPHS and the
    24                                                                                                                               DVM at Ross University School of Veterinary Medicine, St. Kitts in 7 years and 4 months.              25
                                 New York Medical College
                                 Speech-Language Pathology (MS)                                                                      Founded in 1982, Ross University’s School of Veterinary Medicine was established on the
                                 The unique professional pathway offers students interested in pursuing a career in speech-          island of St. Kitts in the Caribbean to make it possible for qualified students to realize their
                                 language pathology an opportunity to fill an expanding role in health care facilities and other     dream of becoming veterinarians. Ross offers an accelerated U.S. based, trimester curriculum
                                 professional settings. Students earn a Bachelor of Science (BS) in Premedical and Health            in which students study year round. Students can begin their veterinarian studies in the Sep-
                                 Studies from MCPHS and a Master of Science (MS) in Speech-Language Pathology from                   tember, January or May semester. Students complete the first seven semesters of study in St.
                                 New York Medical College (NYMC) in Valhalla, New York.                                              Kitts, taking pre-clinical courses modeled on those taught in U.S. schools. Students complete
                                                                                                                                     their last three semesters of study at one of 22 American Veterinary Medical Association
                                 The four years at MCPHS offer a blend of liberal arts and health sciences that prepares             (AVMA) accredited veterinarian schools affiliated with Ross University, located throughout
                                 students for professional study. The two years at NYMC offer students a highly integrated           the U.S. Graduates of Ross can be licensed in all 50 states and become leaders in their fields as
                                 academic and clinical training rooted in the medical, natural, and behavioral sciences. In the      practitioners, teachers and researchers. Ross University School of Veterinary Medicine is fully
                                 speech-language pathology program at NYMC, students learn how to establish a diagnosis,             accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association Council on Education (AVMA-
                                 set goals, develop a treatment plan, and modify treatment as the patient progresses. Students       COE).
                                 develop their skills by evaluating and treating patients in clinical settings while receiving su-
                                 pervision and feedback from practicing speech-language pathologists. The clinical education         Simmons College
                                 component of the speech-language pathology program includes a minimum of 375 clock                  Nutrition and Health Promotion (MS)
                                 hours of direct clinical contact at on-site and off-site facilities. Completion of the program      Nutrition and wellness of aging and younger populations is a growing concern in contempo-
                                 leads to qualification for licensure and credentials necessary for entry into the profession.       rary society. MCPHS has developed a professional pathway program that prepares students
                                 Ross University School of Medicine, Dominica                                                        for the opportunity to earn both a bachelor’s degree from MCPHS and a master of science
                                 Medicine (MD)                                                                                       degree from Simmons College in five years.

                                 This partnership joins the BS in Premedical and Health Studies program at MCPHS with                The program is designed to educate students in areas such as program planning and imple-
                                 the Doctor of Medicine (MD) degree at Ross University School of Medicine, Dominica. The             mentation, nutrition fitness, wellness, and health promotion. The five-year program includes
                                 goal of this alliance is to provide a professional pathway for the academically outstanding         four years of study at MCPHS and one year of study in the nutrition and health promotion
                                 student who has a strong passion for medicine. The four years at MCPHS provide a chal-              program at Simmons College. Students earn a BS in Premedical and Health Studies from
                                 lenging baccalaureate curriculum in Premedical and Health Studies that prepares students            MCPHS and a Master of Science in Nutrition and Health Promotion from Simmons Col-
                                 for professional study. Upon graduation from MCPHS, the subsequent three years and 8                lege. The program at Simmons College can be completed in one academic year, including
                                 months at Ross University provide the professional education required for the MD degree             the summer session. Alternatively, the Simmons curriculum may be completed in two to four
                                 and a choice residency.                                                                             years of part-time study (for U.S. students only).

                                 Founded in 1978, Ross University’s mission is to help students become effective, successful         Simmons College
                                 physicians through its technologically advanced campus, exceptional faculty and rigorous            Physical Therapy (DPT)
                                 U.S. style curriculum. Ross University offers an accelerated U.S. based, trimester curriculum       Through this affiliation, students earn a bachelor of science degree from MCPHS and a
                                 in which students study year round. Students can begin their medical studies in the Septem-         Doctor of Physical Therapy degree (DPT) from Simmons College in Boston. This six-year
                                 ber, January or May semester. Students complete the first 4 semesters of study (Basic Science       program includes three years of study at MCPHS and three years at Simmons. Upon success-
                                 requirements) in the Caribbean on the island of Dominica. Because Ross University operates          ful completion of the fourth year (first year at Simmons), MCPHS awards the BS degree in
                                 Premedical and Health Studies, and the DPT is awarded at the completion of all six years.         University of Massachusetts, Boston
interinstitutional cooperation




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    interinstitutional cooperation
                                 Students also have the option to complete four years at MCPHS and enter the Doctor of             Master of Business Administration (MBA)
                                 Physical Therapy program following their senior year at MCPHS.                                    Through this agreement, qualified students in the BS in Pharmaceutical and Health Care
                                 Springfield College                                                                               Business program can be admitted into the MBA program at the University of Massachu-
                                 Occupational Therapy (MS or MEd)                                                                  setts, Boston, and earn an MBA in 12 to 16 months, following the completion of their BS
                                 Through this affiliation, students earn the BS and MS or MEd degrees in five years. The BS        at MCPHS.
                                 in Premedical and Health Studies from MCPHS is earned after the fourth year of study (first       Entry from Other Institutions to MCPHS Health Professions Programs
                                 year at Springfield College) and the MS or MEd in Occupational Therapy is awarded after
                                 successful completion of the fifth year (second year at Springfield).                             Assumption College
                                                                                                                                   Physician Assistant (MPAS)
                                 The three-year program of study at MCPHS offers a blend of courses in the liberal arts and
                                 sciences. The two years at Springfield College provide a highly integrated academic and clini-    Assumption College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students
                                 cal education that is rooted in the College’s humanistic philosophy: that health and learning     into an articulated program that begins with four years at Assumption College, earning a
                                 are best gained through an approach that unifies spirit, mind, and body. The Springfield cur-     Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with two years in the ac-
                                 riculum includes the theory, skills, and administration of occupational therapy across the life   celerated Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) program on the MCPHS Worcester
                                 span. Students learn to work with individuals whose abilities to engage in the everyday tasks     or MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at Assumption College offers a blend of
                                 of living or the mastery of self and the environment are challenged by developmental delays,      liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements,
    26                                                                                                                                                                                                                                27
                                 mental or social disabilities, physical dysfunction, chronic illness, or age. The occupational    the specific degree requirements at Assumption, and the specified preprofessional coursework
                                 therapy program at Springfield College has been fully accredited as an entry-level master’s       for entry to the MPAS program.
                                 degree program since 1991 by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Educa-            Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                 tion (ACOTE).
                                                                                                                                   Assumption College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students
                                 A.T. Still University/Kirksville College of Osteopathic Medicine                                  into an articulated program that begins with four years at Assumption College, earning a
                                 Osteopathic Medicine (DO)                                                                         Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with three years in the
                                 A.T. Still University/Kirksville College of Osteopathic Medicine (KCOM) and MCPHS have            accelerated Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) program on the MCPHS Worcester or MCPHS
                                 an affiliation that provides reserved admission to KCOM for highly qualified MCPHS stu-           Manchester campus. The curriculum at Assumption College offers a blend of liberal arts
                                 dents through the Still Scholars, PreOsteopathic Program. Students are admitted to KCOM           and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific
                                 at the beginning of their third year at MCPHS. If they continue to meet KCOM admission            degree requirements at Assumption, and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry
                                 requirements, the MCAT exam is waived and, following completion of the four-year BS in            to the PharmD program.
                                 Premedical and Health Studies degree, they have a reserved space at KCOM. This profes-            Nursing (BSN)
                                 sional pathway provides an exceptional opportunity for the highly motivated high school
                                                                                                                                   Assumption College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students
                                 student with a professional goal of becoming a Doctor of Osteopathic Medicine. A.T. Still
                                                                                                                                   into an articulated program that begins with four years at Assumption College, earning a
                                 founded the Kirksville College of Osteopathic Medicine in the late nineteenth century; it is
                                                                                                                                   Bachelor of Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with 16 months in
                                 the oldest school of osteopathic medicine in the United States.
                                                                                                                                   the accelerated Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program on the MCPHS Worcester
                                 The program allows for completion of the bachelor of science degree at MCPHS in four years        or MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at Assumption College offers a blend of
                                 and the Doctor of Osteopathic Medicine degree at A.T. Still University/Kirksville College of      liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements,
                                 Osteopathic Medicine in another four years. The osteopathic curriculum involves four years        the specific degree requirements at Assumption, and the specified preprofessional coursework
                                 of postbaccalaureate academic study. Reflecting the osteopathic philosophy, the curriculum        for entry to the BSN program.
                                 emphasizes preventive medicine and holistic patient care. Medical students learn to use osteo-
                                                                                                                                   Clark University
                                 pathic principles and techniques for the diagnosis and treatment of disease.
                                                                                                                                   Physician Assistant (MPAS)
                                 University at Albany
                                                                                                                                   Clark University and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into
                                 Public Health (MPH)
                                                                                                                                   an articulated program that begins with four years at Clark University, earning a Bachelor
                                 Through this articulation agreement, students earn a bachelor of science degree from              of Arts degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with two years in the accelerated
                                 MCPHS and a Master of Public Health (MPH) from University at Albany, State University             Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) program on the MCPHS–Worcester cam-
                                 of New York. The MPH is an interdisciplinary professional degree designed to prepare gradu-       pus. The curriculum at Clark University offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that meet
                                 ates to tackle real public health problems, as practitioners who can apply their breadth of       the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific degree requirements
                                 understanding as well as some degree of expertise and experience in at least one specific area    at Clark University, and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry to the MPAS
                                 of public health. Students in the MPH program choose a concentration from the biomedical          program.
                                 sciences, biostatistics, environmental health, epidemiology, health policy and management,
                                 or social behavior and community health. The University at Albany will accept up to six
                                 qualified students each year from the BS in Health Psychology program. Qualified students
                                 in the BS in Premedical and Health Studies program may also be considered.
                                 Pharmacy (PharmD)                                                                                 quirements specified in the agreement may transfer directly to either the School of Phar-
interinstitutional cooperation




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     interinstitutional cooperation
                                 Clark University and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into          macy–Boston or the School of Pharmacy–Worcester/Manchester to complete the Doctor of
                                 an articulated program that begins with four years at Clark University, earning a Bachelor        Pharmacy curriculum.
                                 of Arts degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with three years in the accelerated   Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS)
                                 Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) program on the MCPHS–Worcester campus. The curricu-                   Students who intend to complete an undergraduate degree at Saint Joseph’s College of Maine
                                 lum at Clark University offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS gen-      may be accepted into the postbaccalaureate Master of Physician Assistant Studies program at
                                 eral education curriculum requirements, the specific degree requirements at Clark University,     MCPHS–Manchester for direct articulation following completion of the bachelor’s degree,
                                 and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry to the PharmD program.                     contingent upon meeting requirements specified in the agreement.
                                 Nursing (BSN)                                                                                     Simmons College
                                 Clark University and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into          Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                 an articulated program that begins with four years at Clark University, earning a Bachelor        With appropriate approval, selected Simmons students majoring in chemistry may earn a
                                 of Arts degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with 16 months in the accelerated     pharmacy degree from MCPHS, in addition to their chemistry degree from Simmons. The
                                 in Nursing (BSN) program on the MCPHS–Worcester campus. The curriculum at Clark                   curriculum consists of three full years in residence at Simmons; a fourth year that includes
                                 University offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education      eight semester hours of independent study at Simmons with the remainder of the course
                                 curriculum requirements, the specific degree requirements at Clark University, and the speci-     work at MCPHS; and an additional three years at MCPHS completing coursework and ex-
    28                           fied preprofessional coursework for entry to the BSN program.                                     periential education. Students fulfill the degree requirements of both institutions; no degree      29
                                 New England College                                                                               is awarded until the entire program is complete. At that time, the student receives a PharmD
                                 Nursing (BSN)                                                                                     degree from MCPHS and a BS in Chemistry from Simmons.
                                 New England College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits stu-                Stonehill College
                                 dents into an articulated program that begins with four years at New England College, earn-       Physician Assistant (MPAS)
                                 ing a bachelor of science degree and completing successfully all courses in the Pre-Nursing       Stonehill College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into
                                 program, and concludes with 16 months in the Nursing (BSN) program on the MCPHS                   an articulated program that begins with four years at Stonehill College, earning a bachelor
                                 Manchester campus. The curriculum at New England College offers a blend of liberal arts           of science degree in either biology or a multidisciplinary health sciences program, and con-
                                 and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific          cludes with three years in the Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) program on the
                                 degree requirements at New England College, and the specified preprofessional coursework          MCPHS–Boston campus. The curriculum at Stonehill College offers a blend of liberal arts
                                 for entry to the BSN program.                                                                     and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific
                                 Pharmacy (PharmD)                                                                                 degree requirements at Stonehill, and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry to
                                 New England College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students            the MPAS program.
                                 into an articulated program that begins with four years at New England College, earning           Stonehill College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into
                                 a bachelor of science degree and completing successfully all courses in the Pre-Pharmacy          an articulated program that begins with four years at Stonehill College, earning a Bachelor
                                 program, and concludes with three years in the Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) program on             of Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with two years in the acceler-
                                 the MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at New England College offers a blend of              ated Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) program on the MCPHS Worcester or
                                 liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements,          MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at Stonehill College offers a blend of liberal
                                 the specific degree requirements at New England College, and the specified preprofessional        arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the
                                 coursework for entry to the PharmD program.                                                       specific degree requirements at Stonehill, and the specified preprofessional coursework for
                                 Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS)                                                                entry to the MPAS program.

                                 New England College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students            Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                 into an articulated program that begins with four years at New England College, earning a         Stonehill College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into
                                 bachelor of science degree and completing successfully all courses in the Pre-Physician As-       an articulated program that begins with four years at Stonehill College, earning a Bachelor of
                                 sistant program, and concludes with two years in the Master of Physician Assistant Studies        Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with three years in the accelerated
                                 (MPAS) program on the MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at New England                      Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) program on the MCPHS Worcester or MCPHS Manchester
                                 College offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education         campus. The curriculum at Stonehill College offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that
                                 curriculum requirements, the specific degree requirements at New England College, and the         meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific degree require-
                                 specified preprofessional coursework for entry to the MPAS program.                               ments at Stonehill, and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry to the PharmD
                                 Saint Joseph’s College of Maine                                                                   program.
                                 Pharmacy (PharmD)                                                                                 Nursing (BSN)
                                 Undergraduate students may complete the first two years of the prescribed pre-pharmacy            Stonehill College and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students into
                                 curriculum at Saint Joseph’s College of Maine in Standish, Maine. Students who meet re-           an articulated program that begins with four years at Stonehill College, earning a Bachelor of
                                 Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with 16 months in the accelerated     Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS)
interinstitutional cooperation




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          interinstitutional cooperation
                                 Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program on the MCPHS Worcester campus. The cur-              University of New Hampshire–Manchester and MCPHS–Manchester have a formal affilia-
                                 riculum at Stonehill College offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS      tion agreement that admits students into an articulated program that begins with four years
                                 general education curriculum requirements, the specific degree requirements at Stonehill,         at UNH–Manchester, earning a bachelor of science or bachelor of arts (as applicable) degree
                                 and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry to the BSN program.                        and completing successfully all courses in the Pre-Physician Assistant program, and con-
                                 University of Maine                                                                               cludes with two years in the Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) program on the
                                 Physician Assistant (MPAS)                                                                        MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at UNH–Manchester offers a blend of liberal
                                 University of Maine and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students            arts and sciences that meets the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the
                                 into an articulated program that begins with four years at University of Maine, earning a         specific degree requirements at UNH–Manchester, and the specified preprofessional course-
                                 Bachelor of Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with two years in the     work for entry to the MPAS program.
                                 accelerated Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) program on the MCPHS Worces-             Worcester State University
                                 ter or MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at University of Maine offers a blend of           Nursing (BSN)
                                 liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements,          Worcester State University (WSU) and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that ad-
                                 the specific degree requirements at University of Maine, and the specified preprofessional        mits students into an articulated program that begins at WSU with the completion of eighty
                                 coursework for entry to the MPAS program.                                                         (80) credits toward a Bachelor of Science degree in Public Health at WSU and concludes
    30                           Pharmacy (PharmD)                                                                                 with 16 months in the accelerated Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program on the                    31
                                 University of Maine and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students            MCPHS Worcester or MCPHS Manchester campus. Under this agreement, students will
                                 into an articulated program that begins with four years at University of Maine, earning a         earn a BS in Public Health from WSU and a BSN from MCPHS after completion of the
                                 Bachelor of Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with three years in the   entire program. The curriculum at WSU offers a blend of liberal arts and sciences that meet
                                 accelerated Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) program on the MCPHS Worcester or MCPHS                   the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific degree requirements at
                                 Manchester campus. The curriculum at University of Maine offers a blend of liberal arts           WSU, and the specified preprofessional coursework for entry to the BSN program.
                                 and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements, the specific          Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                 degree requirements at University of Maine, and the specified preprofessional coursework for      Worcester State University and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits stu-
                                 entry to the PharmD program.                                                                      dents into an articulated program that begins with three years at the University in one of four
                                 Nursing (BSN)                                                                                     science tracks: Biology, Biotechnology, Chemistry or Natural Science, and concludes with the
                                 University of Maine and MCPHS have a formal affiliation agreement that admits students            three-year accelerated Doctor of Pharmacy program on the College’s Worcester or Manches-
                                 into an articulated program that begins with four years at University of Maine, earning a         ter (NH) campus. After successfully completing the first year of required coursework in the
                                 Bachelor of Science degree in Biology (or related field), and concludes with 16 months in         PharmD program at MCPHS, students will earn a bachelor of science degree from Worcester
                                 the accelerated Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program on the MCPHS Worcester               State University. The first three years at Worcester State University offer a blend of liberal arts
                                 or MCPHS Manchester campus. The curriculum at University of Maine offers a blend of               and sciences that meet both the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements and
                                 liberal arts and sciences that meet the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements,          the specific science track requirements at Worcester State University. MCPHS provides the
                                 the specific degree requirements at University of Maine, and the specified preprofessional        coursework needed for the student to earn the bachelor of science degree from Worcester
                                 coursework for entry to the BSN program.                                                          State University at the end of the first year of professional study, as well as the professional ed-
                                                                                                                                   ucation required to earn the Doctor of Pharmacy degree at the end of three years at MCPHS.
                                 University of New Hampshire (UNH)–Manchester
                                 Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                 University of New Hampshire–Manchester and MCPHS–Manchester have a formal af-
                                 filiation agreement that admits students into an articulated program that begins with three
                                 years of pre-pharmacy study at UNH–Manchester and concludes with the three-year ac-
                                 celerated Doctor of Pharmacy program on the College’s Manchester (NH) campus. After
                                 successfully completing the first year of required coursework in the PharmD program at
                                 MCPHS, students will earn a bachelor of science or bachelor of arts degree (as applicable)
                                 from UNH–Manchester. The first three years at UNH–Manchester offer a blend of liberal
                                 arts and sciences that meet both the MCPHS general education curriculum requirements
                                 and the specific science track requirements at UNH–Manchester. MCPHS provides the
                                 coursework needed for the student to earn the bachelor of science or bachelor of arts degree
                                 from UNH–Manchester at the end of the first year of professional study, as well as the profes-
                                 sional education required to earn the Doctor of Pharmacy degree at the end of three years at
                                 MCPHS–Manchester.
                                                                                                                        wishing to request accommodations should meet with the Associate Director for Disability
                   Student Services
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             student services
                                                                                                                        Support Services (Boston) or the Assistant Dean for Academic Support Services (Worcester/
                   Academic Resource Center/Academic Support Services                                                   Manchester) at the beginning of each semester to review their documentation and deter-
                                                                                                                        mine their accommodations. Students requesting academic accomodations must first submit
                   The goal of the Academic Resource Center in Boston, and Academic Support Services in
                                                                                                                        a copy of a recent evaluation, assessment, or report completed by a qualified professional
                   Worcester and Manchester, is to assist students in maximizing their potential by introducing
                                                                                                                        to the Disability Support Services Office (Boston) or the Academic Support Services Of-
                   them to strategies that will make them more efficient, effective and independent learners.
                                                                                                                        fice (Worcester and Manchester). The evaluation should include a diagnosis, impact of the
                   These College resources are designed to provide students with the tools they will need to
                                                                                                                        disability on the student’s learning, the credentials of the evaluator and recommendations
                   succeed in their academic programs and that they can ultimately use to enhance their pro-
                                                                                                                        for accommodations. All information related to the student’s disability will remain confi-
                   fessional careers. Services are described below, and more information is available on their
                                                                                                                        dential and will not be shared with faculty, administration or MCPHS staff without the
                   respective websites.
                                                                                                                        student’s written consent. The Boston Office of Disability Support Services can be contacted
                   The Academic Resource Center (ARC) in Boston uses a multipronged approach to foster                  at 617.879.5925; Disability Support Services for the Worcester/Manchester campuses can be
                   student success in college. The ARC houses Academic Advising, Academic Counseling, Peer              contacted at 508.373.5608.
                   Tutoring, Peer Mentoring, and First Year Seminar and works in close alliance with the Writ-
                                                                                                                        First Year Seminar (Boston)
                   ing Center and Math Center. The ARC seeks to develop the whole student by enhancing
                                                                                                                        The first year of college is an important transition for students, one that requires higher levels
                   integrity, professionalism, and self-responsibility. Students who are willing to make a com-
                                                                                                                        of thinking and learning. The First Year Seminar (FYS) offers a systematic and structured
                   mitment to their academic success and are serious about pursuing their educational and pro-
  32                                                                                                                    learning experience to help students adapt to MCPHS’s fast paced and self-directed learning           33
                   fessional goals learn how academic support outside the classroom contributes to that success.
                                                                                                                        environment. FYS helps students  increase understanding of college requirements, teaches
                   Academic Counseling                                                                                  studying and learning strategies, and assists in improving retention and persistence by help-
                   Professional staff members meet with individual students to help them assess their learning          ing students know what to expect. FYS aims to provide a transition to college that enriches
                   styles, to develop goals for their academic programs, and to assist them in implementing             students’ learning and understanding of MCPHS resources, curricula and policies. FYS class-
                   strategies that will maximize their academic performance. In addition to study skills and time       es are taught by faculty, staff and peer mentors who are dedicated to assisting students in their
                   management strategies, academic counselors work with students to problem-solve around                transition to MCPHS. All first-year students new to college are required to enroll in a First
                   specific academic issues and help students identify the services, like peer tutors, that will help   Year Seminar. Questions may be directed to the Academic Resource Center at 617.732.2860.
                   them in achieving their goals. Academic counselors work with students at all levels of aca-
                                                                                                                        Peer Mentors
                   demic success and, in keeping with the core values of the College, support the integration of
                                                                                                                        Peer mentors are upper level students interested in working with new students to acquaint
                   liberal arts and professional studies. On the Worcester and Manchester campuses, academic
                                                                                                                        them with the College and to assist with a smooth transition to MCPHS. On the Boston
                   counselors also provide writing support.
                                                                                                                        campus, peer mentors attend Welcome Days, participate in First Year Seminar and plan
                   Academic Advising (Boston)                                                                           co-curricular activities for their seminar class throughout the fall semester. Worcester and
                   Within the ARC, the Academic Advising Center is committed to shaping a dynamic advising              Manchester peer mentors are actively involved in Orientation and assist with academic sup-
                   environment designed to meet the educational needs of the student body. The professional             port programs.
                   staff and faculty who work in the Center are available to assist students with goal setting,
                                                                                                                        Pharmacy Learning Groups (Worcester and Manchester)
                   course registration, referral to campus resources and other services designed to contribute to
                                                                                                                        Worcester/Manchester pharmacy students are organized in assigned learning groups, which
                   their academic experience. They provide focused advising for each degree program by helping
                                                                                                                        are designed to enhance learning and group support. Each learning group consists of students
                   students understand their specific program requirements and policies.
                                                                                                                        who remain together as a unit throughout the curriculum, and is assigned a faculty member
                   Peer Tutoring                                                                                        academic advisor. In addition, faculty members acting as mentors meet with the learning
                   Peer or small group tutoring is one tool available to students interested in reinforcing the         groups to facilitate peer support, and foster open lines of communication. Peer mentors are
                   material presented in the classroom. Small groups of students meet regularly with a student          assigned to learning groups to further facilitate peer support.
                   peer tutor to clarify and reinforce course material in many of the more challenging courses
                                                                                                                        Writing Center (Boston)
                   at the College. The Academic Resource Center and Academic Support Services staff work
                                                                                                                        The Writing Center offers free individual consultation on an appointment or drop-in basis to
                   in collaboration with faculty to provide peer tutoring that facilitates and enriches students’
                                                                                                                        MCPHS students, staff and faculty. Located in the Academic Resource Center, the Writing
                   learning and understanding of course content. Peer tutors are students who excel in their ar-
                                                                                                                        Center is staffed by professionals with extensive experience in classroom teaching, writing
                   eas of study and who enjoy helping their fellow students achieve academic success. In Boston,
                                                                                                                        and editing. Clients include first-year students in the required writing sequence; upper-divi-
                   free on-line tutoring is available through SMARTHINKING. There is no charge for group
                                                                                                                        sion students writing course papers and preparing for essay exams; and anyone working on
                   or online tutoring services.
                                                                                                                        résumés, job letters or application essays. For more information, call 617.732.2091 or e-mail
                   Disabilities Support Services                                                                        writingcenter@mcphs.edu.
                   In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Section 504 of the Re-
                                                                                                                        Math Center (Boston)
                   habilitation Act of 1973, the Disabilities Support Services Office within Student Affairs
                                                                                                                        Mathematics lies at the foundation of all sciences. Proficiency in mathematics is essential for
                   (Boston) and Academic Support Services (Worcester and Manchester) assists students with
                                                                                                                        success in all MCPHS degree programs. The Math Center is located in the White Building
                   physical, psychological and learning or other disabilities in fulfilling the fundamental require-
                                                                                                                        and provides guidance in learning mathematics, assistance with homework, and help in pre-
                   ments of the curriculum by accessing and providing reasonable accommodations. Students
                   paring for exams. The Math Center offers free drop-in tutoring (no appointment necessary)          official College home page. Career opportunities for alumni, complete with job descriptions
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        student services
                   and individual tutoring by appointment. For more information, please refer to the MCPHS            and contact information, are located in the Alumni & Friends section of the College website.
                   website or e-mail mathcenter@mcphs.edu.                                                            Potential employers are welcome to submit openings for alumni and students and to reserve
                                                                                                                      space for Career Fair and Interview Days directly through the site.
                   Center for Professional Career Development
                   The Center for Professional Career Development provides all students with individualized           Health Insurance
                   advising, industry specific information and resources, development of job search skills and        According to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and MCPHS policy, all matriculated stu-
                   the opportunity for hands-on professional experiences to support personal goals and career         dents (regardless of enrollment) must be covered by a health insurance program. The College
                   success. Through workshops, job fairs, alumni & community networking, and employer                 makes available a general health insurance program which meets these standards. This policy
                   partnerships, students have a range of programs to meet their needs and their schedule. The        is provided by an independent carrier beginning September 1st and continuing 12 months.
                   Center works in collaboration with academic departments, student services, student organi-         College student health insurance information can be located on the MCPHS webpage un-
                   zations and professional associations to ensure quality engagements and timely information.        der Student Health. Students will be automatically enrolled in this plan unless a waiver is
                   By utilizing the services of the Center, students will become proficient in defining their goals   completed and received by Student Financial Services prior to the first day of classes. Stu-
                   and equipping themselves with the tools to gain access to industries and careers of their          dents registering late must submit the waiver at that time. The waiver stipulates that personal
                   choice.                                                                                            coverage will be maintained during the enrollment period. If Student Financial Services
                                                                                                                      does not receive the waiver prior to the first day of classes, the student will be billed for
  34
                   Counseling Services                                                                                the insurance premium and will remain responsible for payment of said premium. The                 35
                   The mission of Counseling Services is to support the intellectual, emotional, social, and cul-     waiver must be renewed annually.
                   tural development of students in a multicultural environment. Counseling Services offers           All international students will be enrolled in the Blue Cross Blue Shield Student Health
                   varied services to students of the Boston, Worcester and Manchester campuses. These include        Insurance Plan automatically, with the exception of those international students whose spon-
                   short-term counseling (4-8 sessions), crisis management, psycho-educational workshops and          soring institutions have a signed agreement with MCPHS that complies with the College’s
                   programs, a resource and referral service, and consultation to student groups, faculty and the     health insurance waiver requirements, or international students with a plan for which their
                   College community. The staff values an atmosphere that is welcoming and comfortable for            health insurance company’s primary home office is based in the United States AND the
                   all students regardless of race, gender, ethnic background, age, sexual orientation, religion,     policy provides comparable coverage to the College student health insurance plan. Interna-
                   citizenship or disability.                                                                         tional students who do not fall under one of the two conditions above MUST purchase the
                   Counseling Services offers treatment based on a short term model. Following an initial intake      College’s student health insurance plan.
                   appointment, clients are matched with a counselor and offered counseling sessions or, if ap-
                   propriate, referred to an outside treatment provider. Upon completion of these sessions, treat-    Health Services
                   ment needs are reviewed to determine whether continued treatment with Counseling Ser-              For routine health care while on the Boston campus, MCPHS students utilize the Went-
                   vices or referral to an outside provider is indicated. Counselors typically work with students     worth Institute of Technology/Harvard Vanguard Medical Associates (WIT/HVMA) Stu-
                   troubled by specific problems or general concerns such as stress management, adjustment to         dent Health Services in Watson Hall on the WIT campus. Students utilize their personal
                   college, anxiety, depression, eating disorders, family and relationship problems, substance        health insurance for these visits. WIT/HVMA accepts a large number of health insurance
                   abuse, sexuality, sexual orientation and cultural issues.                                          plans. For more information about the array of medical services, directions and the small list
                   Please refer to the MCPHS website under “Student Life” for more detailed information               of non-accepted health insurance plans at WIT/HVMA, please visit http://www.mcphs.edu/
                   about services available at each campus, as well as interactive screenings, questions and an-      campuses/boston/student_life/student_health_health/index.html.
                   swers about Counseling Services, and other helpful links.                                          Health Services for Worcester and Manchester students are available through the many pro-
                                                                                                                      viders in the local areas.
                   Emergency Student Loans
                   Students who are in need of short-term assistance may apply for an emergency student loan          Identification Policy
                   for non-college, unanticipated expenses. The loans are available for up to $500 per academic       For reasons of safety and security, all students must be readily identifiable while they are on
                   term. These no interest loans must be repaid within two months. Students must be able              campus and/or engaged in required off-campus activities, including internships and clini-
                   to show the probability of income within this time frame. All requests are reviewed on an          cal rotations. Therefore, any head covering that obscures a student’s face may not be worn,
                   individual basis. Students may contact the Office of Student Financial Services for further        either on campus or at clinical sites, except when required for medical or religious reasons.
                   information and assistance in completing the necessary forms.                                      In addition, all students are required to wear their College-issued I.D. at all times when on
                                                                                                                      campus and/or engaged in required off-campus activities, and to show such upon request of
                   Employment Assistance                                                                              a properly identified official or member of the MCPHS staff, and to remove any coverings
                   The College offers assistance to students and alumni seeking employment opportunities. In          that obscures a student’s face in order to verify a student’s identity for security purposes.
                   the spring and fall of each year, prospective employers are invited to Career Fair and Interview   Loss of an I.D. card should be reported immediately to the MCPHS Department of Public
                   Days on the Boston, Manchester and Worcester campuses to interview students for potential          Safety. The fee to replace an I.D. card—for any reason—is $10; application and payment for
                   employment. Work study, internship, volunteer and other job opportunities for students are         replacement is made at the Office of the Registrar. The I.D. card also serves as the College
                   posted on MyMCPHS, the College portal, which can be accessed by logging in from the                library card.
                   Immunization Requirements*                                                                           The Office of International Programs
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            student services
                   In accordance with Massachusetts state law (Boston and Worcester campuses) and College               The Office of International Programs offers support services for international students, stu-
                   policy (Boston, Manchester and Worcester campuses), students must show proof of the fol-             dents who wish to study abroad, and faculty and staff who wish to develop international
                   lowing immunizations:                                                                                travel programs.
                     • a dose of tetanus diphtheria pertussis vaccine within the past ten years;                        The Office of International Programs provides immigration advice and assistance to interna-
                     • two doses of measles vaccine (or MMR #1 and MMR #2), given at least one month                    tional students both before and after their arrival in the U.S. The office creates I-20 forms and
                       apart at or after 12 months of age, or laboratory evidence of immunity;                          provides information regarding visa guidelines, travel signatures, employment opportunities,
                                                                                                                        and social security cards. The Office of International Programs also offers multiple resources
                     • at least one dose of mumps and rubella vaccine(s) or laboratory evidence of immunity;            for students who wish to study abroad, including a study abroad library of program bro-
                       and Hepatitis B vaccine series (three doses).                                                    chures and catalogues that students can consult when choosing a study abroad program. The
                   Additional requirements for all MCPHS students include a tuberculosis skin test (within              Director of International Programs advises students on a variety of pre-departure and re-entry
                   the past year) and a normal chest X-ray prior to admission. (Note: An updated tuberculosis           points including course approval, course registration, credit transfer, and financial aid trans-
                   skin test is required annually after a student is enrolled. A negative skin test, normal chest       fer. The Office of International Programs is responsible for the development of international
                   X-ray or health care provider documentation of being symptom-free is required each year a            service programs, exchange programs, and travel courses led by MCPHS faculty and staff.
                   student is enrolled.) Varicella (chickenpox) positive titer result or vaccination(s) of varicella    Interested faculty and staff must submit a proposal to the Director of International Programs
                   (one shot if thirteen years of age or younger and two shots if over thirteen years of age with       for approval before they can move forward on any type of international travel program.
  36                                                                                                                                                                                                                         37
                   a one month interval between vaccinations) is also required. Additional requirements for             The Office of International Programs is located in Room 502 on the fifth floor of the Richard
                   Dental Hygiene, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Medical Imaging and Thera-                 E. Griffin Academic Center. Students can contact the office by calling 617.732.2206 or by
                   peutics students include Hepatitis B positive titer and Rubella positive titer.                      e-mailing julie.donlon@mcphs.edu.
                   All new entering MCPHS students must provide documentation of having received a me-
                   ningococcal vaccine (within the last five years), unless they qualify for one of the exemptions      Internships/Licensure/Certification
                   allowed by the law.                                                                                  Pharmacy Programs
                   Students may begin classes without a certificate of immunization against meningococcal dis-          Regulations governing pharmacy interns and licensure vary among states (jurisdictions) and
                   ease if: 1) the student has a letter from a physician stating that there is a medical reason why     countries, so students should contact the board of pharmacy of any jurisdiction other than
                   he/she can’t receive the vaccine; 2) the student (or the student’s parent or legal guardian, if      Massachusetts directly to ensure receipt of the latest regulations and intern or licensure appli-
                   the student is a minor) presents a statement in writing that such vaccination is against his/        cation materials. All Massachusetts Board Intern and Licensure Forms are available online at
                   her sincere religious belief; or 3) the student (or the student’s parent or legal guardian, if the   http://www.mcphs.edu/about_mcphs/offices_and_services/registrar/licensure_and_intern-
                   student is a minor) signs a waiver stating that the student has received information about the       ships.
                   dangers of meningococcal disease, reviewed the information provided and elected to decline           The Massachusetts Board of Registration in Pharmacy, in keeping with the National Associa-
                   the vaccine.                                                                                         tion of Boards of Pharmacy guidelines, currently requires each pharmacy student to complete
                   Certain health care agencies and clinical training and service-learning sites may have addi-         1,500 clock hours of practical experience for licensure. The 1,500 hours is a combination of
                   tional immunization requirements. In order to be eligible for clinical placements or service         intern hours worked outside of the College and hours acquired through the College’s expe-
                   learning experiences, students must meet all College immunization requirements and any               riential education program. This practical experience must be gained under supervision of a
                   additional site requirements. In cases where the site does not pay for the completion of ad-         registered pharmacist. Both the student (intern) and the pharmacist (preceptor) must register
                   ditional immunization requirements, the student is responsible for paying any associated fees,       with the state board prior to the intern’s accumulation of internship hours.
                   if this is not covered by their personal health insurance. Without clearance of all College and      To become an intern, students must meet eligibility criteria for the board of the state in
                   site immunization requirements, students may not be permitted to begin clinical or service           which they seek to register. Registration as an intern requires that a student be enrolled in the
                   learning placements, and therefore, may be unable to meet program requirements. Inability            College (or graduated) and be deficient in no more than six semester hours of the combined
                   to provide proof of immunization by the start of the first academic term of enrollment               first, second and possibly third years of the program’s required courses. Intern hours must be
                   (and any subsequent terms) will result in a late fee charge.                                         documented, as specified on internship forms, and filed with the board of the state in which
                   MCPHS works with FileMD of Americare Services, Inc., a confidential health informa-                  they were worked prior to applying for licensure examination.
                   tion service. FileMD maintains and processes all student immunization records and moni-              The College schedules mandatory application preparation sessions for students before they
                   tors compliance with state law immunization requirements. Students may contact FileMD/               can apply to become pharmacy interns. Licensure application preparation sessions are sched-
                   Americare Services, Inc., P.O. Box 868069, Plano, TX 75086-8069, or call 800.633.4345,               uled for pharmacy students prior to graduation.
                   or email mcphs@americareservicesinc.com., or fax: 817.251.9593 or 214.619.1830. Medical              Licensure application materials for all programs will not be released by the Registrar’s Office
                   information is released only upon a student’s written request, court subpoena, or as required        until the degree and date awarded have been posted to student records. Only materials with
                   by law.                                                                                              a submission deadline required for specific state board testing will be released prior to the
                   *Students enrolled in part-time, graduate level programs without clinical placements or              award of a degree.
                   in online programs without clinical placements are not required to submit immuniza-
                   tion information.
                   Dental Hygiene, Nursing and Physician Assistant Studies Programs                                     conduct and impose such corrective action as is necessary, including disciplinary action where
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                               student services
                   The Registrar’s Office is responsible for clearing physician assistant students to take board        appropriate.
                   examinations based on date of anticipated graduation and for certifying candidates for dental        Please note that while this policy sets forth our goals of promoting a working and learning environ-
                   hygiene, nursing and physician assistant state licensure.                                            ment that is free of harassment, including sexual harassment, the policy is not designed or intended
                   Licensure application preparation sessions are scheduled for students in these programs prior        to limit our authority to discipline or take remedial action for workplace conduct which we deem
                   to graduation.                                                                                       unacceptable, regardless of whether that conduct satisfies the definition of harassment, including
                                                                                                                        sexual harassment.
                   PROTECTION FROM HARASSMENT
                                                                                                                        Examples of Sexual Harassment
                   MCPHS is committed to providing a working and learning environment where all members                 Sexual harassment may occur regardless of the intention of the person engaging in the con-
                   of the community may pursue careers and studies free from sexual and other types of harass-          duct. While it is not possible to list all those additional circumstances that may constitute
                   ment.                                                                                                sexual harassment, the following are some examples of conduct which if unwelcome, may
                   Harassment on the basis of race, religion, color, sex, sexual orientation, sexual identity, age,     constitute sexual harassment depending upon the totality of the circumstances, including the
                   national origin, ethnicity, veteran or disability status or any other protected status of any fac-   severity of the conduct and its pervasiveness:
                   ulty, staff member or student undermines the basic principles of the community and is not              • Sexual advances - whether they involve physical touching or not;
                   acceptable behavior within the College.                                                                • Requests for sexual favors in exchange for actual or promised job or academic benefits
  38               Harassment is defined as the use of derogatory or other comments, or act(s) directed toward              such as favorable reviews, salary increases, promotions, grades, increased benefits or              39
                   an individual’s sex, sexual orientation, sexual identity, race, color, religion, nationality, eth-       continued employment;
                   nicity, veteran or disability status, age, or other protected status designed to or that has the       • Punishment for not complying with requests for sexual favors, such as unfavorable re-
                   impact of:                                                                                               views, denial of promotion;
                                                                                                                          • Sexual epithets, jokes, written or oral references to sexual conduct, gossip regarding
                     • Humiliating or intimidating an individual
                                                                                                                            one’s sex life; comment on an individual’s body, comment about an individual’s sexual
                     • Impeding and/or interfering with work or academic performance, with employment or
                                                                                                                            activity, deficiencies, or prowess;
                       academic status, or with the college environment in which work and learning occur.
                                                                                                                          • Displaying sexually suggestive objects, pictures, cartoons;
                   Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination that is a violation of College policy and fed-       • Leering, whistling, touching, brushing against the body, sexual gestures, suggestive or
                   eral and state statutes. For purposes of this policy, sexual harassment, whether between people          insulting comments;
                   of different sexes or the same sex, is defined to include, but is not limited to, unwanted sexual      • Inquiries into one’s sexual experiences; and,
                   advances, unwelcome requests for sexual favors, and other behavior of a sexual nature when:            • Discussion of one’s sexual activities;
                     • Submission to or rejection of such advances, requests or conduct is made either explic-            • Assault or coerced sexual acts.
                       itly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s employment or academic status.         Harassment Complaints
                     • Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for em-         If any member of the MCPHS community believes that he or she has been subjected to
                       ployment or academic decisions affecting him or her.                                             harassment, including sexual harassment, that individual has the right to file a complaint
                     • Such advances, requests or conduct have the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfer-          with the College. Complaints may be brought orally or in writing. Complaints involving
                       ing with an individual’s work or academic performance, as the case may be, by creating           employee/employee harassment or employee/student harassment or student/employee ha-
                       an intimidating, hostile, humiliating or, sexually offensive work or learning environ-           rassment may be reported by contacting any of the following individuals:
                       ment.
                                                                                                                          Executive Director of Human Resource Development
                   MCPHS considers any type of harassment a very serious matter. Any member of the College                Dean, Department Chair or Program Director
                   community found to be engaging in harassment, including sexual harassment, or who aids                 Executive Vice President for Finance and Administration/CFO/COO
                   and abets or incites such conduct, will be subjected to disciplinary action, up to and includ-         Vice President for Academic Affairs/Provost
                   ing termination of employment and/or student expulsion. Further, any retaliation against an            Vice President for College Development
                   individual who has complained about harassment, including sexual harassment, or retalia-               Vice President for Worcester and Manchester Campuses
                   tion against individuals for cooperating with an investigation of any harassment complaint is          Executive Director of the Manchester Campus
                   similarly unlawful and will not be tolerated.                                                          Dean of Students – Boston
                   To achieve our goal of providing a working and learning environment free from harassment,              Dean of Students – Worcester/Manchester
                   including sexual harassment, the College has developed procedural guidelines to properly             Complaints involving student/student harassment should be filed with the Dean of Students.
                   respond to and resolve complaints. This policy stands not to simply enforce laws surrounding
                                                                                                                        Investigation of Harassment Complaints
                   harassment, but to transcend legal considerations and appeal to principles governing honor-
                                                                                                                        When a complaint is received, the allegation will be promptly investigated in a fair and expe-
                   able and civil behavior in our community.
                                                                                                                        ditious manner. The Office of Human Resources is responsible for conducting all employee/
                   Because MCPHS takes allegations of all types of harassment seriously, we will respond                employee and employee/student investigations involving harassment, including sexual ha-
                   promptly to complaints of harassment, including sexual harassment and where it is deter-             rassment. The Office of Human Resources will notify and communicate with the Dean of
                   mined that such inappropriate conduct has occurred, we will act promptly to eliminate the            Students, as appropriate, when a student is involved in any Human Resources harassment
                   investigation. The Dean of Students is responsible for conducting all student/student investi-     3. New Hampshire Commission for Civil Rights
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         student services
                   gations involving harassment, including sexual harassment.                                            2 Chenell Drive
                   The investigation will be conducted in such a way as to maintain confidentiality to the extent        Concord, NH 03301-8501
                   practicable under the circumstances. The investigation will include private interviews with           603.271.2767
                   the person filing the complaint and with witnesses. The person alleged to have committed         Residence Life (Boston)
                   harassment, including sexual harassment, will also be interviewed. When the investigation
                   has been completed, the College will, to the extent appropriate, inform the person filing        The Office of Residence Life seeks to empower its students and staff to create a safe, wel-
                   the complaint and the person alleged to have committed the conduct of the results of that        coming, and inclusive residence hall community that supports the academic mission of the
                   investigation.                                                                                   College. We provide a living and learning environment in which all students can be success-
                                                                                                                    ful in their personal and academic pursuits. The cooperative effort of each resident student
                   If it is determined that inappropriate conduct has occurred, the College will act promptly       ensures that life in the residence halls is a positive learning experience, contributing to both
                   to eliminate the offending conduct, and where it is appropriate the College will also impose     personal and professional growth. Living on campus provides each resident the opportunity
                   disciplinary action.                                                                             to strengthen interpersonal skills and enhance their awareness of differences. The Office of
                   Please take special note that retaliation against an individual who has complained about         Residence Life provides a safe, clean, and affordable living and learning environment.
                   harassment, including sexual harassment, and retaliation against individuals for coop-           For a description of the Boston residence halls, see the Facilities section. For additional infor-
                   erating with an investigation of such a complaint is unlawful and will not be tolerated          mation regarding residence life in Boston, refer to the website at www.mcphs.edu/reslifebos-
  40               by the College.                                                                                  ton.                                                                                                  41
                   Disciplinary Action
                   If it is determined that inappropriate conduct has been committed by a College employee,         Residence Life (Worcester)
                   such action as is appropriate under the circumstances will be taken. Such action may range       For a description of the Worcester residence halls, see the Facilities section. For additional
                   from counseling to termination of employment, and may include such other forms of disci-         information regarding residence life in Worcester, refer to the website at www.mcphs.edu
                   plinary action as deemed appropriate.                                                            (under Campus Life, Worcester Campus).
                   If it is determined that inappropriate conduct has been committed by a College student, such
                   action as is appropriate under the student discipline system will be taken. Such action may
                                                                                                                    Recreation and Wellness (Boston)
                   range from warning, mandated counseling, disciplinary probation to suspension or expul-          The Department of Recreation and Wellness offers opportunities for MCPHS students to
                   sion, and may include such other forms of disciplinary action as deemed appropriate.             engage in recreational pursuits that provide opportunities for personal growth and develop-
                                                                                                                    ment.
                   State and Federal Remedies
                   In addition to the above, if an employee or student believes that he/she has been subjected      The Recreation and Wellness department in the Beatty Hall Fitness Center on the Went-
                   to sexual harassment, the employee or student may file a formal complaint with either or         worth Institute of Technology campus offers fitness opportunities to MCPHS, WIT, and
                   both of the government agencies set forth below. Using MCPHS’ complaint process does             Mass Art and Design students. The Beatty Hall Fitness Center (currently undergoing reno-
                   not prohibit an employee from filing a complaint with these agencies. Each of the agencies       vation, re-opening Spring 2012) offers an array of nautilus, cardiovascular and free weight
                   has a relatively short time period for filing a claim (EEOC – 300 days; MCAD – 300 days).        equipment. In addition, group exercise and wellness classes such as kickboxing, pilates, yoga,
                                                                                                                    and self defense are offered to meet campus needs.
                     1. The United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC)
                        1 Congress Street – 10thFloor                                                               The Recreation and Wellness department houses the Colleges of the Fenway (COF) intra-
                        Boston, MA 02114                                                                            murals program which promotes team sports activities between and among the six COF
                        (617) 565-3200                                                                              campuses. Students participate in recreational sports including basketball, volleyball, flag
                                                                                                                    football, and soccer (for both men and women). The COF intramural program achieves a
                     2. The Massachusetts Commission Against Discrimination (MCAD)
                                                                                                                    large university setting while still catering to the diverse needs of each institution.
                        Boston Office
                        One Ashburton Place – Room 601                                                              Recreation and Wellness (Worcester)
                        Boston, MA 02108
                        617.727.3990                                                                                All students have the opportunity to obtain College-subsidized memberships to a state-of-
                        Springfield Office                                                                          the-art fitness facility, the Worcester Fitness Center, located one block from the campus at
                        424 Dwight Street, Room 220                                                                 Saint Vincent’s Hospital and 440 Grove Street.
                        Springfield, MA 01103
                                                                                                                    Recreation and Wellness (Manchester)
                        413.739.2145
                        Worcester Office                                                                            Students have the opportunity to obtain College-subsidized memberships to the YMCA,
                        Worcester City Hall                                                                         located within one mile of the campus. Reduced rates at a local golf club are also available.
                        455 Main Street, Rm. 100
                        Worcester, MA 01608                                                                         Student Activities (Boston)
                        508.799.8010                                                                                The Office of Student Activities enhances and supports the academic mission of the College.
                   Through participation in cultural, educational, and social programming, as well as a variety           Boston Campus
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              student services
                   of student groups and clubs, opportunities are provided to students to help them develop               Student Government Association (SGA)
                   leadership and organizational skills to function in a diverse society.                                 The SGA functions as the voice for students and student interests. All students of the Col-
                   The office strategically coordinates programs that foster a campus environment which recog-            lege are considered members of this organization, and all students have the opportunity to
                   nizes, celebrates and values diversity of religion, race, ethnicity, gender, age, disability, sexual   serve as class or organization representatives. SGA serves as the “umbrella” organization from
                   orientation and nationality. Students at MCPHS–Boston are members of the Colleges of the               which all other student organizations stem. SGA is charged with appropriating funds for the
                   Fenway Consortium and are exposed to the resources at the other five colleges in the area.             organizations and their activities and for overseeing class and SGA elections. The executive
                                                                                                                          officers of SGA are the president, president-elect, secretary, treasurer, treasurer-elect, public
                   Student Activities (Worcester)                                                                         relations officer and special events officer. SGA holds bi-monthly meetings that are open to
                   The Office of Student Activities on the Worcester campus supports the College’s academic               the entire student body.
                   mission while connecting students with educational, social, and recreational opportunities             American Pharmacists Association - Academy of Students of Pharmacy (APhA-ASP)
                   designed to enhance their overall experience at MCPHS. Programs and initiatives offered
                   encompass a myriad of topics, ranging from career preparation workshops to stress man-                 The Academy of Students of Pharmacy, an official subdivision of the American Pharmacists
                   agement and personal wellness. As the program continues to grow, students will have an                 Association, is a professional organization representing every phase of the pharmacy profes-
                   increased opportunity to take advantage of the diverse cultural, educational, and social ex-           sion and is a vital source of information to pharmacy students.
                   periences that our campus and the Worcester area have to offer. Additionally, the Office of            Asian Student Association
  42               Student Activities functions with the goal of fostering the development of students’ leader-                                                                                                                43
                                                                                                                          The Asian Student Association was established with the goal of unifying the Asian student
                   ship and professional skills, preparing them for achievement in their future careers. Often,           population and providing a place where Asian students can build friendships and commu-
                   events will be held in collaboration with other departments to further the College’s mission           nity. The association encourages the Asian student population to experience different Asian
                   and promote holistic success.                                                                          cultures by participating in its activities and events held throughout the year. By developing
                   In addition to providing the student body with programs and connections to resources in the            a better understanding of the diversity within Asian culture, students are better prepared to
                   community, the Office of Student Activities supports the Student Government Association                serve the community at large.
                   (SGA) and numerous student organizations that exist on campus. These groups celebrate                  Black Student Union
                   cultural and professional diversity, nurture leadership development, and cater to a variety of
                   student interests.                                                                                     The Black Student Union was formed to offer assistance to the Black student population and
                                                                                                                          to all individuals who find its services useful. Goals of the organization include arranging tu-
                   Orientation–Boston, Worcester, Manchester                                                              torials, supporting the Smith Minority Educational Advancement Loan Fund, and eventually
                   The College holds mandatory orientation programs during the summer for the Boston, Man-                starting a new scholarship fund.
                   chester and Worcester campuses and in January for newly enrolled Worcester and Manchester              Campus Activities Board (CAB)
                   students. Orientation provides an opportunity for students to be introduced to the College,            The Campus Activities Board is a student-run programming board which plans and oversees
                   its facilities, faculty, staff and their new peers. The mission of student orientation is to pre-      a diverse activities calendar for the MCPHS student body. From talking with agents to clean-
                   pare incoming students to be successful members of the MCPHS community. Orientation                    ing up after events, this group supervises all aspects of event planning. The group works hard
                   programs emphasize academic excellence, community involvement and personal well-being.                 to ensure that students at MCPHS have a fun and exciting college experience. The group
                   Student Organizations                                                                                  consists of a six-member executive board and a general assembly.

                   There are more than 85 recognized student organizations at the College that provide the                The Dispenser, The College Newspaper
                   campus communities in Boston, Worcester, and Manchester with many options for activi-                  The Dispenser was founded by a group of students in May 1975 to provide information
                   ties and programming. Contact resources for student organizations are the Office of Student            and encourage free expression among students, faculty and administration. The Dispenser is
                   Activities in Boston and the Offices of Student Affairs in Worcester and Manchester. The               published on a regular basis during the academic year. Students participate in all phases of
                   College encourages and promotes participation in student organizations. Involvement in co-             production of the newspaper.
                   curricular programs and activities helps students develop leadership skills which support the          Golf Club
                   achievement of personal and professional goals. MCPHS recognizes, appreciates and sup-
                   ports the contributions made by student organizations to enhance the quality of student life           The Golf Club is designed to give MCPHS students the opportunity to compete and exercise
                   at the College.                                                                                        while playing the game of golf. Playing golf offers students a healthy way to engage in an
                                                                                                                          extracurricular activity and help students maintain a good balance between activities and
                   The following is a sample list of current recognized student organizations by campus. The              schoolwork.
                   College welcomes new organizations; students wishing to operate an organization on campus
                   are required to complete the recognition process at the Office of Student Activities (Boston),         Graduate Student Association (GSA)
                   or the Office of Student Affairs (Worcester or Manchester).                                            The purpose of the GSA is to identify and protect the rights of graduate students, advance
                                                                                                                          their academic interests and provide a forum for public debate. The GSA assists graduate
                                                                                                                          students in the academic and social aspects of graduate student life. In addition, the GSA
                   promotes graduate student participation in College affairs, and serves as a liaison between        ceutical community, and the community at large, as well as those who have made significant
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        student services
                   graduate students, faculty and MCPHS administration.                                               contributions in the advancement of pharmacy. The Sigma chapter was chartered in 1987.
                   Habitat for Humanity Campus Chapter                                                                Premedical Society
                   The Habitat for Humanity Campus Chapter serves to support societal development by help-            The Premedical Society was founded in 1999, for the purpose of assisting and advancing
                   ing our neighbors receive adequate shelter. The chapter’s primary functions are building,          students interested in applying to medical, dental, optometry, podiatry or veterinary schools.
                   fundraising, and education. The chapter participates in local builds, organizes fundraising        The Premedical Society is a student run organization that works in conjunction with the
                   activities on campus to support our local affiliate as well as our Collegiate Challenge alterna-   Pre-Health Professional Advisory Committee, composed of a diverse group of faculty, to
                   tive spring break trips.                                                                           assist students in various aspects of preparation for medical school, including completion
                   Indian Student Organization (ISO)                                                                  of required coursework at MCPHS, preparation for the Medical College Admissions Test
                                                                                                                      (MCAT), and navigation of the medical school application process. The Premedical Society
                   The Indian Student Organization exists to encourage interaction among the Indian com-              participates in various activities including school events, community service and professional
                   munity at the College and to address and promote awareness of issues of concern to those of        projects.
                   Indian background. Membership is open to everyone.
                                                                                                                      Radiologic Science Club
                   Intra-varsity Christian Fellowship (IVCF)
                                                                                                                      The purpose of the Radiologic Science Club is to promote a sense of unity and shared vision
                   The MCPHS Christian Fellowship is a student led group that exists to provide an open fo-           for the Radiologic Science students within the greater MCPHS community, to participate
  44               rum for discussion about the personal life and claims of Jesus Christ and to strengthen one        with other MCPHS clubs and organizations in various College events and activities, and to          45
                   another in the understanding of the Christian faith. The group encourages discussion and ex-       instill the desire for life long learning and professional development.
                   ploration of issues of spirituality and is a resource to other students regarding dialogue about
                   spiritual issues. The group holds regular meetings and sponsors various activities throughout      Rho Chi Honor Society
                   the academic year.                                                                                 Rho Chi Honor Society is a national honor society and member of the Association of Col-
                   Muslim Student Association                                                                         lege Honor Societies. It was founded in 1922, with chapters in all of the pharmacy colleges
                                                                                                                      in the United States. It is strictly an honor society—recognizing, rewarding and encouraging
                   The Muslim Student Association was established to promote understanding of Islam among             superior scholarly attainment. Membership is limited to upper-class pharmacy students of
                   Muslim and non-Muslim students. Its goals are to enhance the goodwill and friendship be-           outstanding scholarship and character. Psi Chapter of the Rho Chi Society was chartered at
                   tween Muslims and non-Muslims; to involve Muslim students in religious activities such as          the College in 1939.
                   prayers, celebration of Islamic occasions, meetings and discussions; to help Muslim students
                   both educationally and socially; to make Islam better understood by Muslim students; and to        Student Alumni Association
                   organize religious and social activities.                                                          The Student Alumni Association seeks to build networks between students and alumni. The
                   National Community Pharmacist Student Association (NCPA)                                           loyalty of alumni is founded in their undergraduate experience. The Student Alumni Asso-
                                                                                                                      ciation hopes to create unique opportunities for meaningful dialogue and shared experiences
                   The National Community Pharmacist Student Association provides a forum for students to             between students, alumni and administrators.
                   learn about the opportunities available in independent pharmacy practice.
                                                                                                                      Student American Dental Hygienists Association (SADHA)
                   National Student Nurses Association (NSNA)
                                                                                                                      Students are recognized in a separate category of membership in the American Dental Hy-
                   This chapter’s purpose is to promote development of skills that students will need as respon-      gienists’ Association. This membership involves students within an organization that is dedi-
                   sible and accountable nursing professionals. This association helps develop students who are       cated to building the moral, ethical and educational basis of the profession of dental hygiene.
                   prepared to lead in the nursing profession in the future.                                          The Association provides opportunities for students to interface with other practicing dental
                   Physician Assistant Student Society (PASS)                                                         hygienists locally and throughout the country and to participate in activities affecting the
                                                                                                                      profession.
                   The activities of PASS are intended to foster the personal and professional development of
                   students enrolled in the Physician Assistant Studies program. Educational mentoring, com-          Student Society of Health-System Pharmacists
                   munity outreach and professional development, are major group activities. Upper-level stu-         The mission of this MCPHS student society is to make students aware of pharmacy practice
                   dents serve as peer mentors for more junior students in an effort to facilitate the mastery of     in health systems; provide information to students about career directions and credentials
                   the knowledge and skills essential for entry to the profession. Community outreach involves        needed for pharmacy practice in health systems; and encourage student membership and
                   a newsletter, invited speakers, and sponsorship of service-based learning experiences. The         participation in the state society as well as post-graduation involvement.
                   professional development of each student is accomplished through a series of seminars on
                   practice-related issues and mentoring experiences involving practicing PAs in Boston and the       Pharmacy Fraternities (Boston Campus)
                   surrounding area.                                                                                  Lambda Kappa Sigma (LKS)
                   Phi Lambda Sigma Leadership Society (PLS)                                                          Lambda Kappa Sigma was established at MCPHS on October 14, 1913 and it is the oldest
                   Phi Lambda Sigma is a national Greek letter honor society formed to honor and recognize            fraternity for women in pharmacy. The mission of the fraternity is to promote the profession
                   those who have excelled in leadership and service to the College community, the pharma-            of pharmacy among women and advance women within the profession. The fraternity is
                   dedicated to developing the important intellectual, leadership, and professional skills that its        learning of Vietnamese history, culture, and traditions through various regular programs and
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            student services
                   members need to maximize their potential and continue to strive beyond their personal best.             activities; promote participation in community programs and activities, build a strong sense
                   Chapter activities include professional projects, social events and as participation in regional        of responsibility amongst its members toward society and promote harmony with other Asian
                   and national conventions. Individuals and chapters are recognized annually for excellence in            communities.
                   academics, community service, leadership, and professional achievement. In addition to local            Association of Pharmacists in Industry (API)
                   scholarships, the fraternity offers its members numerous grants through the LKS Educational
                   Trust. Among the greatest privileges of membership in LKS are the friendships established               API is an organization on campus aimed at informing students about jobs and opportunities
                   which last a lifetime. Membership in LKS greatly enhances campus experiences and profes-                in industry for people with pharmacy degrees. API educates students through discussions,
                   sional career development.                                                                              networking events, and by inviting representatives from major companies to guest lecture on
                                                                                                                           their roles in the company.
                   Phi Delta Chi
                                                                                                                           Black Student Union (BSU)
                   Since 1883, Phi Delta Chi members have worked to advance the pharmacy profession and
                   its allied interests and to foster and promote a fraternal spirit. Phi Delta Chi members seek           The Black Student Union was organized to celebrate and honor the culture, history and
                   enhanced professional and personal success and satisfaction. The fraternity helps both phar-            diversity of the African Diaspora. The organization enhances the MCPHS community by
                   macy students and pharmacists improve their personal and professional skills, inspiring con-            sponsoring many cultural, educational and social events.
                   fidence and character and providing insight into human nature. Phi Delta Chi encourages                 Chess Club/Game Club
                   members to develop as leaders, excellent pharmacists, and well-rounded citizens. Phi Delta
  46                                                                                                                       The Chess Club tries to enhance student life by providing a fun and exciting diversion from       47
                   Chi members aim to improve the health of their patients through the delivery of optimal
                                                                                                                           the academic life of the student body by participating in chess and other board games.
                   pharmaceutical care. By training, educating, preparing and connecting excellent pharmacists,
                   Phi Delta Chi advances the public health and the profession.                                            Christian Student Association (CSA)
                   Worcester Campus                                                                                        The Christian Student Association organizes events such as Bible study sessions for interested
                   Student Government Association (SGA)                                                                    students and promotes networking opportunities on campus.
                   The Student Government Association was established to provide a voice for students and stu-             D.A.M.A.G.E Club (Gaming)
                   dent interests. SGA serves as the umbrella organization from which all other student organi-            This organization is known as “The Digital Arts, Media and Gaming Element” (DAMAGE).
                   zations stem. The SGA is responsible for appropriating funds for the organizations and their            The purpose of this organization shall be to enhance student life and provide stress relief by
                   activities. SGA sponsors various educational and social community activities. The executive             promoting the common leisurely interests of digital photography, graphic arts, video produc-
                   officers of the SGA are president, vice president, secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, activi-   tion, gaming and movies in the MCPHS community.
                   ties chair, and events coordinator. SGA holds bi-weekly meetings that are open to the student
                   community                                                                                               MCPHS Dance Troupe

                   American College of Clinical Pharmacy (ACCP Worcester Chapter)                                          The purpose of the Dance Troupe is: To provide a creative outlet where those who love to
                                                                                                                           dance on the MCPHS Worcester campus can explore and develop their skills; To create
                   The mission of the American College of Clinical Pharmacy Massachusetts College of Phar-                 an environment where stress relief is sought through rhythm and movement; To establish
                   macy and Health Sciences– Worcester/Manchester Chapter is to build awareness of clinical                a group dynamic that encourages and motivates its members to stay mentally healthy and
                   pharmacy and board certification within pharmacy; provide knowledge to students about                   physically fit; And to enhance the extracurricular opportunities available to MCPHS students
                   careers in clinical pharmacy and opportunities upon obtainment of a board certification; and            as a means of building well-rounded students.  
                   build a stable organization through active membership and participation.
                                                                                                                           Equestrian Club
                   American Pharmacists Association–Academy of Students of Pharmacy (APhA-ASP)
                                                                                                                           The purpose of the MCPHS Equestrian Club is to promote an active network for horse en-
                   The mission of the American Pharmacists Association Academy of Students of Pharmacy is                  thusiasts while providing a learning environment focusing on equine care and management;
                   to be the collective voice of student pharmacists, to provide opportunities for professional            and to provide facility contacts for students who are interested in taking riding lessons with
                   growth, and to envision and actively promote the future of pharmacy. The APhA-ASP rep-                  the coordination of off campus events (i.e. barn visits, clinics, horse shows).
                   resents over 19,000 student members in chapters at every school and college of pharmacy
                   throughout the U.S. and Puerto Rico.                                                                    Indian Student Organization (ISO)

                   Worcester Student Society of Health System Pharmacy (ASHP)                                              The Indian Student Organization exists to promote an understanding of Indian culture, his-
                                                                                                                           tory, and traditions. Promotion of these ideas is demonstrated through various regular pro-
                   The mission of the MCPHS–Worcester student society is to make students aware of phar-                   gramming and activities.
                   macy practice in health systems; provide information to students about career directions in
                   and credentials needed for pharmacy practice in health systems; and encourage membership                The MCPHS Worcester Dancing Group
                   and participation in the state society and ASHP as a student and upon graduation.                       The Dancing Group provides a creative outlet for those who love to dance on the MCPHS
                   Asian Student Association (ASA)                                                                         Worcester campus. Members can explore and develop their dancing skills as well as practice
                                                                                                                           stress relief through rhythm and movement to remain healthy.
                   The Asian Student Association is organized to promote cooperation amongst professionals
                   in an educational and community environment; provide an opportunity for the sharing and
                   The Massachusetts College of Pharmacy Golfers Association (MCPGA)                                  Rho Chi Honor Society
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         student services
                   The purpose of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy Golfers Association (MCPGA) is to             Rho Chi is the academic National Honor Society in Pharmacy. The Rho Chi Society en-
                   provide students with an opportunity to learn, play and enjoy the sport of golf. One of the        courages and recognizes excellence in intellectual achievement and advocates critical inquiry
                   overarching goals of the MCPGA is to develop professional students who are multidimen-             in all aspects of pharmacy. The Society further encourages high standards of conduct and
                   sional. The MCPGA seeks to fulfill this goal by exposing students to the sport of golf, which      character and fosters fellowship among its members. The fundamental objective of Rho Chi
                   promotes physical activity, stress relief and enjoyment of nature. This is a sport that can be     is to promote the advancement of the pharmaceutical sciences through the encouragement
                   played during any phase of life and is particularly enjoyable and valuable for a student facing    and recognition of scholarship.
                   the rigors of the MCPHS accelerated PharmD program.                                                Running Club
                   The Middle Eastern & Mediterranean Student Organization (MEMSO)                                    The intention of the club is to provide a non-academic means of bringing together students,
                   The purpose of the Middle Eastern & Mediterranean Student Organization (MEMSO) is                  faculty, and staff with the common interest of running as an exercise for physical fitness.
                   to bring together individuals from various Middle Eastern & Mediterranean backgrounds,             Ski Club
                   regardless of religion, nationality, ethnicity, or gender in order to provide an opportunity for
                   the sharing and learning of their cultures and traditions. The organization will strive to pro-    The purpose of the Ski Club is to promote winter activities which include sports like skiing
                   mote the Middle Eastern & Mediterranean Cultures through frequent social events, activities        and snowboarding.
                   and community outreach programs. In addition, the organization shall have no affiliation           The Sports Club
  48               with any government or religious organizations. Membership will be revoked if a member is                                                                                                              49
                                                                                                                      The Sports Club was established to provide MCPHS Worcester students with the opportu-
                   found to impose any discriminatory political views, or promote any type of religious or racial
                                                                                                                      nity to participate in structured team sports by participating in various Worcester recreational
                   discrimination.
                                                                                                                      leagues, including indoor soccer, coed softball and basketball.
                   National Community Pharmacist Student Association (NCPSA)
                                                                                                                      Student Chapter of the American Academy of Physician Assistants (SAAPA)
                   The National Community Pharmacist Student Association (NCPSA) represents independent
                                                                                                                      The SAAPA chapter was established as a student society within the American Academy of
                   community pharmacies and independent pharmacists in the U.S. NCPSA is committed to
                                                                                                                      Physician Assistants and retains students representation within this professional association’s
                   helping pharmacy students by providing contact with pharmacy owners ready for a transfer
                                                                                                                      House of Delegates. Educational mentoring, community outreach and professional devel-
                   of ownership, teaching about financing options, and assistance in developing niche markets
                                                                                                                      opment are the society’s intended goals. Student professional development is accomplished
                   in patient care services.
                                                                                                                      through a seminar series on practice-related issues and through mentoring experiences in-
                   National Student Nurses Association (NSNA)                                                         volving practicing PA’s in Worcester and surrounding communities.
                   This chapter’s purpose is to promote development of skills that students will need as respon-      Student National Pharmaceutical Association (SNPhA)
                   sible and accountable nursing professionals. This association helps develop students who are
                                                                                                                      SNPhA is a pharmacy student educational service association devoted to pharmacy and
                   prepared to lead in the nursing profession in the future.
                                                                                                                      health care related issues accompanied by a commitment to addressing underrepresented
                   Nursing Students Without Borders (NSWB)                                                            groups in the pharmacy profession and other health related fields.
                   NSWB provides students the opportunity to assist under-served communities through health           Tennis Club
                   education. Access to health care resources and distribution of material donations, both na-
                                                                                                                      The purpose of the Tennis Club is to promote health, relaxation, teamwork, networking,
                   tionally and internationally, are major activities of the organization.
                                                                                                                      and valuable activities among professionals in an educational and community environment.
                   Phi Lambda Sigma
                                                                                                                      Manchester Campus
                   The purpose of Phi Lamda Sigma, also known as the National Pharmacy Leadership Society,            Student Government Association (SGA)
                   is to promote the development of leadership qualities, especially among pharmacy students.
                                                                                                                      The Student Government Association was established to provide a voice for students and
                   By peer recognition, the society encourages participation in all pharmacy activities.
                                                                                                                      student interests. SGA serves as the umbrella organization from which all other student or-
                   Racquetball Club                                                                                   ganizations stem. The SGA is responsible for appropriating funds for the organizations and
                   The purpose of the Racquetball Club is to promote health through activity, teamwork, and           their activities. SGA sponsors various educational and social community activities. The ex-
                   networking. The overall function of the Racquetball Club is to provide valuable activities         ecutive officers of the SGA are president, vice president, secretary treasurer and liaisons from
                   among professionals in an educational and community environment.                                   Nursing, Pharmacy and Physician Assistant Studies. SGA holds bi-weekly meetings, town
                                                                                                                      meetings and an annual Leadership Recognition Dinner.
                   Republican Pharmacy Student Association
                                                                                                                      Student Chapter of the American Academy of Physician Assistants (SAAPA)
                   The purpose of the organization is to examine public policy issues relating to Health Services
                   and Pharmacy through a variety of workshops, speakers and events. The organization is com-         The SAAPA chapter was established as a student society within their professional organi-
                   mitted to creating an open dialogue focusing on social and policy issues.                          zation and allows students representation at the House of Delegates. Educational mentor-
                                                                                                                      ing, community outreach and professional development are the society’s intended goals. The
                   professional development of each student is accomplished through a series of seminars on               character and fosters fellowship among its members. The fundamental objective of Rho Chi
student services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         student services
                   practice-related issues and mentoring experiences involving practicing PAs in Manchester               is to promote the advancement of the pharmaceutical sciences through the encouragement
                   and the surrounding area.                                                                              and recognition of scholarship.
                   American College of Clinical Pharmacy (ACCP)                                                           Student Activities Board
                   The membership of ACCP is diverse and composed of practitioners, scientists, educators,                The Student Activities Board is a club that serves the MCPHS community by providing a cal-
                   residents, fellows and others committed to excellence in clinical pharmacy and patient phar-           endar of social events for students. The group is funded by the SGA and implements an inter-
                   macotherapy.                                                                                           est survey periodically to make desired events available. Membership is open to any student.
                   American Pharmacists Association – Academy of Students of Pharmacy (APhA-ASP)
                   The mission of the American Pharmacists Association Academy of Students of Pharmacy
                   (APhA-ASP) is to be the collective voice of student pharmacists, to provide opportunities
                   for professional growth, and to envision and actively promote the future of pharmacy. The
                   APhA-ASP represents over 19,000 student members in chapters at every school and college
                   of pharmacy throughout the United States and Puerto Rico.
                   Christian Student Organization
  50               The Christian Student Organization offers friendship and fellowship to all. The group pro-                                                                                                             51
                   motes the understanding of Christianity through networking, fellowship and Bible study.
                   Golf Club
                   This recreational club exists to provide an outlet for those interested in golf. All levels of skill
                   are invited to join and discounted greens fees are available.
                   Manchester Student Society of Health System Pharmacy (ASHP)
                   The mission of the MCPHS–Manchester student society is to make students aware of phar-
                   macy practice in health systems; provide information to students about career directions in
                   and credentials needed for pharmacy practice in health systems; and encourage membership
                   and participation in the state society and ASHP as a student and upon graduation.
                   National Student Nurses Association (NSNA)
                   This chapter’s purpose is to promote development of skills that students will need as respon-
                   sible and accountable nursing professionals. This association helps develop students who are
                   prepared to lead in the nursing profession in the future.
                   Nursing Students Without Borders (NSWB)
                   NSWB provides students the opportunity to serve under-served communities through health
                   education. It helps in creating networks to access health care resources and to distribute mate-
                   rial donations, both nationally and internationally. Annually, NSWB visits Belize to assist in
                   the care of health services.
                   Phi Lambda Sigma
                   The purpose of Phi Lambda Sigma, also known as the National Pharmacy Leadership Society,
                   is to promote the development of leadership qualities, especially among pharmacy students.
                   By peer recognition, the society encourages participation in all pharmacy activities.
                   Outdoors Club
                   This club promotes getting outside and staying active! Membership is open to anyone, and
                   activities include day hikes, white water rafting, day skiing and a day at the driving range.
                   Rho Chi Honor Society
                   Rho Chi is the academic National Honor Society in Pharmacy. The Rho Chi Society en-
                   courages and recognizes excellence in intellectual achievement and advocates critical inquiry
                   in all aspects of pharmacy. The Society further encourages high standards of conduct and
                                                                                                                                  MCPHS code # for ACT tests is 1860
            Admission
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                           admission
                                                                                                                FOR:              IELTS
                                                                                                                CONTACT:          IELTS Administrator
            General Admission Policies                                                                                            777 Dedham St.
                                                                                                                                  Newton, MA 02459
            General MCPHS admission policies and application procedures that apply to all applicants
                                                                                                                                  www.ielts.org
            are stated below.
              • An application for admission must be complete to be evaluated. An application is con-
                                                                                                              Priority Dates and Campus Mailing Addresses
                sidered complete when the Admission Office has received the completed Admission
                                                                                                              MCPHS establishes priority dates for all academic programs. If space permits, the College
                Application, all required credentials and the non-refundable application fee (if appli-
                                                                                                              continues to accept and review applications beyond the dates listed.
                cable).
                                                                                                              Boston Campus
              • Only official, current credentials are accepted.
                                                                                                              Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
              • All credentials must be sent directly from the issuing agency to the Admission Office at      Admission Office
                the campus where the program to which you are applying is offered. Transfer applicants        179 Longwood Avenue
                to the PharmD program, or applicants to the Master of Physician Assistant Studies             Boston, MA 02115
 52             program, should send official transcripts directly to PharmCAS or CASPA.                      617.732.2850/800.225.5506/fax: 617.732.2118                                                  53
              • A new application, complete with updated credentials, must be submitted each time a           Freshmen Admission Priority Dates
                candidate re-applies for admission to the College.                                                 Early Action – November 15
              • Preference is given to candidates whose application files are complete and received by             Regular Admission – February 1
                the priority deadline. However, applications will continue to be reviewed until all avail-    Undergraduate Transfer Admission Priority Date
                able spaces are filled.                                                                           All programs (except professional phase Physician Assistant Studies) – February 1
              • Interviews are required for transfer applicants applying to the third year of the Doctor of   Postbaccalaureate Programs Priority Dates
                Pharmacy program (Boston) who have met or plan to complete all required preprofes-                 Bachelor of Science (postbaccalaureate) in Dental Hygiene – February 1
                sional courses prior to May 1; Physician Assistant Studies program (Boston, Manches-               Bachelor of Science (postbaccalaureate) in Diagnostic Medical Sonography – February 1
                ter, and Worcester); Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies program; the Accelerated              Bachelor of Science (postbaccalaureate) in Magnetic Resonance Imaging – February 1
                Doctor of Pharmacy program (Worcester and Manchester); and the Doctor of Physical                  Bachelor of Science (postbaccalaureate) in Nuclear Medicine Technology – February 1
                Therapy program (Worcester). These interviews are by invitation only. Candidates who               Bachelor of Science (postbaccalaureate) in Radiation Therapy – February 1
                are invited are contacted by e-mail or postal mail directly by the Admission Office.               Bachelor of Science (postbaccalaureate) in Radiography – February 1
              • Upon notification of acceptance, all students are required to pay an enrollment deposit       Advanced Medical Imaging Certificate Programs Priority Dates
                to secure a place in the entering class. Deposit refunds vary by campus and program             Computed Tomography (CT) – April 1
                prior to May 1. The deposit must be in U.S. dollars, in the form of a money order or            Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) – April 1
                check drawn on a U.S. bank and made payable to MCPHS. MCPHS also accepts                      Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway Program Priority Date – May 1
                credit payments from Visa, Discover, or Mastercard holders. The College does not ac-
                                                                                                              Graduate Admission Priority Date
                cept cash. The deposit must be received by the specified deadline and is credited in full
                                                                                                                Master of Physician Assistant Studies – November 1
                to the tuition cost of the first term of enrollment. Deposit amounts and deadlines vary
                                                                                                                Master of Science/PhD in Medicinal Chemistry – February 1
                according to campus and program and are specified in the letter of acceptance.
                                                                                                                Master of Science, PhD in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy – February 1
            Tests and Testing Agencies                                                                          Master of Science/PhD in Pharmaceutics – February 1
              FOR:              SAT, AP, CLEP, TOEFL, and GRE                                                   Master of Science/PhD in Pharmacology – February 1
              CONTACT:          Educational Testing Service
                                Princeton, NJ 08541                                                           Worcester Campus
                                609.921.9000                                                                  Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
                                www.ets.org                                                                   Admission Office
                                MCPHS code # for all ETS tests is 3512                                        19 Foster Street
              FOR:               ACT                                                                          Worcester, MA 01608
              CONTACT:           ACT National Office                                                          508.373.5607/fax: 508.890.7987
                                 P.O. Box 168                                                                   Accelerated PharmD program – February 1
                                 Iowa City, IA 52243-0168                                                       Doctor of Physical Therapy – February 1
                                 319.337.1000/fax: 319.339.3021                                                 Master of Physician Assistant Studies – September 1
                                 www.act.org
              Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Nursing – October 1 (spring entry) & June 1       Action applications by January 1. Early Action is open to prospective first-year students only.
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                               admission
                (fall entry)                                                                             Accepted students have until May 1 to respond to the College’s offer of admission.
                                                                                                         Application
            Manchester Campus                                                                            An application for first-year admission is reviewed when the file is complete. To be considered
            Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences                                        complete, the applicant’s file must contain all of the following:
            Admission Office
            1260 Elm Street                                                                                • Completed Common Application (can be completed online at www.commonapp.org)
            Manchester, NH 03101-1305                                                                        and MCPHS supplement;
            603.314.1701/fax: 603.314.0213                                                                 • Official high school transcript(s) from all secondary schools attended, including most
              Accelerated PharmD program – February 1                                                        recent grades (seniors must include a listing of senior courses), or official GED test
              Master of Physician Assistant Studies – September 1                                            scores;
              Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Nursing – October 1 (spring entry) & June 1         • High school profile (obtainable through the guidance department);
                (fall entry)
                                                                                                           • Official transcripts from colleges or universities attended, if applicable;
                                                                                                           • Official reports of standardized test scores: SAT I or ACT; TOEFL or IELTS, if appli-
            MCPHS Online Campus
                                                                                                             cable;
            Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
 54         Admission Office                                                                               • Two letters of recommendation (one from a mathematics or science teacher, and one                 55
            19 Foster Street                                                                                 from a guidance counselor);
            Worcester, MA 01608                                                                            • One written essay (500 words, describing the candidate’s basis for interest in MCPHS
            508.373.5607/fax: 508.890.7987                                                                   and the selected program of study).
              AD to Master of Science in Dental Hygiene Bridge – July 1                                  Transcripts
              ADN to Master of Science in Nursing Bridge – July 1                                        Transcripts must clearly indicate all credits and grades received and indicate coursework cur-
              BS in Health Sciences Degree Completion – June 1                                           rently in progress. All transcripts must be official and presented in a sealed envelope with the
              Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway – May 1                                       institution’s stamp or a college/university official’s signature across the closure. Photocopies
              Certificate in Applied Natural Products v June 1                                           and hand-carried documents not in a sealed, stamped envelope are not accepted.
              Certificate in Health Policy – July 1
              Certificate in Regulatory Affairs – July 1                                                 All deposited students are expected to submit a final high school transcript by July 15 of the
              Master of Applied Natural Products – June 1                                                year of entry. The diploma awarded and the date of the award must be clearly indicated on
              Master of Science in Dental Hygiene – July 1                                               the final transcript.
              Master of Science in Nursing (Family Nurse Practitioner Track) – July 1                    Standardized Tests
              Master of Science in Nursing (Generalist Track) – July 1                                   First-year applicants are required to submit official reports of standardized test scores as fol-
              Master of Science in Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy – July 1                         lows:
              Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies – September 15
                                                                                                           • Applicants for first-year admission are required to submit official test scores from either
                                                                                                             the SAT I or ACT;
            First-Year/Freshmen Admission (Boston)
                                                                                                              Only the highest SAT or ACT scores will be considered as part of the final admission decision.
            Requirements                                                                                      MCPHS requires you to submit all scores from all exams taken. Each time a new score is
            An applicant’s secondary school program of study must include at least 16 units of course-        submitted the applicant’s record will be updated with the new high scores.
            work in the following subject areas:
                                                                                                           • Candidates for whom English is not their primary spoken language are required to take
              •   four units of English                                                                      the TOEFL or IELTS. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis for
              •   three units of mathematics (algebra I and II; geometry)                                    applicants who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclu-
              •   two units of social sciences (including one in history)                                    sive of ESL courses), and have scored 450 or higher on the Critical Reading section of
              •   two units of laboratory science (one each in biology and chemistry)                        the SAT. (Please refer to“International Applicants” section)
              •   five units of additional college preparatory courses
                                                                                                         Official score reports must be sent directly to the Admission Office from the testing agency.
            Eligible applicants for first-year admission cannot have completed more than 11 credits at
                                                                                                         Advanced Course Credit
            another college or university.
                                                                                                         Freshmen may be awarded a limited amount of MCPHS course equivalency credit in trans-
            Early Action                                                                                 fer for AP (Advanced Placement) courses, IB (International Baccalaureate) courses, and/or
            Candidates with solid academic records who have decided that MCPHS is a “top choice”         college coursework taken during high school. Specific policies that govern MCPHS transfer
            college are encouraged to apply for “early action.” Applicants must submit the application   credit equivalency are explained in detail in the Transfer Admission section of this catalog.
            and all required materials by November 15. The Admission Office makes decisions on Early
            Delayed Enrollment for Accepted Students                                                              Application
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     admission
            Students who are accepted for first-year admission may request approval to delay enrollment           An application for transfer admission is reviewed when the file is complete. To be considered
            (Deferral) for one full academic year. To do so they must:                                            complete, the transfer applicant’s file must contain all of the following:
              • Submit a written request to the Admission Office;                                                   • Completed application, which can be found online for all programs (except PharmD)
              • Promise, in writing, that they will not attend any other college of university during the             at www.mcphs.edu;
                deferral period.                                                                                    • Payment of the $70.00 non-refundable application fee;
            MCPHS reserves the right to deny requests for deferral. If a request for deferral is approved,          • Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended;
            the candidate must pay a $500 non-refundable enrollment deposit. This deposit will reserve              • Official high school transcript(s) or official GED test scores;
            a place in the class starting in the fall of the following academic year. If the student enrolls at
            that time, the deposit will be credited in full towards the first semester tuition.                     • Official reports of standardized test scores, if applicable (see below);
            Students are cancelled from the accepted applicant pool if:                                             • Two letters of recommendation (see below);
              • They are denied deferral and choose not to enroll at the College in the fall for which              • Written essay (500-word essay describing the candidate’s basis for interest in MCPHS
                they were admitted; or                                                                                and the selected program of study).
              • They defer but do not enroll in the fall of the academic year following the deferral pe-          Students applying to the Doctor of Pharmacy program must apply through PharmCAS
 56             riod.                                                                                             (www.pharmcas.org). A supplemental application must also be completed, and can be found            57
                                                                                                                  at www.mcphs.edu.
            Students who are cancelled from the accepted applicant pool must forfeit the $500 enroll-
            ment deposit and their accepted student status.                                                       Transcripts must clearly indicate all credits and grades received and indicate coursework cur-
                                                                                                                  rently in progress. All transcripts must be official and presented in a sealed envelope with the
            Institutional Agreements                                                                              institution’s stamp or a college/university official’s signature across the closure. Photocopies
            MCPHS has agreements with academic institutions that offer a seamless pathway of study                and hand-carried documents not in a sealed, stamped envelope are not accepted. Official
            from the Premedical and Health Studies major to a variety of graduate and professional                transcripts reflecting prerequisite courses must be received in the Admission Office no later
            degree programs (see details throughout the catalog, or at www.mcphs.edu). The College                than the Add-Drop deadline of the term of entry. Students failing to submit these docu-
            also has an agreement for Health Psychology and Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business               ments by this deadline will be dropped from all classes.
            students who plan to seek a master’s degree.
                                                                                                                  Standardized Tests
            Prospective first-year students should speak with an admission counselor at the College about         Applicants for transfer admission are required to submit official reports of standardized test
            prerequisites for admission into the Premedical and Health Studies, Pharmaceutical and                scores as indicated below:
            Health Care Business, or Health Psychology majors for these programs.
                                                                                                                    • Candidates who have completed fewer than 30 semester or 45 quarter hours of college
            Transfer Admission (Boston)                                                                               or university credit are required to submit official score reports of either the SAT I or
            Note: All candidates must refer to the General Information section for additional information             ACT.
            including interviews, mailing address and deadlines.                                                    • Candidates for whom English is not their primary spoken language are required to take
            Candidates for transfer admission for BS degree programs have completed an equivalent of                  the TOEFL or IELTS. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis for
            one or more semesters (a minimum of 12 semester hours) of college or university level courses             applicants who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclu-
            and are applying for admission to one of the MCPHS undergraduate (e.g., BS in Dental                      sive of ESL courses and have scored 450 or higher on the Critical Reading section of the
            Hygiene), certificate or first professional degree (e.g., PharmD) programs. This includes ap-             SAT), or have an earned degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S. college or university.
            plicants to these programs who have one or more earned degree(s).                                         (Please refer to“International Applicants” section)

            Requirements                                                                                            • Official score reports must be sent directly to the Admission Office from the appropriate
            Candidates for transfer admission to BS programs must have a cumulative academic grade                    testing agency.
            point average of at least 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 scale attained at a regionally accredited college    Recommendations
            or university. Candidates for transfer admission to the PharmD program must have at least             Candidates for transfer admission should submit two letters of recommendation. For candi-
            a 3.0 GPA or higher (on a 4.0 scale), attained at a regionally accredited college or university.      dates currently attending a college or university (full-time or part-time), both recommenda-
            Preference is given to candidates who demonstrate:                                                    tions must be from professors (preferably mathematics or science; a recommendation from
              • Consistent academic performance in a full-time program with above average grades in               their academic advisor may substitute for one). Candidates who are not enrolled in college
                mathematics and science without having to withdraw or repeat courses;                             or university courses may substitute work supervisors, although at least one faculty recom-
                                                                                                                  mendation is preferred.
              • Ability to articulate clearly, in a written essay, reasons for their choice of program of
                study at MCPHS.                                                                                   Interview
                                                                                                                  On-campus interviews are required for transfer applicants applying to the Doctor of Phar-
                                                                                                                  macy program who intend to enter the first professional year (Year 3). These interviews are by
            invitation only. Candidates who are invited are contacted directly by the Admission Office.       IBO (International Baccalaureate) courses will be accepted for transfer credit for selected
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  admission
            Transfer of Credit                                                                                coursework (limit of 18 credits). Students must achieve a score of 5 or better on an HL (high
            Candidates who are accepted as transfer students may receive a limited number of course           level) IBO exam. Transfer credits are limited to exams for English, language, and the arts.
            credits in transfer. Please refer to Residency Requirements in the section on Academic Policies   AP and IBO exceptions: Chemistry AP scores of 4 or better will be accepted as transfer credit
            and Procedures. Transfer credit is not awarded for life experience or work experience. Transfer   for CHE 131 and CHE 132 for students who matriculate at MCPHS with existing college
            credit can be achieved through:                                                                   credit for organic chemistry. Transfer students accepted into the professional phase of an
              • Coursework taken prior to enrollment at other colleges and universities;                      MCPHS degree program will receive transfer credit for IBO courses accepted by a previous
                                                                                                              college. In both of these instances, official AP and/or IBO exam documentation must be
              • Successful passing of AP and/or CLEP examinations (see below);                                provided to MCPHS no later than the add-drop deadline of the term of entry.
              • IB (International Baccalaureate) examinations.                                                Candidates who desire to receive credit based on AP and CLEP examinations must arrange
            Transfer credit for professional coursework is very limited and is awarded on a case-by-case      for official test score results to be sent directly from ETS (Educational Testing Service) to the
            basis through special petition to the dean of the school in which the program is offered. All     Admission Office in Boston. A complete list of the AP and CLEP Examinations and the cor-
            petitions must be processed through the Admission Office and initiated by August 1 prior to       responding MCPHS courses for which transfer of credit is allowed is available upon request
            fall enrollment or by January 1 if entering in the spring semester.                               through the Admission Office.
            Policies that determine the amount of transfer credit awarded and that identify courses ac-       Courses taken for college credit that count toward the high school degree will receive transfer
 58         cepted in transfer vary among programs. Candidates interested in transfer credit should con-      credit only if the course was administered in a college setting. Courses taken in a high school     59
            tact the Admission Office about their particular program of interest.                             that are taught by teachers who have been certified to offer “college level” courses will not
                                                                                                              receive transfer credit. Transfer credit for college courses that fulfill requirements for a high
            The Admission Office conducts a transfer credit evaluation on all transcripts in a candidate’s
                                                                                                              school degree is at the discretion of the Dean of Arts and Sciences.
            file during the application review process. Accepted students receive a written Transfer Credit
            Evaluation in their acceptance package. Courses considered for transfer credit must:              Petition for Additional Transfer Credit
                                                                                                              A petition for additional credit is included in all transfer acceptance packages. Additional
              • Be comparable in breadth and depth to those in the preprofessional phase of the specific
                                                                                                              forms are available in the Admission Office. Accepted students who, after receipt of their
                program to which the candidate is applying. Comparability is determined by the Ad-
                                                                                                              Transfer Credit Evaluation, wish to request further review must submit a completed petition
                mission Office in collaboration with the Office of the Registrar, school deans, program
                                                                                                              with required documentation to the Admission Office no later than the add/drop deadline
                directors, and faculty in related discipline(s);
                                                                                                              of the term of entry. All petitions are initiated and processed through the Admission Office.
              • Have been successfully completed with a grade of C (2.0) or better at a regionally ac-
                credited college or university;                                                               Postbaccalaureate and Graduate Admission (Boston)
              • Have been completed within the last ten years at the time of enrollment. This restriction     Note: All candidates must refer to the General Information section for additional information
                is limited to courses in the area of mathematics and the natural, physical and behavioral     including interviews, mailing address and deadlines.
                sciences.                                                                                     Applications are accepted for the following graduate and postbaccalaureate programs:
              • Be submitted with an official transcript by the end of the student’s first add/drop period,   Graduate Programs
                held the first week of classes. Courses not submitted by that time will not be awarded          • Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy in Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmaceutical
                transfer credit.                                                                                   Economics and Policy, Pharmaceutics, or Pharmacology
            AP (Advanced Placement) Examination results are accepted for transfer credit for selected           • Master of Physician Assistant Studies
            coursework. Students must achieve a score of 4 or better on an AP Examination for transfer        Postbaccalaureate Programs
            credit to be awarded. Credit in transfer for AP coursework is limited to 18 semester hours          • Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene
            of credit, depending on the subject. No AP credit will be awarded for CHE 131 Chemical              • Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical Sonography
            Principles I, CHE 132 Chemical Principles II, CHE 110 Basic Chemistry I, or CHE 210                 • Bachelor of Science in Magnetic Resonance Imaging
            Basic Chemistry II. No AP credit will be awarded to students in the Premedical and Health           • Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology
            Studies program for BIO 151 Biology I or BIO 152 Biology II.                                        • Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy
                                                                                                                • Bachelor of Science in Radiography
            CLEP (College-Level Examination Program) results are accepted as transfer credit for select
                                                                                                              Advanced Imaging Certificates for Licensed Radiologic Technologists
            subject matter. Candidates must receive a score of 50 or better per subject to be awarded
                                                                                                                • Computed Tomography
            CLEP credit. Transfer is limited to 18 CLEP credits and the examination(s) must be taken
                                                                                                                • Magnetic Resonance Imaging
            before the student’s first semester of enrollment at MCPHS. Those who achieve a score of less
            than 50 may not repeat the examination and must take the course. CLEP is an opportunity           Requirements
            for students whose coursework is comparable but not otherwise transferable (e.g., exceeds the     Note: Additional program specific requirements can be found in the individual program descrip-
            10 year limit; earned grade is below C) and others who have not taken coursework but feel         tions in this catalog.
            they have comparable knowledge.                                                                   Candidates for admission to all graduate or postbaccalaureate programs must have:
                                                                                                                • An earned bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university;
              • An earned master’s degree in a related field for those applying to a PhD program within        a college or university) for the following programs: Pharmaceutics, Pharmacology, and Me-
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  admission
                the Division of Graduate Studies;                                                              dicinal Chemistry. GRE scores are also required for the Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy
              • A TOEFL or IELTS is required of all candidates for whom English is not their primary           program if an applicant has graduated from college within the last five years.
                spoken language. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis for ap-            Candidates for whom English is not their primary spoken language are required to take the
                plicants who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclusive       TOEFL or IELTS. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis for applicants
                of ESL courses) or have an earned degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S. college or           who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclusive of ESL courses)
                university. (Please reference the International Students section below.)                       and have scored 450 or higher on the Critical Reading section of the SAT, or have an earned
            Preference is given to those who have:                                                             degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S. college or university. (Please refer to“International
              • An overall GPA of 3.0 or better (on a 4.0 scale) with consistent performance of 3.0 or         Applicants” section)
                  better in prerequisite courses and other subjects related to the major field of study;       Recommendations
              • Minimum GRE (Graduate Record Examination/General Test) scores of 1100 total Ver-               Letters of recommendation must be sent from the recommender directly to the Admission
                  bal and Quantitative and 3.5 in the Analytical Writing Section for Graduate Programs         Office in a sealed envelope with the recommender’s signature over the closure. Personal
                  (see “Standardized Tests” for a list of programs that require the GRE);                      copies, photocopies or hand-delivered recommendations that are not in individual sealed,
              • Volunteer, research or work experience related to the major field of study.                    stamped/signed envelopes are not acceptable.
            Application                                                                                        Graduate Transfer of Credit
            An application for graduate or postbaccalaureate admission is reviewed when the file is com-       Transfer credit for graduate-level coursework taken at other accredited institutions may be
 60         plete. To be considered complete, the applicant’s file must contain all of the following:                                                                                                             61
                                                                                                               accepted for transfer toward a student’s degree requirements pending approval of the Gradu-
              • Completed application, which can be found online for all programs (except Physician            ate Council. Only courses that are clearly relevant to the student’s program of study and have
                Assistant Studies) at www.mcphs.edu;                                                           not been used to fulfill requirements for another degree may be considered for transfer credit.
              • Payment of the $70.00, non-refundable application fee;                                         A maximum of eight semester hours for MS and 12 semester hours for PhD programs may
              • Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended, including those outside the   be transferred for coursework in which grades of B or higher have been attained. In some
                U.S.;                                                                                          instances, transfer hours received in certain courses taken on a pass-fail basis may be approved
              • Official reports of GRE and TOEFL scores, if applicable;                                       by the Graduate Council. It is the responsibility of the student’s graduate advisory committee
              • Two letters of recommendation from faculty or work/research supervisors, which solidly         to determine the student’s comprehension of the material before such hours are shown on
                support the candidate’s ability to complete graduate-level work successfully in the cho-       the program of study for credit toward the degree. Research credit from another institution
                sen discipline;                                                                                cannot be accepted for transfer credit. Coursework must have been completed not more than
              • Written personal statement/biographical sketch which demonstrates ability to clearly           two years prior to the date of the request for transfer. Transfer credit for all MS coursework,
                articulate career goals, reasons for choice of program of study at MCPHS, and insight          including research credits, taken at MCPHS is acceptable for transfer toward a student’s PhD
                into personal strengths and weaknesses;                                                        degree requirements, provided that the coursework is clearly relevant to the student’s program
              • Resume of all professional work experience, additional professional and community              of study.
                service activities, and any continuing education courses completed within the past three       Graduate Student Status
                years;                                                                                         At the time of acceptance, each student is classified as regular, provisional, or non-matricu-
              • Applicants applying for the Advanced Certificate in Medical Imaging programs must              lating.
                submit a copy of their current ARRT/NMTCB Certificate and certification number,
                a copy of the Massachusetts Radiation Control Program Radiologic Technologist li-              Regular Status
                cense, and a copy of their current CPR certification.                                          Candidates who have met all requirements for admission to a graduate degree program are
            Students applying to the Master of Physician Assistant Studies program must apply through          admitted as regular students. The transcript must show sufficient and satisfactory under-
            CASPA (www.caspaonline.org). Candidates with international credentials must refer to the           graduate preparation in the major field, a minimum GRE score, and a TOEFL or IELTS
            section on International Admission in this catalog. Candidates must also complete a supple-        score. (Please refer to“International Applicants” section)
            mental application, which can be found at www.mcphs.edu.                                           Candidates who are accepted to the Master of Science track of Graduate Studies in the Phar-
            Transcripts                                                                                        maceutical Sciences and desire consideration for acceptance to the PhD track may do so after
            Transcripts must clearly indicate all credits and grades received and indicate coursework cur-     successful completion of one full year in the master’s degree track at MCPHS. A candidate
            rently in progress. Degree(s) or diploma(s) that have been received, dates awarded, and major      must submit a letter of petition to the Associate Dean of Graduate Studies carefully outlin-
            courses of study must be clearly noted.                                                            ing his or her career goals and reasons for consideration. Additional documentation may be
                                                                                                               requested at the discretion of the Associate Dean or the Graduate Advisory Committee. Can-
            All transcripts must be official and presented in a sealed envelope with the institution’s stamp   didates will be notified of the decision by the Associate Dean. Those who are not approved
            or a college/university official’s signature on the closure. Photocopies and hand-carried docu-    will continue in the master’s degree track contingent upon satisfactory performance.
            ments not in a sealed, stamped envelope are not accepted. Official transcripts must be re-
            ceived no later than the add-drop deadline of the term of entry.                                   Full-time status for graduate students is defined as:
            Standardized Tests                                                                                   1. Registered for 9 or more graduate credits, or
            Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores are required (regardless of graduation date from            2. Registered for 6 or more graduate credits while appointed as a graduate assistant for
                 15–20 hours per week, or                                                                            demic grade point average of at least 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 scale attained from a region-
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                    admission
              3. Registered for PSB 880 Research (at least one graduate credit), or                                  ally accredited college or university.
              4. Registered for PSB 895 Graduate Student Extension (Thesis/Dissertation completion,              • Candidates for admission to the DPT program must have minimum overall and pre-
                 no credit), or                                                                                    requiste GPAs of 3.0, minimum grades of B- in all prerequisite courses, two letters of
              5. Registered for DHY 895 Graduate Extension.                                                        recommendation (one professional and one academic preferred), resume, GRE with
            Provisional Status                                                                                     minimum scores of 550 per section, personal statement, and minimum 10 hours of
            The College may, at its discretion, admit candidates into a graduate degree program on a               physical therapy exposure/experience in a clinical setting.
            trial basis as provisional students to ascertain their ability to do graduate work. Provisional      Preference is given to candidates who demonstrate:
            students are those who have not met the minimum undergraduate grade point averages and/              • Consistent academic performance in a full-time program with above average grades in
            or GRE scores for admission. Provisional status may also be applied to students whose cre-             mathematics and sciences without having to withdraw or repeat courses;
            dentials do not meet specific program requirements. Provisional students must adhere to              • Ability to articulate clearly, in written essay, reasons for their choice of program study at
            regulations established by the Graduate Council and be working toward a degree on a full-              MCPHS.
            time basis.
                                                                                                               Application
            In order to achieve regular status, the student must complete the equivalent of two academic       An application for admission to the Worcester/Manchester MPAS or PharmD programs is
            semesters (at least nine semester hours) of full-time work with an overall grade point average     reviewed when the file is complete. To be considered complete, the applicant’s file must
 62         of 3.0. If the GRE was not taken by the student at the time of admission as a provisional          contain a completed PharmCAS or CASPA application including the following docu-                      63
            student, the student must take the GRE during the first semester of provisional status.            ments, which must be submitted directly to PharmCAS (www.pharmcas.org) or CASPA
            At any time during the first year of matriculation following completion of the above criteria,     (www.caspaonline.org):
            a student may initiate an Approval for Change of Student Status in the Office of Graduate            • Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended;
            Studies. However the student’s graduate advisor may also initiate the change and should do           • Two letters of recommendation (see below);
            so when the student has met the required criteria, or may request the change of status before        • Written essay
            the student has completed nine semester credits. The change from provisional to regular
            status must be approved by the Assistant Dean of Graduate Studies. No student may remain           Additionally, the following documents must be submitted directly to the Admission Office
            on provisional status for more than two consecutive semesters. If a student admitted to pro-       on the campus to which the applicant is applying:
            visional status fails to meet the conditions stated in the letter of admission, the student may      • Completed Supplemental application with $40.00 non-refundable application fee;
            be dismissed from the program.                                                                       • Official high school transcript(s) or official GED test scores for applicants without a
                                                                                                                   bachelor’s degree;
            Admission (Worcester and Manchester)                                                                 • Official reports of standardized test scores, if applicable (see below).
            Applications are accepted for the following programs:                                              An application for admission to the BSN or DPT program is reviewed when the file is com-
              Accelerated Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD)                                                          plete. To be considered complete, the applicant’s file must contain all of the following items:
              Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS)                                                       •   Completed application which can be found online at www.mcphs.edu;
              Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)                                             •   Payment of $70.00 non-refundable application fee;
              Doctor of Physical Therapy (Worcester)                                                             •   Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended;
            Requirements                                                                                         •   Official reports of standardized test scores, if applicable (see below);
              • Candidates for admission for the accelerated PharmD program that do not have a previ-            •   Two letters of recommendation (see below);
                ously earned BS or BA degree must have completed or will complete an equivalent of               •   Written essay (500-word essay describing the candidate’s basis for interest in MCPHS
                66 semester hours of preprofessional coursework at the college or university level prior              and the selected program of study);
                to entry in the program. Applicants that have a previously earned BS or BA degree from            • Resume
                a U.S. accredited institution must have completed or will complete the equivalent of 39        Transcripts
                semester hours of math and science coursework at the college or university level prior to      Official transcripts reflecting all prerequisite courses must be received in the Admission Office
                entry in the program. Candidates for transfer admission to the PharmD program must             no later than the Add-Drop deadline of the term of entry. Students failing to submit these
                also have a cumulative academic grade point average of at least 2.7 or higher on a 4.0         documents by this deadline will be dropped from all classes. Transcripts must clearly indicate
                scale attained at a regionally accredited college or university.                               all credits and grades received. All transcripts must be official and presented in a sealed enve-
              • Candidates to the MPAS, BSN, and DPT programs must have completed a bachelor’s                 lope with the institution’s stamp or a college/university’s official signature across the closure.
                degree and prerequisite courses.                                                               Photocopies and hand-carried documents not in a sealed, stamped envelope are not accepted.
              • Candidates for admission to the MPAS program must have a cumulative and science                Standardized Tests
                academic grade point average of at least 2.75 or higher on a 4.0 scale and a prerequisite      Applicants for admission are required to submit official reports of standardized test scores as
                course grade point average of at least 3.0 or higher on a 4.0 scale attained at a regionally   indicated below:
                accredited college or university.
              • Candidates for admission to the accelerated BSN program must have a cumulative aca-              • Candidates for whom English is not their primary spoken language are required to take
                 the TOEFL or IELTS. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis for             • Have been completed within the last ten years at the time of enrollment. This restriction
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     admission
                 applicants who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclu-          is limited to courses in the area of mathematics and the natural, and physical sciences.
                 sive of ESL courses) or have an earned degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S. college         • Be submitted with an official transcript by the end of the student’s first add/drop period,
                 or university (exclusive of ESL courses).                                                        held the first week of classes. Students failing to submit these documents by this dead-
              • Candidates who have complete AP and/or CLEP exams are required to submit official                 line will be dropped from all classes.
                score reports (refer to Prerequisite Course Credit section for additional information).       AP (Advanced Placement Examination) results are accepted for prerequisite course credit for
              • Official score reports must be sent directly to the Admission Office from the appropriate     selected prerequisite coursework. Students must achieve a score of 4 or better on an AP
                testing agency.                                                                               Examination for prerequisite credit to be awarded. Prerequisite credit for AP coursework is
                                                                                                              limited to 18 semester hours of credit, depending on the subject.
            Recommendations
            Candidates for Worcester/Manchester admission should submit two letters of recommenda-            CLEP (College-Level Examination Program) results are accepted in prerequisite credit for se-
            tion. Preferably one letter of recommendation should be from a mathematics or science pro-        lect subject matter. Candidates must receive a score of 50 or better per subject to be awarded
            fessor and one letter of recommendation from a work supervisor or academic advisor. Letters       CLEP credit. Prerequisite course credit for CLEP examinations is limited to 18 semester
            of recommendation for the Doctor of Pharmacy or Master of Physician Assistant Studies             hours of credit, depending on the subject. Those who receive scores less than 50 may not
            program should be submitted through PharmCAS or CASPA. Letters of recommendation                  repeat the examination and must take the course. CLEP is an opportunity for students whose
            for all other programs must be sent from the recommender directly to the Admission Of-            coursework is comparable but not otherwise transferable (e.g., exceeds the 10 year limit;
            fice in a sealed envelope with the recommender’s signature over the closure. Personal copies,     earned grade is below C) and others who have not taken coursework but feel they have com-
 64                                                                                                           parable knowledge.                                                                                     65
            photocopies or hand-delivered recommendations that are not in individual sealed, stamped/
            signed envelopes are not acceptable.                                                              IBO (International Baccalaureate) courses will be accepted for transfer credit for selected
            Interview                                                                                         coursework (limit of 18 credits). Students must achieve a score of 5 or better on an HL (high
            Interviews are required for applicants applying to the Doctor of Pharmacy, Master of Physi-       level) IBO exam. Transfer credits are limited to exams for English, language, and the arts.
            cian Assistant Studies and Doctor of Physical Therapy programs. These interviews are by           Candidates who desire to receive credit based on AP and CLEP examinations must arrange
            invitation only. Candidates who are invited are contacted directly by the Admission Office.       for official test score results to be sent directly from College Board to the Admission Office
            Although interviews may not be required of candidates applying to other programs, all candi-      in Worcester or Manchester. A complete list of the AP and CLEP Examinations and corre-
            dates are encouraged to attend one of several on-campus information sessions, meet with an        sponding MCPHS courses for which prerequisite credit is allowed is available upon request
            admission counselor, and tour the College. To arrange an appointment or a tour, interested        through the Admission Office.
            candidates should call the Manchester Admission Office at 603.314.1701 or the Worcester           Courses taken for College credit that count toward the high school degree will receive transfer
            Admission Office at 508.373.5607.                                                                 credit only if the course was administered in a college setting. Courses taken in high school
            Prerequisite Course Credit                                                                        that are taught by teachers who have been certified to offer “college level” courses will not
            Candidates who are accepted to the Worcester/Manchester accelerated BSN, accelerated              receive prerequisite credit. Prerequisite credit for college courses that fulfill requirements for a
            PharmD, Master of Physician Assistant Studies or Doctor of Physical Therapy program must          high school degree is at the discretion of the Dean of Arts and Sciences.
            complete all prerequisite courses required of the program prior to matriculation. Prerequisite    Admission (MCPHS Online)
            course credit is not awarded for life experience or work experience. Prerequisite course credit
            can be achieved through:                                                                          Applications are accepted for the following programs:
              Coursework taken prior to enrollment at other regionally accredited colleges and universi-      Graduate Programs
                ties;                                                                                         Master of Applied Natural Products
                                                                                                              Master of Science in Dental Hygiene
              Successful passing of AP and/or CLEP examinations (see below);                                  Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) (Family Nurse Practitioner)
              IB (International Baccalaureate) examinations.                                                  Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) (Generalist)
            Note: Transfer credit cannot be awarded for professional coursework.                              Master of Science in Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy
                                                                                                              Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies
            The Admission Office conducts a prerequisite course evaluation on all transcripts in a can-       Certificate in Regulatory Affairs
            didate’s file during the application review process. Accepted students receive a written Pre-     Certificate in Health Policy
            requisite Course Evaluation in their acceptance package. Courses considered for prerequisite      Certificate in Applied Natural Products
            course credit must:
                                                                                                              Postbaccalaureate Programs
              • Be comparable in breadth and depth to the prerequisite courses required of the specific       Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway
                program to which the candidate is applying. Comparability is determined by the Ad-
                mission Office in collaboration with the Office of the Registrar, school deans, program       Bridge Programs
                directors, and faculty in related discipline(s);                                              ADN to Master of Science in Nursing
              • Have been successfully completed with a grade of C (2.0) or better at a regionally ac-        AD to Master of Science in Dental Hygiene
                credited college or university;
            Degree Completion Programs                                                                           copy of their current CPR certification.
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  admission
            BS in Health Sciences                                                                              • Applicants to the AD to Master of Science in Dental Hygiene Bridge program must
            Requirements                                                                                         provide a copy of current license and proof of successful completion of the National
            Note: Additional program specific requirements can be found in the individual program descrip-       Board Dental Hygiene Examination.
            tions in this catalog.                                                                             • Candidates to the ADN to Master of Science in Nursing Bridge program must have
                                                                                                                 an earned AD from a state approved program, 42 approved credits in Arts and Sci-
            Candidates for admission to all online graduate and postbaccalaureate programs must have:            ences prerequisite courses, a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) in
              • An earned bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university;                            pre-licensure nursing courses, and an RN license to practice nursing (or eligibility). A
              • A TOEFL or IELTS is required of all candidates for whom English is not their pri-                copy of the license must be provided.
                mary spoken language. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis               • Candidates to the MSN programs must have an earned BSN (Bachelor of Science in
                for applicants who have attended all four years of high school in the United States              Nursing) from an accredited college or university and RN license eligibility. MSN
                (exclusive of ESL courses) or have an earned degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S.             candidates for admission must also have a cumulative academic grade point average of
                college or university. (Please refer to the “International Applicants” section)                  at least a 2.7 or better on a 4.0 scale or GRE scores of 1100 total (verbal and quantita-
            Candidates for admission to all online bridge and bachelor’s degree-completion programs              tive) and 3.5 in analytical writing. A copy of the license must be provided.
            must have:                                                                                         • Candidates for transfer admission into the BS in Health Sciences Degree Completion
              • An earned associate’s degree from an accredited college or university;                           program must have a cumulative academic grade point average of at least 2.5 or higher
              • A TOEFL or IELTS is required of all candidates for whom English is not their pri-                on a 4.0 scale attained at a regionally accredited college or university. Candidates must
 66                                                                                                                                                                                                               67
                 mary spoken language. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis                also hold an associate’s degree or certificate in a health sciences field and be currently
                 for applicants who have attended all four years of high school in the United States             employed in an area of health care.
                 (exclusive of ESL courses) or have an earned degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S.        Transcripts
                 college or university. (Please refer to the “International Applicants” section)             Transcripts must clearly indicate all credits and grades received and indicate coursework cur-
            Preference is given to those who have:                                                           rently in progress. Degree(s) or diploma(s) that have been received, dates awarded, and major
              • An overall GPA of 3.0 or better (on a 4.0 scale) with consistent performance of 3.0 or       courses of study must be clearly noted.
                  better in prerequisite courses and other subjects related to the major field of study;     All transcripts must be official and presented in a sealed envelope with the institution’s stamp
              • Minimum GRE (Graduate Record Examination/General Test) scores of 1100 total                  or a college/university official’s signature on the closure. Photocopies and hand-carried docu-
                  Verbal and Quantitative and 3.5 in the Analytical Writing Section for Graduate Pro-        ments not in a sealed, stamped envelope are not accepted. Official transcripts must be re-
                  grams (see “Standardized Tests” for a list of programs that require the GRE);              ceived no later than the add-drop deadline of the term of entry.
              • Volunteer, research or work experience related to the major field of study.
                                                                                                             Standardized Tests
            Application                                                                                      Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores are required for the Regulatory Affairs and
            An application for online admission is reviewed when the file is complete. To be considered      Health Policy program if an applicant has graduated from college within the last five years.
            complete, the applicant’s file must contain all of the following:
                                                                                                             Candidates for whom English is not their primary spoken language are required to take the
              • Completed application, which can be found online for all programs (http://online.            TOEFL or IELTS. This test requirement may be waived on an individual basis for applicants
                mcphs.edu)                                                                                   who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclusive of ESL courses)
              • Official reports of GRE and TOEFL scores, if applicable;                                     and have scored 450 or higher on the Critical Reading section of the SAT, or have an earned
              • Two letters of recommendation from faculty or work/research supervisors, which sol-          degree (bachelor or higher) from a U.S. college or university. (Please refer to the “International
                idly support the candidate’s ability to complete coursework successfully in the chosen       Applicants” section)
                discipline;
                                                                                                             Recommendations
              • Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended, including those outside     Letters of recommendation must be sent from the recommender directly to the Admission
                the U.S. (for Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway applicants, only the              Office in a sealed envelope with the recommender’s signature over the closure. Personal
                transcript from the college at which the BS in Pharmacy was earned is required);             copies, photocopies or hand-delivered recommendations that are not in individual sealed,
              • Written personal statement/biographical sketch which demonstrates ability to clearly         stamped/signed envelopes are not acceptable.
                articulate career goals, reasons for choice of program of study at MCPHS, and insight
                into personal strengths and weaknesses;                                                      Graduate Transfer of Credit
              • Resume of all professional work experience, additional professional and community            Transfer credit for graduate-level coursework taken at other accredited institutions may be
                service activities, and any continuing education courses completed within the past           accepted for transfer toward a student’s degree requirements pending approval of the Gradu-
                three years;                                                                                 ate Council. Only courses that are clearly relevant to the student’s program of study and have
              • A copy of a valid pharmacy license is required for Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Phar-         not been used to fulfill requirements for another degree may be considered for transfer credit.
                macy Pathway students.                                                                       A maximum of eight semester hours for MS programs may be transferred for coursework in
              • Applicants applying for the Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies program must             which grades of B or higher have been attained. In some instances, transfer hours received in
                submit a copy of their current ARRT Certificate and certification number, a copy of          certain courses taken on a pass-fail basis may be approved by the Graduate Council. It is the
                the Massachusetts Radiation Control Program Radiologic Technologist license, and a           responsibility of the student’s graduate advisory committee to determine the student’s com-
            prehension of the material before such hours are shown on the program of study for credit           World Education Services (WES)
admission




                                                                                                                                                                                                                admission
            toward the degree. Research credit from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer         212.966.6311
            credit. Coursework must have been completed not more than two years prior to the date of            www.wes.org
            the request for transfer.                                                                         A course-by-course evaluation is required. Photocopies of transcripts and test scores are not
            Graduate Student Status                                                                           accepted. Official transcripts for courses taken outside the U.S. must also be submitted di-
            At the time of acceptance, each student is classified as regular, provisional, or non-matricu-    rectly to the Admission Office in addition to the WES evaluation.
            lating.                                                                                           All official transcripts from U.S. institutions must also be submitted per the application of
            Regular Status                                                                                    the program to which you are applying. Please see the Freshman, Transfer, and Graduate ap-
            Candidates who have met all requirements for admission to a graduate degree program are           plication sections of the College Catalog for more information.
            admitted as regular students. The transcript must show sufficient and satisfactory under-         Official TOEFL or IELTS Test Scores
            graduate preparation in the major field, a minimum GRE score, and a TOEFL or IELTS                MCPHS requires all students whose first language is not English to submit official TOEFL
            score. (Please refer to the “International Applicants” section)                                   (Test of English as a Foreign Language) or IELTS (International English Language Testing
            Full-time status for graduate students is defined as:                                             System) test scores. This requirement may be waived on an individual basis for applicants
                                                                                                              who have attended all four years of high school in the United States (exclusive of ESL courses)
              1. Registered for 9 or more graduate credits, or                                                and achieved a minimum score of 450 on the critical reading section of the SAT.
              2. Registered for 6 or more graduate credits while appointed as a graduate assistant for
 68                                                                                                             • The minimum required TOEFL score for all MCPHS undergraduate programs is 79                   69
                 15–20 hours per week, or
              3. Registered for PSB 880 Research (at least one graduate credit), or                                for the Internet-based exam, 213 for the computer-based exam, or 550 for the paper-
              4. Registered for PSB 895 Graduate Student Extension (Thesis/Dissertation completion,                based exam.
                 no credit), or                                                                                 • The minimum required TOEFL score for all MCPHS graduate programs is 90
              5. Registered for DHY 895 Graduate Extension.                                                     • The minimum required IELTS score is 6.5 for all undergraduate programs.
                                                                                                                • MCPHS does not accept scores that are more than two years old.
            Provisional Status                                                                                TOEFL exam information can be found on the Internet at www.ets.org. IELTS exam infor-
            The College may, at its discretion, admit candidates into a graduate degree program on a          mation can be found at www.ielts.org.
            trial basis as provisional students to ascertain their ability to do graduate work. Provisional   International Student Visa Information
            students are those who have not met the minimum undergraduate grade point averages and/           Most non-U.S. citizens require a Form I-20 and visa to study in the United States (Canadian
            or GRE scores for admission. Provisional status may also be applied to students whose cre-        citizens do not need visas). The Form I-20 is the first step in the visa process. A Form I-20
            dentials do not meet specific program requirements. Provisional students must adhere to           is a government document that informs the United States government that you are eligible
            regulations established by the Graduate Council and be working toward a degree on a full-         for F-1 Student Status. It certifies that you are or expect to be a “bona fide” student; that
            time basis.                                                                                       you meet our admission requirements, that you will pursue a full course of study, and you
            In order to achieve regular status, the student must complete the equivalent of two academic      have the financial capability to study and live in the United States for the duration of your
            semesters (at least nine semester hours) of full-time work with an overall grade point average    program. The Office of International Programs at MCPHS issues a Form I-20 to eligible
            of 3.0. If the GRE was not taken by the student at the time of admission as a provisional         students after they have been accepted to the College, submitted their enrollment deposit,
            student, the student must take the GRE during the first semester of provisional status.           and have correctly filled out and submitted the Form I-20 application and supporting materi-
                                                                                                              als. Copies of the MCPHS Form I-20 application and supporting materials can be found at
            At any time during the first year of matriculation following completion of the above criteria,
                                                                                                              www.mcphs.edu/international.
            a student may initiate an Approval for Change of Student Status in the Office of Graduate
            Studies. However the student’s graduate advisor may also initiate the change and should do        Your financial support can come from any combination of the following sources in the Unit-
            so when the student has met the required criteria, or may request the change of status before     ed States and abroad:
            the student has completed nine semester credits. The change from provisional to regular           1) SPONSORS (parent(s), relative(s), spouse, organization(s), government, etc.) Each of
            status must be approved by the Associate Dean of Graduate Studies. No student may remain          your sponsors is required to complete and sign an Affidavit of Support form. Sponsors may
            on provisional status for more than two consecutive semesters. If a student admitted to pro-      also provide you with support in the form of room and board. Free room and board is when
            visional status fails to meet the conditions stated in the letter of admission, the student may   you live with someone and don’t have to pay for your room and food.
            be dismissed from the program.
                                                                                                              2) PERSONAL FUNDS that come from your own resources, not those of a sponsor.
            International Applicants                                                                          3) FUNDS FROM MCPHS such as a scholarship, assistantship, or fellowship.
            All applicants, including U.S. citizens and permanent residents, who have academic creden-        As a reminder, F-1 status students are not permitted to work without authorization. Ques-
            tials from countries outside the United States also are required to supply additional docu-       tions regarding the I-20 process should be directed to the Office of International Programs
            ments in order to be considered for admission.                                                    at 617.879.5905.
            Non-U.S. Transcripts
            Candidates must submit official transcripts of coursework taken outside the U.S. to:
                              Tuition, Room & Board, Fees
tuition, room & board, Fees




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 tuition, room & board, Fees
                                                                                                                                 PROGRAM/DEGREE                                12–18 CREDITS (FALL & SPRING)   PER CREDIT HOUR

                                                                                                                                 Bachelor of Science                                             $25,650              $945
                                                                                                                                      Chemistry
                              2011–2012 Academic Program Tuition                                                                      Dental Hygiene*
                              Tuition charges for each academic term will be determined using the following criteria:                 Health Psychology
                                • Boston students enrolled in 12 to 18 credits for fall and spring semesters will be charged          Health Sciences
                                  the flat tuition rate for qualifying programs.                                                      Medical and Molecular Biology
                                • Boston students enrolled in fewer than 12 credits for fall and spring semesters, including          Medical Imaging and Therapeutics*
                                  graduate students, will be charged at $945 per credit rate.                                         Nursing*
                                • All students enrolled in more than 18 credits per fall/spring semester will be charged              Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business
                                  $945 per credit in addition to the flat tuition charge.                                             Pharmaceutical Sciences
                                • Students’ registrations that are in excess of the cumulative 69 credit threshold in the             Pharmacology/Toxicology
                                  Boston PharmD program will be charged at the professional rate.
                                                                                                                                      Premedical and Health Studies
                                • Boston students enrolled in summer sessions will be charged at the per credit rate except
                                  for majors in the School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics, Dental Hygiene BS, and                Public Health
    70                            Nursing, which have a flat summer tuition rate of 9 or more credits.                           *These programs include a mandatory summer term with an additional $11,500 tuition charge         71
                                • Worcester and Manchester students enrolled in 6 or more credits per semester will be
                                  charged the flat tuition rate except for Nursing students. Worcester/Manchester Nurs-          Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                  ing students enrolled in 12 to 18 credits will be charged the flat tuition rate for fall and    Boston (entry level program)
                                  spring semesters. For the summer semester the flat tuition rate for Nursing is 9 or more           0-69 credits                                                 $25,650               $945
                                  credits.                                                                                           70+ credits (professional rate)                              $30,200               $945
                                • Students enrolled in all degree and certificate programs at MCPHS Online during the
                                                                                                                                     Clinical Rotations (all charged per credit)                                        $945
                                  2011–2012 academic year will pay $850/credit hour. There are no fees for MCPHS
                                                                                                                                  Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway                                          $945
                                  Online students in the 2011–2012 academic year.
                                                                                                                                  Worcester/Manchester 3-Year Program                   $41,100 (annual)                 NA
                                       MCPHS Online
                                                                                                                                  Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT)                      $38,000 (annual)                 NA
                                       Graduate Programs
                                                                                                                                 Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS)
                                       Master of Applied Natural Products
                                       Master of Science in Dental Hygiene                                                        Boston
                                       Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) (Family Nurse Practitioner)                                Didactic Years                                               $30,200               $945
                                       Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) (Generalist)                                               Clinical Rotations (all charged per credit)                                        $945
                                       Master of Science in Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy                                  Manchester/Worcester                                  $38,000 (annual)                 NA
                                       Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies                                                    (postbaccalaureate)
                                       Certificate in Regulatory Affairs
                                                                                                                                 MS and PhD Graduate Programs                                                           $945
                                       Certificate in Health Policy
                                       Certificate in Applied Natural Products
                                                                                                                                 Certificate Programs
                                       Postbaccalaureate Programs                                                                     Advanced Medical Imaging                                                          $330
                                       Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway                                                   (Computed Tomography and Magnetic
                                       Bridge Programs                                                                                Resonance Imaging)
                                       ADN to Master of Science in Nursing
                                       AD to Master of Science in Dental Hygiene                                                 Non-matriculated Students                                             NA               $945
                                     Degree Completion Programs                                                                  Course Audit Fee                                                                       $625
                                     BS in Health Sciences
                                • Other program specific tuition policies are noted below.                                       Fees
                                                                                                                                 Application Fee (non-refundable)                                                        $70
                                                                                                                                 Acceptance Deposit Fee (non-refundable—deposit will be applied toward tuition)
                                                                                                                                     Boston and Manchester campuses                                                     $500
                                                                                                                                     Worcester                                                                          $750
                                                                                                                                 Orientation Fee (required of all new students)                                         $100
tuition, room & board, Fees

                              Comprehensive Service Fee (per term)                                                               6 person type A                                                               $7,140




                                                                                                                                                                                                                          tuition, room & board, Fees
                                  Incorporates registration, technology, and student activity fees                               6 person type B                                                               $6,540
                                Boston Campus
                                       Students enrolled at least half-time                           $405/semester
                                                                                                                       Boston Board Fee
                                       Students enrolled less than half-time                          $210/semester
                                                                                                                           Fennell Building, academic year contract                                  $1,475/semester
                                       Undergraduate half-time status is 6 credits;
                                                                                                                           Matricaria Building, academic year contract                                $740/semester
                                       graduate half-time status is 5 credits.
                                Worcester Campus                                                      $270/semester
                                                                                                                       Room Damage Deposit
                                Manchester Campus                                                     $270/semester
                                                                                                                       This deposit is applied toward the student’s account and is refundable
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 $200
                                                                                                                       contingent upon inspection after the room has been vacated.
                              Dental Hygiene Clinical Equipment Fees
                                  1st year Postbaccalaureate BS, and 2nd year BS                              $2600
                                                                                                                       Residence Hall Dues (Boston and Worcester campuses—once per year)                         $105
                                  2nd year Postbaccalaureate BS, and 3rd year BS                               $850

                              Boston–Physician Assistant and PharmD Clinical Year Fee                    $1,300/year   Health Insurance
    72                                                                                                                                                                                                                      73
                                  (One-time fee for all students in their final clinical year)                              Per Year:                                                                          $1,860

                              Nursing
                                                                                                                       According to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and MCPHS policy, all matriculated stu-
                                  Boston (final four semesters)                                       $290/semester    dents (regardless of enrollment) must be covered by a health insurance program. The College
                                  Worcester/Manchester (all four semesters)                           $290/semester    makes available a general health insurance program which meets these standards. This policy
                                                                                                                       is provided by an independent carrier beginning September 1st and continuing 12 months.
                              Graduation Fee                                                                   $230    Insurance brochures will be available online. Students will be automatically enrolled in this
                                                                                                                       plan unless a waiver is completed and received by Student Financial Services prior to the
                                                                                                                       first day of classes. Students registering late must submit the waiver at that time. The waiver
                              Residence Hall Fees                                                                      stipulates that personal coverage will be maintained during the enrollment period. If Student
                                                                                                                       Financial Services does not receive the waiver prior to the first day of classes, the student
                              Room Reservation Deposit Fee (non-refundable)                                    $250    will be billed for the insurance premium and will remain responsible for payment of said
                                 (deposit will be applied toward residence hall fees)                                  premium. The waiver must be renewed annually.
                                                                                                                       All international students will be enrolled in the Blue Cross Blue Shield Student Health
                              Room Fee (Boston Campus)                                                                 Insurance Plan automatically, with the exception of those international students whose spon-
                                 Fennell Building                                                                      soring institutions have a signed agreement with MCPHS that complies with the College’s
                                      academic year contract                                         $4,950/semester   health insurance waiver requirements, or international students with a plan for which their
                                      summer only                                                     $1,680/session   health insurance company’s primary home office is based in the United States AND the
                                 Matricaria Building                                                                   policy provides comparable coverage to the College student health insurance plan. Interna-
                                      double, academic year contract                                 $5,075/semester   tional students who do not fall under one of the two conditions above MUST purchase the
                                      single, academic year contract                                 $5,425/semester   College’s student health insurance plan.
                                      double, summer only                                             $1,680/session   Criminal Background Information Fees
                                      single, summer only                                             $1,850/session
                                                                                                                       Any out-of-pocket expenses for criminal or sex offender background checks, including,
                                                                                                                       without limitation, so called Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI), Sex Offender
                              Room Fee (Worcester Campus)                                                              Record Information (SORI) checks, or Level I background checks, that may be required by
                              Borysek Living and Learning Center                                                       clinical rotation sites, including site fees and the processing fee of the Criminal History Sys-
                                                                                                                       tems Board must be paid by the student.
                              12 month contract
                                       Studio                                                               $11,136    Credit Cards
                                       2 person type A                                                      $11,136
                                                                                                                       The College accepts Mastercard, Visa, Discover, and American Express, through our online
                                       2 person type B                                                       $8,928    payment provider.
                                       3 person                                                             $10,506
                                       4 person                                                             $10,506
                              Payment Schedule                                                                                  College Withdrawals and Refunds
tuition, room & board, Fees




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  tuition, room & board, Fees
                              Tuition and applicable fees are due and payable on a semester basis, prior to the following       The following graduated scale of charges for tuition and residence hall fees is used for pur-
                              deadlines:                                                                                        poses of determining refunds for students completely withdrawing from the College during
                                Fall semester:                August 1, 2011                                                    the semester.
                                Spring semester:              December 15, 2011                                                 PERIOD OF ATTENDANCE                                                                   REFUND
                                Summer semester:              May 1, 2012                                                       Add/drop period                                                                         100%
                              Students not adhering to these deadlines may be administratively withdrawn from the Col-          First week after the add/drop period                                                     50%
                              lege.                                                                                             Second week after the add/drop period                                                    25%
                              For students with outstanding balances, the College reserves the right to refuse:                 Third week and beyond after the add/drop period                                           0%

                                a) official transcripts,                                                                        Students who withdraw from the College must contact Academic Resource Center (Boston)
                                b) the diploma certifying graduation,                                                           or Academic Support Services (Worcester and Manchester) at the time of withdrawal and
                                c) to complete board examination certification, or                                              complete an official form. Approved refunds are computed on the basis of the date appearing
                                d) to register the student for any additional coursework.                                       on the form. Absence from class without completing the form does not constitute withdrawal from
                              A late payment fee will be assessed for all outstanding balances immediately following the        the College.
    74                        due date.                                                                                                                                                                                             75

                              Late Fees
                                Late Payment Fee              $500
                                Late Registration Fee         $150
                                Returned Check Fee            $100
                              If a student has more than two checks returned by the bank, he/she will be required to make
                              all future payments by cash, money order, certified bank check, Discover, Mastercard, Visa
                              or American Express.

                              Other Estimated Expenses
                              In addition to the direct costs of tuition and fees, and room and board, students should also
                              budget for indirect expenses such as books and supplies (approximately $1000 per academic
                              year), transportation expenses and other miscellaneous expenses that will vary depending on
                              personal spending habits and choices.

                              Address Changes
                              Address change forms are located outside the offices of the Registrar and Student Financial
                              Services. Current students can change their address online using WebAdvisor. Student bills
                              are mailed to the permanent address.

                              Add/Drop Period
                              The add/drop period deadline for all programs is specified for each academic term, usually
                              within the first week of classes. During the add/drop period, tuition is fully refundable for a
                              course withdrawal. Tuition accounts are adjusted automatically, and any additional charges
                              must be paid at the time of the transaction. After the add/drop deadline, there will be no
                              tuition refund for course withdrawal.
                                                                                                                                   Undergraduate Students
                             Student Financial Services
student Financial services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  student Financial services
                                                                                                                                   Students in the following programs are considered undergraduate students for financial aid
                                                                                                                                   purposes:
                                                                                                                                     • Chemistry
                             Applying for Financial Aid                                                                              • Dental Hygiene
                             The Office of Student Financial Services at MCPHS is dedicated to providing comprehensive               • Diagnostic Medical Sonography
                             education financing counseling to students and their families. The staff is available to assist         • Health Psychology
                             students by answering questions regarding the aid application process, their financial aid              • Health Sciences
                             award and their student account.                                                                        • Magnetic Resonance Imaging
                             The College offers a variety of scholarships, loans, and employment opportunities to assist             • Medical and Molecular Biology
                             students in meeting the costs of education that cannot be met through the family’s own                  • Nuclear Medicine Technology
                             resources. To apply for financial aid for the 2011-2012 academic year the only application              • Nursing
                             required is the 2011-2012 Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA                   • PharmD–Boston Campus: Years 1–4
                             can be completed online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students who submitted a 2010-2011 FAFSA                   • Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business
                             should use their PIN (personal identification number) from the Department of Education to               • Pharmaceutical Sciences
                             complete the online renewal application.                                                                • Pharmacology/Toxicology
                                                                                                                                     • Premedical and Health Studies
    76                       The Office of Student Financial Services will notify students if additional information or                                                                                                            77
                                                                                                                                     • Public Health
                             documentation is required to complete their financial aid applications. Students should not             • Radiation Therapy
                             send additional documentation unless requested to do so by Student Financial Services.                  • Radiography
                             Notification of Awards: Award letters will be mailed to freshmen and new transfer students            Graduate Students
                             on a rolling basis, once the student’s financial aid file is complete. Continuing students se-        Students in the following programs are considered graduate/professional students for finan-
                             lected for verification will be awarded once all documentation has been received and the              cial aid purposes:
                             verification process is complete. A student must reapply for aid each year; however, aid pack-           • Master of Science in Applied Natural Products
                             ages may vary from one year to the next. The student’s demonstrated need is recalculated each            • Master of Regulatory Affairs and Health Policy
                             year, and award amounts are contingent upon the College’s level of allocated funds.                      • Master of Physician Assistant Studies (Boston and Manchester/Worcester)
                                                                                                                                      • PharmD–Boston campus (the fifth and sixth years of this program are considered
                             Eligibility for Financial Aid
                                                                                                                                          graduate/professional)
                             In order to be considered for financial aid, a student must be enrolled or accepted for admis-           • PharmD–Worcester/Manchester campuses: all years (unless advised by Student
                             sion as at least a half-time student at the College and must be eligible for federal financial aid.          Financial Services)
                             To be eligible for federal student aid you must be:                                                      • Doctor of Physical Therapy
                                                                                                                                      • Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies
                               •   a citizen, permanent resident, or eligible non-resident of the United States;                      • Master of Science in Dental Hygiene
                               •   registered with the Selective Service or exempt from registration;                                 • Master of Science in Nursing
                               •   not in default on any federal student loan or owing a refund on any federal grant; and             • Master of Science/PhD in Medicinal Chemistry
                               •   in good academic standing.                                                                         • Master of Science/PhD in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy
                             With the exception of the Canadian Academic Achievement Award, the College is not able                   • Master of Science/PhD in Pharmaceutics
                             to award funds to international students.                                                                • Master of Science/PhD in Pharmacology
                             By completing the application instructions previously outlined, students are automatically            Students whose program is not listed here should contact the Office of the Registrar for as-
                             considered for all possible funding opportunities, including those offered by the federal gov-        sistance in identifying their degree standing.
                             ernment, the state (if eligible), and the College. Please keep in mind that students who meet         Dependency Status
                             the March 15th financial aid application deadline are given priority consideration for all avail-     For the 2011-2012 school year (July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), the U.S. Department
                             able funds. Late applicants receive reduced funding levels.                                           of Education considers the following students to be independent of their parent(s) for pur-
                             Degree Standing                                                                                       poses of awarding federal financial aid:
                             A student’s standing as an undergraduate or graduate student is an important factor in the               • Students who were born before January 1, 1988
                             financial aid application and award process. The FAFSA asks students to identify whether                 • Students who are orphans, wards of the court, or were wards of the court until age 18
                             they are in an undergraduate or graduate/professional program. These questions should be                 • Students who are veterans of the U.S. Armed Forces
                             answered based on the following criteria:                                                                • Students who have children, if they provide more than half of the support for the child
                                                                                                                                      • Students who have dependents (other than a child or spouse) living with them, if they
                                                                                                                                        provide more than half of the support for the dependent
                                                                                                                                      • Students who are married
                               • Students who will be graduate/professional students in 2011-2012. (See Degree Stand-              The following programs require at least half-time enrollment. Less than half-time enrollment
student Financial services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     student Financial services
                                 ing to determine if you are considered a graduate/professional student for financial aid          will result in complete loss of the award. Half-time enrollment is defined as 6 credits for
                                 purposes.)                                                                                        undergraduate students and 5 credits for graduate students.
                               • Students who are serving on active duty in the armed forces for purposes other than                 •   Federal Perkins Loan
                                 training                                                                                            •   Federal PLUS Loan
                               • Students who are or were emancipated minors as determined by a court                                •   Federal Stafford Loans (Subsidized and Unsubsidized)
                               • Students who are or were in a legal guardianship as determined by a court                           •   Federal Work-Study
                               • Students who are or were considered an unaccompanied youth that was homeless                        •   Most Alternative Loans
                             As the criteria above indicate, financial independence is not one of the criteria used in de-         Graduate Students
                             termining whether a student is considered dependent or independent. Parental data must                Graduate students who want to apply for assistantships, scholarships, and fellowships should
                             be provided on the FAFSA for students who are unable to answer yes to one of the listed               contact the Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies.
                             criteria. The College uses the U.S. Department of Education definition of dependency status
                             for all federal, state, institutional, and private financial aid programs. Students should refer to   Graduate Assistantships. The College has a limited number of graduate assistantships that
                             the FAFSA for specific details on each of the above criteria or contact the Office of Student         are competitively awarded to qualified full-time students in the Division of Graduate Stud-
                             Financial Services for assistance in determining status.                                              ies, including international students. Full-time graduate assistants may be eligible to receive
                                                                                                                                   remission of tuition up to the maximum of 12 semester hour credits per academic year. No
                             Prior Bachelor’s Degree                                                                               final commitment for assistantships can be made until an applicant has been accepted with
    78                       Students who are in possession of a prior baccalaureate degree preceding their enrollment at                                                                                                             79
                                                                                                                                   the remitted matriculation fee. These are awarded on a highly selective basis, with preference
                             the College are not eligible for certain grant programs, including the Federal Pell Grant, Fed-       given to students who have been enrolled at the College after one full year of graduate study.
                             eral Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, and state scholarship/grant programs.
                                                                                                                                   Scholarships and Fellowships. Among the scholarships and fellowships available for graduate
                             Massachusetts Residency                                                                               study are the following:
                             Massachusetts residency is defined as those students who have resided in Massachusetts for
                             purposes other than attending college for at least one year prior to the beginning of the academic      • Rho Chi Graduate Scholarship
                             year. (The beginning of the academic year is defined as July 1 by the Commonwealth.) Parents            • American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Fellowship
                             of dependent students must also have resided in Massachusetts for at least one year prior to            • United States Pharmacopeia Fellowship
                             the beginning of the academic year. Programs funded by the Commonwealth are limited to                International Applicants
                             undergraduate students.                                                                                 • Financial aid in the form of grants and loans is not available to international students.
                             Enrollment Status                                                                                     Satisfactory Academic Progress
                             Financial aid awards are based on full-time attendance at the College. Full time attendance           The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, requires the College to establish minimum
                             is defined as a minimum of 12 credits per semester for undergraduate students and 9 credits           standards of “satisfactory academic progress” for students receiving financial aid. The College
                             per semester for graduate students. (See Degree Standing to determine if you are considered a         applies these standards to all federal, state, and institutional funds for the purpose of main-
                             graduate/professional student for financial aid purposes.) Enrollment is reviewed for all stu-        taining a consistent policy for all students receiving financial assistance. Student Financial
                             dents receiving financial aid at the end of the official add/drop period each semester, at which      Services will only disburse financial aid to those students who are in good academic standing
                             time adjustments to financial aid awards are made.                                                    and are making satisfactory progress toward completion of their degree.
                             The following programs require full-time enrollment. Less than full-time enrollment will              A student is not making satisfactory academic progress if any of the following conditions
                             result in complete loss of the award.                                                                 exist:
                               •   Gilbert Grant                                                                                     • The student’s cumulative grade point average (GPA) is below 2.0 at the end of the
                               •   Health Professions Loan                                                                             second year of their academic program. Grade point averages are reviewed by the Aca-
                               •   MASSGrant                                                                                           demic Standing Committee at the end of each semester.
                               •   Most State Grants                                                                                 • The student’s original year of graduation is delayed by more than two semesters. A student
                             The following programs are pro-rated based on enrollment status. For these programs, under-               will be allowed to receive financial aid funding for a maximum of five academic years to
                             graduate students will lose 25% of their award if they are enrolled in 9-11 credits, they will            complete a four-year undergraduate program, or seven academic years for the six-year
                             lose 50% of their award if they are enrolled in 6-8 credits, and they will lose 100% of their             Doctor of Pharmacy (Boston) and the Physician Assistant Studies degrees. Approved
                             award if they are enrolled in 1-5 credits. Graduate students will lose 100% of their award if             leaves of absence are exempt from this calculation.
                             they are enrolled in less than 5 credits.                                                               • The student completes (finishes with a passing grade) less than 66% of all attempted
                                                                                                                                       coursework, as calculated at the end of spring semester each year. Grades of “W” (with-
                               • Federal Pell Grant (students enrolled in 1-5 credits receive a pro-rated portion of the Pell          drawn) and “I” (incomplete) are not considered passing grades.
                                 grant)
                               • Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant                                                Satisfactory academic progress is reviewed at the end of each payment period. If a student is
                               • MCPHS Scholarship                                                                                 not making satisfactory academic progress he or she will be placed on financial aid warning. A
                                                                                                                                   student then has one semester to make satisfactory progress. If after one semester on financial
                             aid warning, a student is not making satisfactory academic progress, the student becomes           reported on the FAFSA for the student, spouse, and/or parent. Information that must be
student Financial services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   student Financial services
                             ineligible for aid.                                                                                verified includes adjusted gross income, federal tax paid, untaxed income, number of family
                                                                                                                                members in the household, and the number of children in the household who are enrolled
                             Students who are ineligible for financial aid because they are not making satisfactory aca-        at least half-time in college.
                             demic progress may appeal. Appeals are considered when a student has been able to complete
                             coursework in a fashion that corrects the reason that caused him/her to lose financial aid         If you are selected for verification, you will be asked to submit signed copies of the 2010 fed-
                             eligibility, or when extraordinary circumstances (for example, student illness, the illness or     eral tax returns, including all pages, schedules, and W-2s, for any person whose information
                             death of a family member) have prevented the student from achieving satisfactory academic          was reported on the FAFSA (student, spouse, and/or parent). Continuing students selected
                             progress. Students considering a satisfactory academic progress appeal should contact the Of-      for verification will be awarded once all documentation has been received and the verification
                             fice of Student Financial Services to make an appointment.                                         process is complete.

                             Non-matriculating students are not eligible for financial aid.                                     Federal, state, and institutional financial aid cannot be disbursed to a student who has been
                                                                                                                                selected for verification until the verification process is completed. Failure to complete the
                             Process for Awarding Financial Aid                                                                 verification process may result in cancellation of financial aid. The College reserves the right
                                                                                                                                to verify any file that appears to contain discrepant information.
                             In selecting financial aid recipients, primary emphasis is placed upon financial need, avail-
                             ability of funds, the student’s academic achievement, and/or satisfactory academic progress.       Additional Student Financial Services
                             Determining Need                                                                                   Appeal Process
    80                       To determine a student’s need, the College uses the FAFSA. The information provided on the         Students and parents may appeal their financial aid award due to a significant and unforeseen       81
                             FAFSA is used to determine what amount a family can be expected to contribute toward the           change in circumstances or if there is information that was not provided on the original
                             cost of attending the College (EFC).                                                               application materials. For additional details regarding the financial aid appeal process, refer
                             The College uses the standardized Federal Methodology (FM) formula in computing the                to the 2011-2012 MCPHS Student Financial Services Handbook. All appeals must be in
                             expected parental and student contributions. Some of the factors used in the analysis include      writing and include documentation of the reasons for requesting the re-evaluation of the
                             income, assets, family size, and number of family members in college. The student’s expected       financial aid package, as well as complete tax forms and W-2s for the student and parent (if
                             contribution is added to the parental expected contribution to produce the total expected          student is dependent).
                             family contribution. The student’s financial need is determined by subtracting the expected        Applying Financial Aid to Your Student Account
                             family contribution from the total cost of attending the College. The cost of attendance           If all necessary paperwork has been submitted by the student and parents, financial aid will
                             includes tuition and fees, an allowance for room and board, books and supplies, travel, and        be applied to a student’s account after add/drop each semester. Failure to submit the necessary
                             other education-related expenses.                                                                  paperwork will result in the delay and possible cancellation of your financial aid.
                             The Financial Aid Package                                                                          Refunds
                             After the student’s financial need is determined, Student Financial Services will develop a        Students will automatically receive a refund for any excess funds (credit balance) on their
                             financial aid package for the student. MCPHS utilizes scholarships, loans, and employment          student account each semester. Refunds will be available 7-10 days after the completion
                             opportunities to assist students in meeting as much of their demonstrated financial need           of the add/drop period each semester following verification of student enrollment. Students
                             as possible. The College makes every effort to distribute the available funds in an equitable      should be sure to make arrangements each semester for the purchase of books and payment of rent
                             fashion in order to assist the greatest number of eligible students. The total amount of aid a     (if housed off-campus) since refunds are not available during the first few weeks of each
                             student receives may not exceed his or her total cost of attendance.                               academic term.
                             The College offers a variety of scholarships, which are funded through endowments, gifts,          Late Payment Fees
                             and other monies raised by the College. Scholarships are awarded primarily based on finan-         Students with outstanding student account balances will be charged a late payment fee. To
                             cial need and academic achievement. Students applying for financial aid are automatically          avoid late payment fees, students must ensure that all financial obligations (including tuition,
                             considered for each scholarship for which they may qualify. Major programs providing fi-           fees, health insurance fees and housing charges) will be met by dates specified in the Tuition
                             nancial aid to students are described in the 2011-2012 MCPHS Student Financial Services            section of this catalog.
                             Handbook.
                                                                                                                                Students receiving financial aid and/or private alternative loans must ensure that proper doc-
                             Private Funding Sources                                                                            umentation is completed and aid and/or loan funds are received by the College on or before
                             In addition to the federal, state, and college programs offered through the College’s financial    the payment due date in order to avoid a late fee.
                             aid application process, students are also encouraged to apply for outside aid to help meet
                             the costs of education. There are several free scholarship search services available through the   Students participating in a payment plan must ensure that the payment plan budget for each
                             Internet (please visit the College’s website at www.mcphs.edu for further information). In         term will cover all outstanding charges. Payment plan budgets that will not result in a paid-
                             addition, most high school and public libraries have resources detailing private scholarship       in-full status by the end of the payment term will be assessed a late payment fee. Payment
                             opportunities.                                                                                     plans are not available for any summer enrollment periods.

                             Verification Process                                                                               For students with outstanding balances, the College reserves the right to NOT a) provide
                             Each year the federal government chooses certain students for a process called verification.       official transcripts; b) grant the diploma certifying graduation; c) complete board exam certi-
                             The verification process requires the College to review documents to verify the information        fication; or d) register student for any other coursework.
                             Students wishing to question late payment fees are required to do the following:                   note. If the student is responsible for returning any federal grant funding, he/she is not
student Financial services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             student Financial services
                             1.     Pay the student account balance due in full (less the late payment fee)                     required to return the 50% of the amount that was calculated to be refunded. The remain-
                                                                                                                                ing 50% is considered a grant overpayment and must be paid directly to the Department of
                             2.     Submit the following in writing to the Office of Student Financial Services:                Education.
                                  • Student name                                                                                To find out how a withdrawal during the first 60% of the semester may affect a financial
                                  • Student ID #                                                                                aid award, students should make an appointment to discuss the situation with their Student
                                  • The reason(s) or documentation that contribute to the circumstances of the late pay-        Financial Services representative.
                                    ment fee
                             The student will be notified of the decision concerning the appeal of a late payment fee.
                             Student Account Statements
                             Student account statements are sent on a monthly basis. Statements include all recent ac-
                             count activity including: charges, payments, disbursements of financial aid and loan funds
                             as well as account adjustments. Balances due must be paid by the payment due date to avoid
                             late payment fees.
                             Send payments using the remittance envelope enclosed with the statement to the address on
    82                       the account statement.                                                                                                                                                                           83
                             The College accepts check, Mastercard, Discover, Visa and American Express. Students wish-
                             ing to send funds via Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) should use the following information:
                                  ABA #:            011 000138
                                  Acct. #:          08306672
                                  Student Name
                                  Student ID#
                             Please allow one week for Electronic Funds Transfers to be credited to student accounts.
                             Work Study
                             Students working in a Federal Work Study position are paid through a weekly paycheck based
                             on hours actually worked. This funding is not credited to the student’s account.

                             Withdrawal from the College
                             Students withdrawing from the College who have been determined to be eligible for federal
                             financial aid are subject to certain provisions surrounding the calculation of their federal aid
                             eligibility. A federally determined formula is used to calculate the amount of federal aid for
                             which a student is eligible to receive based on the portion of the semester completed before
                             the withdrawal. If a student received more assistance than was earned, the excess funds must
                             be returned.
                             The amount of aid a student is eligible to receive is based on the percentage of the semester
                             that was completed prior to the initiation of the withdrawal process. For example, if 40% of
                             the semester has passed when the withdrawal process is initiated, then 40% of the federal aid
                             originally scheduled for disbursement has been earned. Once 60% of the semester has been
                             completed, a student is considered to have earned 100% of the federal aid they were eligible
                             to receive.
                             If it is determined that a student received more federal aid than was earned, MCPHS will
                             return the unearned funds based on a formula comparing institutional charges to the un-
                             earned percentage of funds. If MCPHS must return a portion of the funds, the removal of
                             those funds from the student’s account will create a balance due, which the student will be
                             required to pay.
                             If the portion of unearned funds is not required to be returned by MCPHS, then the student
                             must return the remaining amount. If the unearned funds needing to be returned are loans,
                             the student may repay the amount in accordance with the original terms of the promissory
                                                                                                                                         adverse or prejudicial effects shall result to any student because of his availing himself of the
                                   Academic Policies and Procedures
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  academic policies and procedures
                                                                                                                                         provisions of this section. A copy of this section shall be published by each institution of
                                                                                                                                         higher education in the catalog of such institution containing the list of available courses.
                                   Introduction                                                                                          Note: Students are expected to abide by instructions in each course syllabus regarding student
                                                                                                                                         responsibilities related to class absences. Students who fail to do so may be ineligible to receive an
                                   General College policies and procedures are stated below. Students should note that within
                                                                                                                                         excused absence, regardless of reason for the absence. With respect to completion of work missed, if
                                   individual programs and schools there might be additional requirements or variations of
                                                                                                                                         an acceptable agreement between the student and professor(s) cannot be reached, the school dean
                                   these policies. The ultimate responsibility for complying with academic policies and fulfilling
                                                                                                                                         will serve as arbitrator.
                                   graduation requirements rests with the individual student.
                                                                                                                                         Instructor Absence
                                   Student Absence
                                                                                                                                         If a faculty member is unable to conduct classes as scheduled, every effort will be made to
                                   In order to be allowed to make up exams, coursework or clinical/rotation hours MCPHS
                                                                                                                                         offer substitute instruction for the students. Planned absences due to professional commit-
                                   students must seek an excused absence. In all cases, it is the student’s responsibility to no-
                                                                                                                                         ments should be approved by the school dean well in advance so that suitable coverage or
                                   tify the Academic Resource Center (Boston), Assistant Dean of Academic Support Services
                                                                                                                                         alternative assignments may be arranged. The school dean should be informed as soon as
                                   (Worcester) or Associate Dean of Students (Manchester) and his/her course faculty or clinical
                                                                                                                                         possible of any unplanned absences due to illness or personal emergency so that students can
                                   preceptor. Course faculty and the Academic Resource Center/Academic Support Services/
                                                                                                                                         be notified in a timely manner. Classes can be canceled only with the approval of the school
                                   Associate Dean must be notified within five days from the first date of absence. Notification
                                                                                                                                         dean or, in his or her absence, the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
    84                             of clinical preceptors must comply with expectations outlined in clinical rotation syllabi and                                                                                                                   85
                                   handbooks. An Excused Absence Request form must be submitted along with valid docu-                   Academic Progress
                                   mentation for the absence within this five day period. Exceptions to the five day notification
                                   period are rare and can only be approved by professional Academic Resource Center staff               The academic standing of each student will be reviewed at the end of each academic semes-
                                   (Boston) or by the Assistant Dean of Academic Support Services/Associate Dean of Stu-                 ter at each campus, including summer sessions. Freshmen students on the Boston campus,
                                   dents (Worcester or Manchester). With acceptable documentation from a student, an official            defined as those with 36 semester credits or less, will be reviewed by the School of Arts and
                                   memorandum will be issued notifying faculty/preceptors of the excused absence. Once an                Sciences. All other students will be reviewed by the School in which they are enrolled. Sum-
                                   absence has been excused, course instructors will make all reasonable attempts to assist the          mer sessions are reviewed to evaluate student academic progress.
                                   student to satisfy requirements of the course. In regard to completion of work missed, if an          Each School has specific academic progression standards (e.g., minimum GPA requirements,
                                   acceptable agreement between the student and professor(s) cannot be reached, the school               minimum grades for required courses) which must be met in order to progress within the de-
                                   dean will serve as arbitrator.                                                                        gree program (please see Good Academic Standing). Students who fail to meet the minimum
                                   ILLNESS: Absence due to illness requires documentation on letterhead from the office of               standards required for academic progression will be notified of the decision by the School
                                   a physician or medical clinic. If the student requires recovery time these dates should be            Academic Standing Committee.
                                   included in the documentation. If a student has a contagious illness (e.g., swine flu) the Col-       Academic Warning
                                   lege may require the student to present a second medical notice clearing him/her to return            Faculty members submit mid-semester warnings to the Academic Resource Center (Boston)
                                   to campus.                                                                                            or the Assistant Dean of Academic Support Services (Worcester/Manchester) by the desig-
                                   BEREAVEMENT: In the event of a death in the immediate family of an enrolled MCPHS                     nated dates. A student with one mid-semester warning will receive an e-mail message to their
                                   student, the Academic Resource Center (Boston) or Assistant Dean of Academic Support                  official MCPHS email account. A student receiving two or more mid-semester warnings
                                   Services (Worcester) or Associate Dean of Students (Manchester) will grant the student an             will be placed on “Academic Warning” and will receive a letter stating such, signed by the
                                   excused absence for up to three consecutive business days, or longer at the ARC professional’s        school dean. Each student placed on Academic Warning will be required (as stipulated in
                                   or Assistant Dean/Associate Dean’s discretion. The immediate family is defined as parent/             their letter) to meet with an academic counselor in the Academic Resource Center (Boston)/
                                   guardian, sibling, child, spouse/partner, or with the approval of the Associate Dean for the          Academic Support Services (Worcester/Manchester) within three weeks AND encouraged
                                   Academic Resource Center (Boston), or the Assistant Dean/Associate Dean (Worcester or                 to meet with his/her advisor. There is no appeal process associated with Academic Warning.
                                   Manchester), a member of the extended family.                                                         Academic Probation
                                   RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCE: The Massachusetts Legislature has enacted and the governor                      Each student’s academic status will be reviewed at the end of each academic semester, and
                                   has signed into law, Chapter 375, Acts of 1985. It adds to Chapter 151C of the General Laws           each student’s professional (if applicable) and cumulative GPAs will be determined. A student
                                   the following new section: Section 2B. Any student in an educational or vocational training           with a professional and/or cumulative GPA below the requirement for his/her major, shall be
                                   institution, other than a religious or denominational educational or vocational training insti-       placed on Academic Probation and receive a letter from the chair of the Academic Standing
                                   tution, who is unable, because of his religious beliefs, to attend classes or to participate in any   Committee stating such. This written notice of probationary status will also include a notice
                                   examination, study, or work requirement on a particular day shall be excused from any such            that failure to reach the required GPA by the end of the designated academic semester may
                                   examination or study or work requirement, and shall be provided with an opportunity to                result in his/her dismissal from the College.
                                   make up such examinations, study or work requirement which he may have missed because                 Each student on probation is required to meet with a member of the Academic Resource
                                   of such absence on any particular day; provided, however, that such makeup examination                Center (Boston)/Academic Support Services (Worcester/Manchester) staff by the end of the
                                   or work shall not create an unreasonable burden upon the school. No fees of any kind shall            second week of the probationary semester to develop and agree to—in writing—an Academ-
                                   be charged by the institution for making available to the said student such opportunity. No           ic Improvement Plan (AIP). The AIP may include a reduced course load, mandatory study/
                                   advising sessions, mandatory class attendance, or other stipulations aimed at encouraging and        the appeals procedure guidelines that accompany the dismissal letter. The school dean may




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           academic policies and procedures
academic policies and procedures


                                   supporting student success. A copy of a student’s AIP will be maintained in his/her advising         uphold the dismissal, readmit the student, or readmit the student with conditions. If read-
                                   folder and a copy will also be forwarded to the appropriate school dean.                             mitted, the student’s academic performance will be reviewed at the end of one academic se-
                                   Probationary status may remain in effect for up to two consecutive academic terms, defined           mester. If the student failed to meet the stipulated conditions or, in the absence of stipulated
                                   as two semesters, or two clinical clerkships, depending upon the student’s year and/or campus        conditions, failed to meet the minimum GPA required for good academic standing in that
                                   enrollment. It is expected that students on probation make progress toward good academic             student’s program, the student will be dismissed from the College.
                                   standing at the conclusion of each academic term. Failure to demonstrate improvement at              If the school dean upholds the dismissal, the student may petition the Provost’s Office in
                                   the end of the first probationary period may result in dismissal. At the conclusion of the sec-      writing by the date and to the individual specified in the school dean’s letter.
                                   ond consecutive academic term, the student must have achieved Good Academic Standing;                A student who has been dismissed twice is only eligible for readmission to the same degree
                                   failure to do so will result in dismissal. Upon completion of each academic term, a student on       program if: 1) the student has been away from the College for a period of 12 months, and 2)
                                   academic probation will receive in writing, from the chair of the School Academic Standing           the student has demonstrated academic success through coursework taken at another institu-
                                   Committee, a notice of his/her current standing.                                                     tion. If these conditions are met, the student may apply for readmission to the school dean.
                                   Individual programs may have specific grade point requirements which students must meet              Readmission will also depend upon availability of space in the program.
                                   in order to enter the professional years and associated clerkships of their programs. These pro-     A student may apply for readmission to another degree program after the first or second dis-
                                   gram specific requirements preempt the probation process for the preprofessional years. For          missal. The student must meet with an academic advisor in the Academic Resource Center
                                   information about program specific requirements for the professional years, students should          to initiate the internal transfer process described in the Change of Program section below.
    86                             contact the appropriate school dean. There is no appeal process associated with Academic                                                                                                                  87
                                                                                                                                        All materials required for this process must be submitted within 60 days of the date of the
                                   Probation.                                                                                           initial letter of dismissal. All of the program’s internal transfer requirements (available from
                                   Academic Dismissal                                                                                   the school dean’s office) must be met.
                                   Each student’s academic status will be reviewed at the end of each academic semester. Each
                                   student’s professional (if applicable) and cumulative GPAs will be determined. A student             Auditing Courses-No Credit
                                   whose GPA falls below the level of Good Academic Standing, as defined by the program                 A student may audit a course with the consent of the instructor. The student must register for
                                   requirements, for two consecutive academic semesters will be automatically dismissed from            the course through the Office of the Registrar and pay two-thirds of the tuition. The student
                                   the program.                                                                                         does not earn academic credit for audited courses. Students cannot audit courses that are part
                                   Courses may be attempted no more than two times. Grades of F and W are considered                    of their required curriculum.
                                   attempts for courses in which D or better is the passing grade. For those courses in which
                                   the passing grade is higher (e.g., C-, C, etc.), grades below the passing grade and W are all
                                                                                                                                        Change of Program (Boston)
                                   considered attempts. Failure to complete any course within these limits will result in dismissal     A student requesting an internal change of program must schedule an appointment with the
                                   from the degree program or major.                                                                    Advising Center in the Academic Resource Center to discuss with an advisor the decision to
                                                                                                                                        apply for a change of program. Prior to this meeting, the student must have a printed copy
                                   A dismissed student will receive written notice of dismissal from the chair of the School Aca-
                                                                                                                                        (from WebAdvisor), of the most recent Program Evaluation and a Program Evaluation for
                                   demic Standing Committee. The notice will include procedures for appeal, and notice of loss
                                                                                                                                        the new major. These audits should be brought to the meeting with the advisor. Students
                                   of housing, financial aid, and registration. The following offices/individuals will be notified of
                                                                                                                                        must initiate their request for additional transfer credit for coursework completed prior to
                                   the dismissal: Academic Resource Center/Academic Support Services (Worcester/Manches-
                                                                                                                                        matriculation during the meeting with the advisor.
                                   ter), advisor, Dean of Students, Office of the Registrar, Residence Life Office, Information
                                   Services, Public Safety, and Student Financial Services. Students will be required to turn in        When a new major has been chosen, the student should schedule an appointment with the
                                   their school ID and vacate college residence halls.                                                  director of the program to which he/she wishes to transfer and submit to the program direc-
                                                                                                                                        tor a Request for Change of Student Status form, the program evaluation and a “what-if ”
                                   Individual programs may have specific grade point requirements which students must meet
                                                                                                                                        Program Evaluation, and a letter stating the reasons for transfer. All program internal transfer
                                   in order to enter the professional years and associated clerkships of their programs. These
                                                                                                                                        requirements (available from the school dean’s office) must be met. If the student is accepted
                                   program specific requirements preempt the dismissal process for the preprofessional years,
                                                                                                                                        into the new program in good standing, written notification of acceptance (in the form of a
                                   and students failing to meet them may be subject to dismissal. For information about pro-
                                                                                                                                        signed Request for Change of Student Status form approved by the school dean) is sufficient
                                   gram specific requirements for the professional years, students should contact the appropriate
                                                                                                                                        notification. If the student is accepted into the new program on probation, a letter notify-
                                   school dean.
                                                                                                                                        ing the student of his/her probationary status will be attached to the Request for Change of
                                   A student whose conduct is unsatisfactory may be dismissed from the College at any time.             Student Status form and sent to the school dean for approval and signature. Once accepted,
                                   In such a case, tuition and fees paid for the current academic semester will not be refunded.        the program director will determine, if applicable, the new year of graduation (YOG). The
                                   Reinstatement of Dismissed Students                                                                  student, the advisor, the program director, and appropriate school dean must sign the Change
                                   A student dismissed for academic reasons may be readmitted, subject to the following policies        of Student Status form. All written correspondence regarding the decision must be sent to a)
                                   and procedures:                                                                                      student, b) program director, c) Office of the Registrar, d) Student Financial Services, e) the
                                                                                                                                        Academic Resource Center, and f ) school dean(s). If students have outstanding coursework
                                   To be considered for readmission following dismissal by a School Academic Standing Com-              taken external to MCPHS, the official transcripts must be received in the Office of the Regis-
                                   mittee, the student must petition the school dean, in writing, by the date designated in
                                   trar no later than the add/drop deadline for the term of entry. Final acceptance into the new     one (1) academic credit hour. Faculty members are expected not to continue any class beyond
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         academic policies and procedures
                                   program will remain pending until transfer coursework has been approved.                          the scheduled ending time. Unless students have been informed that the faculty member
                                   In order to register for classes in the new program, the completed and approved Request           will be late, class is cancelled if a faculty member has not arrived within 10 minutes of the
                                   for Change of Student Status form must be on file in the Office of the Registrar and the          scheduled starting time of class.
                                   Academic Resource Center. Once admitted to a new program, a student must adhere to the            Minimum Class Size
                                   program and GPA requirements commensurate with their new YOG.                                     By noon on the Friday of the first week of classes, the school dean will make the following
                                   Freshman students may not change majors until they have completed fall and spring semes-          decision regarding offering a class, based on enrollment:
                                   ters. Students may petition to change their major and register for the new program for the          1) Required courses will be offered unless offered more than once in a calendar year. If
                                   summer or fall classes, but the change of major will not be approved until after spring grades          five or fewer students register for a required course that is offered more than once in a
                                   have been submitted. Freshmen students are required to meet with an advisor in the Academ-              calendar year, the course may be cancelled (programmatic requirements considered).
                                   ic Resource Center when they submit the petition and again after their grades are recorded.         2) Elective courses will be offered providing there are a minimum of eight students
                                                                                                                                           enrolled.
                                   If a student moves from the Worcester/Manchester PharmD program to any program in
                                   Boston, they will receive transfer credit for any courses that would be applied to the degree     Registration
                                   program and the secondary degree would begin with a new degree audit. In this case, the           It is the responsibility of the instructor to ensure that only properly registered students are
                                   residency requirement would be waived. Students cannot transfer from the Worcester or             allowed to attend class. If a student’s name does not appear on the class roster in WebAdvi-
                                   Manchester PharmD programs into the Boston PharmD program.                                        sor after add/drop period, that student shall not be allowed to attend, participate, or take or
    88                                                                                                                               receive exams until the instructor is notified by the Office of the Registrar that the student is     89
                                   Recalculation of the Grade Point Average                                                          officially registered.
                                   Students who have been accepted into a new program and wish to remove courses from their
                                   grade point average that are not required for the new major should note their request on the      Courses Taken at Other Colleges After Matriculation
                                   Request for Change of Student Status Form. All grades will remain on the transcript (and          Once a student has matriculated at the College, no courses taken off-campus will be accepted
                                   Program Evaluation), with the notation that they are not included in the grade point average.     for transfer credit. (Note: COF courses are allowed for Boston students.) Exceptions to this
                                   Students who leave a program not in good academic standing and wish to move to another            policy may be granted by the Provost’s office in instances involving delay of graduation or ex-
                                   degree program or be readmitted to their former program must meet the grade point require-        treme hardship. In these instances, course approval must also be obtained from the Associate
                                   ments of that YOG and program (see Good Academic Standing). Students who leave the                Provost for Undergraduate Education (Boston). Students are advised not to enroll or make
                                   Doctor of Pharmacy program not in good standing must complete the new program and                 payments for non-MCPHS courses without official College approval.
                                   meet the grade point average requirement required by the School of Pharmacy–Boston before
                                   seeking readmission to a student’s original program.                                              Credit by Examination
                                   Any courses removed from the grade point calculation that are required for the original degree    Credit by examination is available to students whose previous coursework in a subject area
                                   program will be added back to the GPA calculation prior to consideration for readmission.         does not meet transfer credit criteria, or who feel they have achieved competency in a subject
                                                                                                                                     through work or life experience. Credit by examination is available to new students only
                                   Conduct of Classes                                                                                during the student’s first semester of matriculation at the College; no later than the add-drop
                                   Admission to Classes                                                                              deadline of the term of entry.
                                   No student will be admitted to a scheduled class unless:                                          Competency may be demonstrated through one of the following means: a) College Level
                                     • The student’s name is on the instructor’s class roster, and                                   Examination Program (CLEP); b) Advanced Placement Examination (AP); c) International
                                     • The student’s account is in order                                                             Baccalaureate (IBO) examinations.
                                   Attendance                                                                                        The College Board administers CLEP and AP examinations. A passing score on the CLEP
                                   The College expects students to meet attendance requirements in all courses in order to           examination in English Composition with Essay will be accepted as credit for Expository
                                   qualify for credit. Attendance requirements may vary depending on the instructor, and these       Writing I. A passing score on the CLEP examination in Freshman College Composition with
                                   should be clearly stated in the syllabus available to each student during the first week of the   Essay will be accepted as credit for Expository Writing II. CLEP credit will be awarded only
                                   course. Generally, students are expected to attend all classes unless they have a valid excuse.   after the Admission Office has received official scores directly from the College Board. In the
                                   (See Absence for further requirements.)                                                           case of AP examinations, credit will be awarded for a score of 4.0 or higher.
                                   Student Conduct                                                                                   No AP credit will be awarded for CHE 131 Chemical Principles I, CHE 132 Chemical Prin-
                                   An instructor shall have the right to require a student who is disruptive during a class, labo-   ciples II, CHE 110 Basic Chemistry I, or CHE 210 Basic Chemistry II. No AP credit will
                                   ratory or experiential rotation to leave for the remainder of the session and shall report the    be awarded to students in the Premedical and Health Studies program for BIO 151 Biology
                                   incident to the Dean of Students (Boston), Dean of Students (Worcester) or Associate Dean         I or BIO 152 Biology II.
                                   of Students (Manchester) for further appropriate action in accordance with the Student Code       AP and IBO exceptions: Chemistry AP scores of 4 or better will be accepted as transfer credit
                                   of Conduct.                                                                                       for CHE 131 and CHE 132 for students who matriculate at MCPHS with existing college
                                   Instructional Periods                                                                             credit for organic chemistry. Transfer students accepted into the professional phase of an
                                   A lecture period of 50 minutes per week, extending over one academic term, will constitute        MCPHS degree program will receive transfer credit for IBO courses accepted by a previous
                                   college. In both of these instances, official AP and/or IBO exam documentation must be               Dean’s List
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           academic policies and procedures
                                   provided to MCPHS no later than the add-drop deadline of the term of entry.
                                                                                                                                        The dean’s list recognizes full-time students seeking a bachelor’s degree or Doctor of Pharma-
                                   Students who complete IBO courses must provide high school transcripts and/or IBO re-                cy, who have completed the required full-time semester hours of credit and earn a minimum
                                   ports that document the course, examination level, and exam score. Students must achieve a           of 3.50 GPA. Courses that are taken pass/fail do not count toward the full-time status. Doc-
                                   score of 5 or better on an HL (high level) IBO exam. Transfer credits are limited to exams for       tor of Pharmacy students in Boston, Worcester, and Manchester who are completing clinical
                                   English, language, or the arts.                                                                      rotations are not eligible for the dean’s list. Doctor of Pharmacy students in the Worcester and
                                   Students are responsible for scheduling CLEP/AP examinations through the College Board.              Manchester program during the six-week fall semester of Year Two are eligible for the dean’s
                                   Results/scores of the examination(s) should be sent (by the school dean if applicable) to the        list. Incomplete grades that remain beyond the first three weeks of the subsequent semester
                                   Admission Office. If the student achieves an acceptable score on the examination(s), then no-        render a student ineligible for the dean’s list in that term. Dean’s list is not awarded to stu-
                                   tification will be sent to: a) the student, b) program director, c) school dean, d) Office of the    dents in graduate programs (MPAS, MRAS, MANP, MSN, MSDH, MS, DPT and PhD).
                                   Registrar, e) Academic Advising Center/Advisor, and f ) others as appropriate. Credit earned         The dean’s list is published approximately one month into the following semester.
                                   by examination will not be counted toward the Residency Requirement.
                                                                                                                                        Grievance Procedures
                                   Criminal Background Information                                                                      Disabilities Grievance Procedure
                                   Certain laws require health care agencies to request criminal offender record information            Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and Title II of the Americans with Disabilities
                                   (CORI) from the Massachusetts Criminal History Systems Board or New Hampshire State                  Act (ADA) of 1990 provide that qualified persons with disabilities cannot be excluded from
    90                                                                                                                                  participation in, denied the benefits of or be subjected to discrimination by any service, pro-      91
                                   Police, sex offender record inquiries (SORI), and/or Level I background checks on candidates
                                   for employment, volunteer, or training positions and to review the information to determine          gram or activity of a postsecondary institution. In order to meet the needs of students with
                                   if the candidate is appropriate. The majority of the clinical training and service-learning sites    disabilities and fulfill its legal obligations under Section 504 and the ADA, the Associate Di-
                                   at which the College places students for experiential education experiences must comply              rector of Disability Support Services (Boston) and the Assistant Dean for Academic Support
                                   with these laws. In order to be eligible for clinical placements or service-learning experiences,    Services (Worcester/Manchester) assist students with disabilities in identifying and accessing
                                   students must have been cleared through a CORI (and sometimes SORI or Level I) check.                reasonable accommodations through the College’s accommodations process.
                                   Sites may require their own background checks, and students may be asked to complete sev-            Students who believe they have been discriminated against may file a claim or complaint with
                                   eral forms to permit the checks. In cases where the site does not pay the fee for a background       the Dean of Students, 108 Fennell/Iorio, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health
                                   check, the student is responsible for paying the fee. If a site requires but does not provide for    Sciences, 179 Longwood Avenue, Boston, MA 02115-5896 (Boston campus), or the Dean
                                   obtaining CORI, SORI, or Level I checks, students can obtain them through the College’s              of Students, 19 Foster Street, Suite 410, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sci-
                                   Office of General Counsel. Without clearance from a required background check, students              ences, Worcester, MA 01608-1715, 508.373.5646 (Worcester/Manchester campuses).
                                   may not be permitted to begin clinical or service-learning placements, and therefore, may be
                                                                                                                                        Complaints should be filed within 30 days of the incident and should include the following:
                                   unable to meet program requirements for graduation.
                                                                                                                                          • the exact nature of the complaint—how complainant feels his/her rights have been
                                   Cross Registration (Boston)                                                                              denied and the person(s) they believe are responsible;
                                                                                                                                          • the date, time and place of the incident;
                                   Cross registration provides full-time undergraduates of the Colleges of the Fenway with the            • the names of witnesses or persons who have knowledge of the incident;
                                   opportunity to take up to two courses per semester (fall and spring semesters) at any of the           • copies of any available written documentation or evidence; and
                                   six institutions at no additional charge, as long as the credit load does not exceed 18 semester       • actions that could be taken to correct the violation.
                                   hours. This opportunity provides students with advantages of a small college, but exposes
                                   them to the resources similar to a large university. Cross registration enables students to          If there is agreement that the complainant was the subject of discrimination, corrective action
                                   broaden their intellectual and social capacities, and it introduces them to faculty, research,       will be taken to restore the complainant’s rights. If there is no agreement, the complainant
                                   colleagues and curricula they would not otherwise have experienced.                                  may appeal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his or her designee.

                                   Students in good academic and financial standing may cross register after students at the            Students may also file a complaint of discrimination with the Office for Civil Rights (Boston
                                   home institution have completed the pre-registration process. Courses are open to cross reg-         Office), 5 Post Office Square, 8th Floor, Boston, MA 02109-3921 (617.289.0111, OCR.
                                   istration on a seat available basis. Each school’s home students have the first option to register   Boston@ed.gov) at any point in the complaint process.
                                   for courses that have been developed through joint efforts of faculty across the schools, and        To discuss their rights under Section 504 and the ADA, to obtain a copy of the complaint
                                   the goal of these courses is to attract a mix of students. A searchable database of all courses      procedure, or to obtain help in filing a complaint, students should contact the Dean of
                                   open for cross registration can be found at www.colleges-fenway.org/coursedirectory. De-             Students, 108 Fennell/Iorio, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, 179
                                   tailed information about cross registration and associated processes and policies are high-          Longwood Avenue, Boston, MA 02115-5896 (Boston campus), or the Dean of Students, 19
                                   lighted on the College of the Fenway website (see www.colleges-fenway.org).                          Foster Street, Suite 410, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, Worcester,
                                   Courses offered through the Colleges of the Fenway that require MCPHS students to be                 MA 01608-1715, 508.373.5646 (Worcester/Manchester campuses).
                                   absent from their own college (MCPHS) classes for no more than one week are considered
                                   excused absences. Students enrolled in such courses are expected to meet all other academic
                                   requirements, working individually with faculty to make up work.
                                   Discrimination Grievance Procedure                                                                                         Complaints by students should be submitted to the Dean of Students – Boston (Boston
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  academic policies and procedures
                                   MCPHS has established the following procedure in the event that any student believes he                                    students) or Dean of Students – Worcester/Manchester (Worcester/Manchester students).
                                   or she has been discriminated against on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, sex1,                             Complaints submitted in relationship to student employment will be referred by the dean
                                   or disability.2 Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibits discrimination on the basis                             to the Executive Director of Human Resources with the dean collaborating with the execu-
                                   of race, color, or national origin; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 prohibits                                 tive director as necessary and appropriate. If the complaint involves the dean, the complaint
                                   discrimination on the basis of sex; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 prohibits                                should be filed with the Vice President for Academic Affairs, who shall appoint an alternate
                                   discrimination on the basis of disability; and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 prohibits                                academic officer to receive the student complaint. If the complaint involves the executive
                                   discrimination on the basis of age. MCPHS abides by all federal and state laws and regula-                                 director, the complaint should be filed with the Chief Operating Officer who shall appoint
                                   tions pertaining to discrimination. MCPHS shall endeavor to address in a confidential man-                                 an alternate administrative officer to receive the student employee complaint.
                                   ner any grievance so as to protect the privacy of all parties involved and will comply with all                            The dean or executive director shall promptly hear the complaint, together with such witness-
                                   applicable laws and regulations.                                                                                           es as he or she deems relevant to the complaint. The complainant shall have the right to name
                                   A. Informal Stage                                                                                                          a full-time faculty or professional staff member of MCPHS to be present during the hearing
                                   A student who believes he or she has been the subject of a discriminatory act or practice                                  to act as his/her advisor, but no attorneys or other advocates shall be permitted for any party.
                                   should first discuss his/her complaint with the person against whom the complaint is be-                                   The dean or executive director shall make findings and reach a decision within 30 business
                                   ing made. If the circumstances of the complaint prevent the complainant from having this                                   days of the end of the hearing. He/she shall communicate the findings and decision in writ-
                                   discussion, or if the complaint is not resolved within five business days, the complainant                                 ing to the complainant and other appropriate parties.
    92                             should discuss the complaint with the Dean of Students – Boston in the case of Boston stu-                                                                                                                                       93
                                   dent complaints, or the Dean of Students – Worcester/Manchester in the case of Worcester/                                  C. Appeal
                                   Manchester student complaints.                                                                                             The complainant may appeal the decision as follows: for student complaints, the appeal is to
                                                                                                                                                              the Vice President for Academic Affairs; for student employee complaints, the appeal is to the
                                   If the complaint resulted from a violation of student policies of the College or is a violation                            Chief Operating Officer. If either of these vice presidents made the decision on the formal
                                   of law, the dean shall take or direct appropriate administrative action to enforce established                             grievance, or if the formal grievance is against either of these vice presidents, the complainant
                                   policies or laws. If the complaint resulted from a violation or potential violation of employee                            may appeal the decision to the President of the College.
                                   policies while the student serves in a College employee role, the complaint will be referred to
                                   the Executive Director of Human Resources who will follow College employment policies                                      The designated vice president, or other designated person if the vice president made the
                                   and grievance procedures with the involvement of the Dean of Students.                                                     decision on the formal grievance or if the formal grievance is against the vice president, shall
                                                                                                                                                              review the findings and decision of the dean or executive director, as the case may be, and
                                   If the complaint involves a question of judgment or opinion not covered by established poli-                               shall make a decision to uphold or overrule the findings and decision. The designated vice
                                   cies or laws, the dean will meet with both the complainant and the person against whom the                                 president shall make a decision within 10 business days and shall communicate the decision
                                   complaint is being made within five business days of receiving the complaint to attempt to                                 to the complainant and other appropriate parties. The decision of the designated Vice Presi-
                                   resolve the matter.                                                                                                        dent shall be final and not subject to further appeal to MCPHS.
                                   If the dean finds no basis for the complaint, the complainant will be so advised and given no-                             Complainants may also file a complaint of illegal discrimination with any State or Fed-
                                   tice of the right to file a written complaint under the formal stage of this grievance procedure.                          eral compliance agency constituted for this purpose. Any retaliatory action of any kind
                                   B. Formal Stage                                                                                                            against any person as a result of that person seeking redress under this procedure, co-
                                   A student who believes he or she has been the subject of a discriminatory act or practice must                             operating in any investigation, or otherwise, is prohibited and shall be regarded as a
                                   file a written complaint within 90 business days of when the complainant knew or should                                    separate and distinct grievance.
                                   have known of the alleged discriminatory act or practice.                                                                  Any person who feels that he/she has been discriminated against also has a right to file with
                                   If the complaint has not been resolved at the informal stage, or if the student does not initiate                          any of the State or Federal compliance agencies constituted for this purpose, such as:
                                   the complaint at the informal stage, the complainant should submit a complaint in writing.                                   Office for Civil Rights
                                   The written complaint should include the following:                                                                          United States Department of Education
                                       • the exact nature of the complaint—how the complainant believes he/she has been dis-                                    5 Post Office Square, 8th Floor
                                         criminated against, and the person(s) believed responsible for the discriminatory act or                               Boston, MA 02109-3921
                                         practice;                                                                                                              tel.: 617.289.0111, OCR.Boston@ed.gov
                                       • the date, time and place of the incident(s);
                                       • the names of witnesses or persons who have knowledge about the discriminatory act or                                 Add/Drop Procedures
                                         practice;                                                                                                            A registered student who wishes to adjust his or her class schedule during the designated
                                       • any available written documentation or evidence that is relevant to the complaint; and                               add/drop period can make adjustments online via WebAdvisor. Students cross-registered for
                                       • the actions the complainant believes should be taken to correct the violation.                                       Colleges of the Fenway courses must adhere to the add/drop procedures at their HOME in-
                                   1
                                    This Discrimination Grievance Procedure does not apply to a complaint of harassment, which should be filed as
                                                                                                                                                              stitution. The add/drop period deadline for all programs is specified for each academic term,
                                   described in the College’s Policy Against Harassment.                                                                      usually within the first week of classes. Adjustments to tuition and fees, where applicable, are
                                   2
                                     A student who believes he or she has been discriminated against based on a disability should refer to the Disabilities
                                                                                                                                                              made automatically through the Office of Student Financial Services. Students who wish to
                                   Grievance Procedure above.
                                   withdraw from a course after the designated add/drop period should refer to the “Withdrawal
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  academic policies and procedures
                                                                                                                                              Good academic standing
                                   from a Course” section in this catalog. No refunds are made if such changes are made after                                                                                               Min.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            grade
                                   the designated add/drop period. Simply failing to attend classes will not result in the                                                                                          prof.   in prof.
                                   course being dropped from the student’s official registration, and students will be held                   school             program                 Degree   overall Gpa       Gpa     courses    other
                                   financially accountable and receive a course grade of F.                                                  All Schools         All First Year                   2.0
                                                                                                                                                                 Students
                                   E-mail Policy                                                                                             Arts & Sciences     chemistry/pharmaceu- Bs/Ms       2.0 for Bs; 3.0                      3.0 overall and 3.0 in
                                                                                                                                                                 tical chemistry                  for Ms                               BIo, che/cheM, Mat,
                                   All MCPHS students are required to open, utilize, and maintain (i.e., keep storage within                                                                                                           phY courses at end
                                   the maximum set by the Department of Information Services) an MCPHS e-mail account.                                                                                                                 of year 3 to enter Ms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       program in year 4
                                   Official College communications and notices are sent via MCPHS e-mail accounts. All stu-
                                                                                                                                                                 Medical and Molecular   Bs       2.0                                  2.0 Gpa in all BIo and
                                   dents are responsible for regularly checking their MCPHS e-mail and for the information                                       Biology                                                               che courses, plus
                                   contained therein. ONLY MCPHS accounts will be used in all matters related to academics,                                                                                                            psB 331
                                   student life, and College notifications. The College does not forward MCPHS e-mail to                                         health psychology       Bs       2.0
                                   personal e-mail accounts.                                                                                                     health sciences         Bs       2.0
                                   Note: All MCPHS community members can voluntarily register in the MCPHS Emergency No-                                         health sciences         Bs       2.0
                                   tification System to receive text messages via cell phones and e-mail regarding major campus emer-                            (degree completion)
    94                             gencies and campus closings. Contact helpdesk@mcphs.edu for more information.                                                 premedical & health     Bs       2.0                                                               95
                                                                                                                                                                 studies

                                   Examinations                                                                                                                  public health           Bs       2.0

                                   All tests and examinations, other than final examinations, are scheduled by the instructor.               Health Sciences     Dental hygiene          Bs       2.0               2.5     c
                                   Students who miss a scheduled examination (classroom, lab, or other graded performance),                                      Dental hygiene          MsDh                       3.0                B in all courses
                                   and are granted an excused absence for the missed examination (see Absence), must arrange a                                   nursing (Boston)        Bsn      2.0               2.7     c          Min. grade of c in Beh
                                   make-up exam with the course instructor. The format of the make-up exam may vary from the                                                                                                           352; BIo 110, 210,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       255; che 110, 210;
                                   original scheduled exam, and is at the discretion of the course instructor. With respect to comple-                                                                                                 Mat 261. three grades
                                   tion of such examinations, if an acceptable agreement between the student and professor(s)                                                                                                          below c in any combi-
                                   cannot be reached, the school dean will serve as arbitrator.                                                                                                                                        nation of nur courses
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       results in dismissal.
                                   During the fall and spring semesters of undergraduate and first professional degree students,                                 nursing (Worcester &    Bsn      2.0               2.7     c          three grades below c
                                   no course examinations (worth 15% or more of the final course grade) may be scheduled                                         Manchester)                                                           in any combination of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       nur courses results in
                                   during the week before final examinations. Major written assignments may be due the week                                                                                                            dismissal.
                                   before finals if the assignments were semester-long and not assigned within the last 4 weeks                                  nursing (Worcester)     Msn                        3.0                B in all courses
                                   of the semester. Exceptions are granted for laboratory examinations, including practical ex-                                  pa–Boston               Mpas                       2.85    c          Minimum 2.85
                                   aminations. Exceptions may also be granted for block scheduled courses, subject to approval                                                                                                         professional Gpa end
                                   by the Vice President for Academic Affairs. (See School of Nursing, Boston,Worcester/Man-                                                                                                           of second professional
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       year to enter clerkships
                                   chester.)
                                                                                                                                                                 pa–Manchester &         Mpas                       3.0     c          Grades below c in
                                   Final examinations are scheduled by the Office of the Registrar several weeks before the end of the                           Worcester                                                             two clinical rotations
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       results in dismissal.
                                   semester. Final examinations must be given only during final exam week. The final exam schedule
                                   includes make-up times for examinations cancelled due to inclement weather or other unforeseen
                                   circumstances (e.g., power outages, fire alarms, etc.). Students and faculty are expected to take these   Academic Honesty and Exams
                                   dates into account when planning any travel (i.e., should not purchase non-refundable tickets to          The school deans are responsible for the proper conduct of examinations in their schools and
                                   leave before the make-up date).                                                                           will assign faculty and graduate assistants to serve as proctors for examinations. Support staff,
                                                                                                                                             under the supervision of the school deans, are responsible for maintaining confidentiality in
                                                                                                                                             the production and reproduction of examinations.
                                                                                                                                             Instructors are expected to assist in the promotion of academic honesty, through the follow-
                                                                                                                                             ing practices:
                                                                                                                                               • limit the access/use of “recycled” exams;
                                                                                                                                                                • students will be required to leave all unnecessary materials (i.e., all backpacks, note-
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                academic policies and procedures
                                   Good academic standing (continued)
                                                                                                                     Min.                                          books, texts, calculators, PDAs, cellular phones, etc.) away from their seat assignment
                                                                                                                     grade                                         – only required materials will be allowed at the seat assignment;
                                                                                                             prof.   in prof.
                                   school         program                Degree       overall Gpa            Gpa     courses    other                           • all exams are to be proctored; and
                                                 physical therapy        Dpt                                 3.0     B-         a 3.0 Gpa each semester         • in specific evaluation situations, students may be asked to show instructors/proctors
                                                                                                                                and a 3.0 overall Gpa is           materials being used during the exam (PDAs, cellular phones, etc.) to ensure proper use
                                                                                                                                required to be in good             of the allowed material and adherence to the honesty policy.
                                                                                                                                academic standing.
                                                                                                                                                             Instructors are encouraged to utilize the following exam seating practices whenever possible:
                                                 Medical Imaging         Bs           2.0                    2.5     c          all Majors: Min. grade
                                                 and therapeutics                                                               c in BIo 110, 210; che         • Students entering an exam room will be randomly seated, and
                                                 (Diagnostic Medical                                                            110, 210 or che 131,
                                                 sonography,Magnetic                                                            132; Mat 141 or 150;           • Seating assignments will be spaced throughout the exam room, allowing for adequate
                                                 resonance Imaging,                                                             and phY 181 or 270.              spaces between students.
                                                 nuclear Medicine                                                               MrI: additionally min.
                                                 technology, radiation                                                          grade c in, hsc 310,         The instructor should follow the College Policy on Academic Honesty when giving examina-
                                                 therapy, radiography)                                                          Mat 151, 152, 197, 261.      tions and ensure that proctors are present at all examinations in compliance with this policy.
                                                                                                                                For all Medical Imaging
                                                                                                                                and therapeutics Bs          At least one course coordinator for each course should be present during an examination to
                                                                                                                                programs, failure in         answer questions or to clarify issues that may arise. Exceptions to this rule must be approved
                                                                                                                                two internship rotations     by the school dean.
    96                                                                                                                          results in dismissal.                                                                                                             97
                                                 radiologist assistant   Mras                                3.0                B- in all courses            Make-up Examinations
                                   Pharmacy-     applied natural         Manp         3.0                                       B in all courses             Make-up examinations will be offered to students who miss examinations for documented
                                   Boston        products                                                                                                    medical or personal emergencies. (See Absence.)
                                                 regulatory affairs &    Ms           3.0                                       B in all courses
                                                 health policy                                                                                               In first year courses (Boston) the lowest exam grade may be dropped in the calculation of the
                                                 Medicinal chemistry     Ms/phD       3.0                                       B in all required courses
                                                                                                                                                             final course grade. In these courses, the drop grade may be used to accommodate an excused
                                                                                                                                                             or unexcused absence in lieu of a make-up exam. In the instance of subsequent excused
                                                 pharmaceutical and      Bs           2.0
                                                 health care Business                                                                                        absences, make-up exams will be provided. In courses offered after the first curriculum year,
                                                 pharmaceutical          Bs           2.2 at end of year 2                                                   make-up exams will be made available to students who have documented excused absences.
                                                 sciences                             and beyond
                                                                                                                                                             Determination of excused absences for medical or personal emergencies is based on docu-
                                                 pharmaceutical          Ms           2.75 end of third                         B in all graduate courses
                                                 sciences                             year to enter Ms                                                       mentation presented by the student to the Academic Resource Center (Boston campus) or
                                                                                      program; 3.0 in                                                        Dean of Students (Worcester) or Associate Dean of Students (Manchester).
                                                                                      graduate courses
                                                                                      to continue in Ms                                                      Specific days are set aside as make-up times for final examinations that have to be rescheduled
                                                                                      program                                                                because of inclement weather or other contingencies (see above).
                                                 pharmaceutics           Ms/phD       3.0                                       B in all required courses
                                                                                                                                                             Posting Examination Grades
                                                 pharmacology            Ms/phD       3.0                                       B in all required courses
                                                                                                                                                             Faculty do not use a student identification number to post exam grades. Quiz, exam, and
                                                 pharmacology/           Bs           2.5 at end of year 2                                                   assignment grades are posted on BlackboardTM via the use of student-specific log-ons and
                                                 toxicology                           and beyond
                                                                                                                                                             confidential passwords. Please remember that passwords should be kept confidential.
                                                 pharmacy                pharmD       YoG 2012, 2.5 at               c-         2.5 to enter year 3 (first
                                                                                      end of year 2 and                         prof. year)                  Final Grades
                                                                                      beyond
                                                                         pharmD       YoG 2013 and                   c-         2.7 to enter year 3 (first   Students can view their final grades online via WebAdvisor. Final grades aren’t available to
                                                                                      later, 2.7 at end of                      prof. year)                  students until all grades have been submitted by all faculty. The Registrar’s Office will notify
                                                                                      year 2 and beyond
                                                                                                                                                             students via email when all grades are posted each term.
                                                                         pharmD       2.2                            c-
                                                                         (postbac-
                                                                         calaureate                                                                          Good Academic Standing
                                                                         pathway)
                                                                                                                                                             To be in good academic standing, a student’s cumulative and professional grade point aver-
                                                                         pharmD       YoG 2012 and                   c-         all didactic coursework
                                                                         (postbac-    later, 2.7                                must be completed within
                                                                                                                                                             ages must meet the minimums required by the degree program in which he or she is enrolled.
                                                                         calaureate                                             three years of matricula-    Any student whose cumulative or professional average falls below the minimum after an aca-
                                                                         pathway)                                               tion, and all program        demic term is considered to be on probation. Professional grade point averages are calculated
                                                                                                                                requirements must be
                                                                                                                                completed within four        only after 12 credits have been taken in professional courses (exceptions exist for the nursing
                                                                                                                                years of matriculation.      program). Cumulative or professional grade point average minimums are listed in the table
                                   Pharmacy- pharmacy                    pharmD       2.2                                       Grades for ppW 331           “Good Academic Standing” in this section.
                                   Worcester/                                                                                   and 401 are pass/Fail
                                   Manchester                                                                                   and not included in Gpa      Students who fail to meet the minimum standards required for academic progression will be
                                                                                                                                calculation                  notified of the decisions by the School Academic Standing Committee.
                                   In order to maintain good academic standing, students should be aware that the professional
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               academic policies and procedures
                                                                                                                                          GRADE       QUALITY POINTS            EXPLANATION
                                   curricula of the College are rigorous and demanding. Students who must be engaged in gain-
                                                                                                                                          U           N/A                       Unsatisfactory (Graduate Program only)
                                   ful employment should balance school and work responsibilities so as not to compromise
                                   their academic success.                                                                                P           N/A                       Pass
                                                                                                                                          AUD         N/A                       Audit; students cannot audit courses that are part of
                                   Good Academic Standing and Satisfactory Progress for Financial Aid                                                                           their curriculum
                                   Student Financial Services disburses financial aid only to students in good academic stand-            TR          N/A                       Student received transfer credit
                                   ing and who are making satisfactory progress toward completion of their degrees. Refer to
                                                                                                                                          *           N/A                       An asterisk denotes removal of grade from GPA
                                   Student Financial Services in this catalog for further details.

                                   Grading Policies                                                                                      NOTATION                               EXPLANATION

                                   Grade Appeals                                                                                          T                                     Travel course
                                   Students who wish to appeal a final grade must do so on or before the first day of class of            O                                     Online course
                                   the subsequent academic term (including summers for programs that are year-round). It is                                                     Clinical/internship/clerkship
                                                                                                                                          C
                                   the student’s responsibility to ensure that the grade appeal process is concluded by the end of the
                                   add/drop period. The first appeal should be a discussion with the instructor, who must make            ST                                    Selected topics course
    98                             a decision to uphold or change the grade within 48 hours of the appeal. If a mutually ac-              L                                     Lab                                                              99
                                   ceptable agreement cannot be reached, the student may appeal in writing to the department
                                   chair/program director, who must decide to uphold or change the grade within 48 hours of              Incomplete Grades
                                   that appeal. If this procedure is not successful in resolving the matter, the student may then        Incomplete grades must be completed within three weeks of the new semester following the
                                   appeal in writing to the school dean, who has 48 hours to inform the student of the decision.         academic term (including summer sessions) in which the incomplete grade was assigned, or
                                   The school dean’s decision is final.                                                                  the grade automatically becomes an F. The instructor is responsible for notifying the Office
                                   Grade Point Average                                                                                   of the Registrar regarding any student who has been granted additional time for coursework
                                   The total number of quality points (see Grading System, below), divided by the total num-             completion. The instructor must also specify the extended time period up to one semester.
                                   ber of credit hours taken, yields the grade point average. The grade point average for each           No student can progress to courses for which the I course is prerequisite until the grade work
                                   semester and cumulatively is calculated to two decimal points. In some degree programs, a             is completed and the I grade changed. Incomplete grades render a student ineligible for the
                                   professional grade point average is also calculated for each student by dividing the number of        dean’s list. No student can graduate with an incomplete grade in any course necessary for
                                   professional quality points by the total number of professional credit hours taken.                   graduation.

                                   Grade Reports                                                                                         Pass/Fail Courses
                                   At the end of each academic term, students can view their grades online. The Office of the            A maximum of one elective course may be taken on a pass/fail basis at another institution,
                                   Registrar notifies students when grades are posted.                                                   including the Colleges of the Fenway. A grade of P/F will appear on the MCPHS transcript
                                                                                                                                         for any course taken pass/fail. A pass/fail course will not affect a student’s grade point aver-
                                   Grading System                                                                                        age. However, a failure in such a course may have an impact on progression through the
                                    GRADE       QUALITY POINTS            EXPLANATION                                                    curriculum.
                                    A           4.0                                                                                      Repeated Courses
                                    A-          3.7                                                                                      Following completion of a course repeated at MCPHS, the earlier grade will be removed
                                                3.3                                                                                      from the grade point average, and the more recent grade will be used in the calculation. Both
                                    B+
                                                                                                                                         grades remain on the transcript for future reference. If the student repeats a course outside
                                    B           3.0                                                                                      the College (see Courses Taken at Other Colleges After Matriculation), the lower grade is
                                    B-          2.7                                                                                      dropped from the grade point average, but a substitute grade is not used in the calculation.
                                                2.3                                                                                      Such courses are listed as transfer credit.
                                    C+
                                    C           2.0                                                                                      Courses may be attempted no more than two times. Grades of F and W are considered at-
                                                                                                                                         tempts for courses in which D or better is the passing grade. For those courses in which the
                                    C-          1.7
                                                                                                                                         passing grade is higher (e.g., C-, C, etc), grades below the passing grade and W are all consid-
                                    D           1.0                                                                                      ered attempts. Failure to complete any course within these limits will result in dismissal from
                                    F           0.0                                                                                      the degree program or major.

                                    I           N/A                       Incomplete                                                     When a curriculum change results in a course moving from one category to the other (e.g.,
                                                                                                                                         from preprofessional to professional), and a student repeats the course in the new category,
                                    W           N/A                       Withdrawal from course
                                                                                                                                         the GPA will automatically be calculated in the new category. If the student wants the GPA
                                    S           N/A                       Satisfactory (NMT, RTT, and Graduate Program only)             to be calculated in the “old” category, he or she must state the justification for that request via
                                   a Petition for Special Academic Request. The request is NOT automatically approved, and              The determination of honors is based on the graduate’s final cumulative grade point average.
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           academic policies and procedures
                                   the repeated course will NOT be counted in both professional and preprofessional categories.         Students seeking a first bachelor’s degree or Doctor of Pharmacy who have completed at
                                   Replacement of F Grades                                                                              least 60 credits at MCPHS only are eligible for honors. Honors designations appear on the
                                   The registrar will automatically replace the previous grade when a student repeats a course.         student’s final grade transcript, but not on the diploma.
                                   Students are encouraged to review their current Program Evaluation with the Academic Re-             First Honor Graduates are recognized during the May (Boston and Worcester) and Decem-
                                   source Center (Boston) or with Academic Support Services staff (Worcester or Manchester)             ber (Manchester) commencement ceremonies. First Honor Graduates are selected from the
                                   to determine if there are existing grades that should be replaced. The timely replacement of         Schools of Arts and Sciences (Boston), Dental Hygiene (Boston), Nursing (Boston), Phar-
                                   grades is essential in determining the academic standing of students.                                macy (Boston), Physician Assistant Studies (Boston), and Medical Imaging and Therapeutics
                                                                                                                                        (Boston), Pharmacy–Worcester/Manchester, Nursing (Worcester) and Nursing (Manches-
                                   Graduation Policies                                                                                  ter), and Physician Assistant Studies (Worcester/Manchester). In order to be considered a
                                   Eligibility                                                                                          First Honor Graduate, one must be a student in a full-time undergraduate or entry level
                                   The College recognizes three graduation dates during the academic year: September 15, and            program with at least three years of residency (except Nursing, PA–Worcester/Manchester,
                                   a specified date in May (Boston and Worcester), and in December (Manchester). Formal                 and Postbaccalaureate Dental Hygiene) and have not earned any graduate or other advanced
                                   Commencement ceremonies are held once each year for each campus.                                     degree.
                                   In order to be eligible to receive a degree on one of the above official graduation dates, stu-      Petition to Graduate
                                   dents must complete all degree requirements (including coursework, experiential education,           Students must file a petition to graduate form online. Deadlines for submitting the forms
    100                                                                                                                                 are also posted online. Upon determination of completed requirements, students will be ap-         101
                                   instructional requirements, and financial clearance) by the following:
                                                                                                                                        proved for graduation. In the event of incomplete requirements, the school dean will make a
                                   May (Boston, Worcester)             Last day of spring semester final exam period*
                                                                                                                                        change in the student’s year of graduation (YOG) via the Change of YOG form. The student
                                   September                           Last day of summer session II
                                                                                                                                        will be notified of this change and encouraged to meet with his/her program director and/
                                   December (Manchester Nursing and Worcester/Manchester PA)
                                                                                                                                        or the Academic Resource Center (Boston) or Academic Support Services staff (Worcester or
                                                                       Last day of fall semester final exam period*
                                                                                                                                        Manchester) to ensure satisfactory program completion within the new YOG. All tuition and
                                   In order to participate (i.e., march) in formal Commencement ceremonies, students must               fees must be paid to the College prior to graduation.
                                   have completed all degree requirements as follows:
                                     • May Commencement ceremony (Boston): Students who have completed degree require-                  Year of Graduation (YOG)
                                        ments by the last day of the spring semester final exam period, or who earned their             Whenever a student falls out of sequence in the curriculum of an academic program, takes
                                        degree the previous September or December are eligible to participate in the Com-               a leave of absence or changes program, a change of YOG may be necessary. If requesting to
                                        mencement ceremony.** Students who will complete all degree requirements by the last            change programs, a student must complete a change of YOG form as part of their request
                                        day of summer session II are eligible to participate.                                           to the school dean. The form must be signed by an academic advisor. The program director
                                     • May Commencement ceremony (Worcester, including PharmD graduates from the Man-                   and school dean will review the request for change of YOG as part of the acceptance process.
                                        chester campus): Students who have completed degree requirements by the last day of             The completed and signed change of YOG form will be distributed to: a) school dean, b) the
                                        the final period in the program, or who earned their degree the previous September or           student, c) Office of the Registrar, d) Student Financial Services, e) program director, and f )
                                        December are eligible to participate in the Commencement ceremony.* Students who                Academic Resource Center (Boston) or Academic Support Services (Worcester/Manchester).
                                        will complete all degree requirements by the last day of summer session II are eligible to
                                        participate.                                                                                    Leave of Absence
                                     • December Commencement ceremony (Manchester): Students who have completed degree                  The College recognizes that there are situations when a student may require a leave of ab-
                                        requirements by the last day of the final semester in the program are eligible to par-          sence. A student must be in good academic and financial standing to apply for a leave of
                                        ticipate in the ceremony.* Students who will complete all degree requirements by the            absence. Such leaves are granted for a maximum of one semester. However, requests for leaves
                                        spring semester are eligible to participate.                                                    beyond one semester may be granted by the Dean of Students or his/her designee due to ex-
                                   Students are only eligible to participate in the Commencement ceremony as noted above. In            tenuating circumstances (e.g., family emergencies, lack of available courses, etc.). The student
                                   the event of incomplete requirements (including outstanding financial balances), the school          must complete a Leave of Absence form, which calls for the signatures of the a) student, b)
                                   dean will make a change in the student’s date of graduation (via the Change of YOG form). It         Assistant Dean for the Academic Resource Center (Boston) or Assistant Dean for Academic
                                   is the responsibility of the individual student to ensure that he or she meets all degree require-   Support Services (Worcester/Manchester), and c) Student Financial Services. The student
                                   ments on schedule or risk delay in graduation.                                                       must submit the Leave of Absence form with all signatures to the Academic Resource Center
                                   *All requested exceptions for students to process at Commencement with minimal requirements          (Boston) or Academic Support Services (Worcester/Manchester), whose staff will forward
                                   pending must be approved by the Dean of Students one month prior to the Commencement date.           the form to the Office of the Registrar and all other necessary parties. A student who fails
                                                                                                                                        to return within the designated time must reapply for admission. Students on a Leave of
                                   Graduation with Honors                                                                               Absence are not eligible for College Services, with the exception of academic advising three
                                     Summa cum laude                3.86 – 4.00                                                         to four weeks prior to return to the College. A leave of absence often results in a change in
                                     Magna cum laude                3.70 – 3.85                                                         the student’s Year of Graduation. Students who are on a leave of absence for one semester or
                                     Cum laude                      3.50 – 3.69
                                   longer from Dental Hygiene, Nursing, or Medical Imaging and Therapeutics programs must                the designated period when matriculated students have completed the registration process.
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             academic policies and procedures
                                   pass a competency exam and/or a directed study prior to re-enrollment.                                Such students may obtain registration materials at the Office of the Registrar. This same
                                                                                                                                         policy also applies to students from other MCPHS campuses.
                                   Double Majors (Boston)
                                                                                                                                         In the case of non-matriculated and visiting students, it is expected that such students will
                                   Students enrolled in a BS degree program (Boston) may declare a double major. In order to             adhere to the academic requirements as set forth by the instructor(s) and stated in the course
                                   be eligible the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.2 or higher and completed at least 30            syllabus.
                                   credits. Once a student has been approved for a double major they are required to maintain
                                   a minimum of 3.0 GPA for the remainder of their studies.                                              Residency Requirement
                                   All requirements for both majors must be completed for the student to earn the BS degree.             Students must complete 1) at least half of the required credits for a degree and 2) all profes-
                                   Students should note that only one degree will be conferred. Due to the additional course             sional course requirements in the respective degree program, in residence at MCPHS. In
                                   requirements students may need to take more than eighteen credits per semester and/or en-             special cases, the school dean may allow transfer credit for professional courses provided the
                                   roll in summer semester(s) should they expect to graduate with their class. It is also recom-         student is able to demonstrate competency in the subject. If a program does not have speci-
                                   mended that students check with Student Financial Services to discuss how these additional            fied professional courses, then half of all credits must be taken in residence. At least one-half
                                   requirements might affect their financial aid status. In order to be considered a double major        of the courses required for a minor concentration must be completed while in residence at
                                   candidate students should contact the Academic Resource Center (Boston) and complete the              MCPHS. “In residence” is defined as being registered for and enrolled in MCPHS courses,
                                   Application for Double Major.                                                                         whether the courses are delivered using traditional or distance delivery methods. Colleges
    102                                                                                                                                  of the Fenway courses are credited as MCPHS courses (including the number of credits).              103
                                   Students enrolled in an accelerated, degree completion including online programs, PharmD,
                                   Nursing, or MPAS program are not eligible for this option.                                            An exception to the residency requirement is granted to those who hold licensure in a disci-
                                                                                                                                         pline and are enrolled in an MCPHS baccalaureate degree completion option. The residency
                                   Minor Concentrations (Boston)                                                                         requirement for such students is a minimum of 30 semester credits of MCPHS-approved
                                                                                                                                         courses.
                                   Students who wish to pursue a minor concentration must complete a Declaration of Minor
                                   Concentration form, which is available from the Academic Resource Center. Students must               Student Status
                                   obtain the signature of the faculty member responsible for coordinating the minor concentra-
                                   tion and the school dean. The Declaration of Minor Concentration form must be forwarded               Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD)–Boston: Years 1 through 4 are classified undergraduate and
                                   to the a) student, b) Academic Resource Center, and c) Office of the Registrar.                       full-time status is a minimum of 12 semester hours; at the point a PharmD student attains
                                                                                                                                         fifth-year status, full-time status is a minimum of 9 semester hours.
                                   Requirements for completion of some minor concentrations vary for students in the Pre-
                                   medical and Health Studies program. These variations are outlined in the Premedical and               Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD)–Worcester/Manchester: Year 1 is classified undergraduate and
                                   Health Studies major section of this catalog. Premedical and Health Studies students must             full-time status is a minimum of 12 semester hours; Years 2 and 3, full-time status is 9 se-
                                   complete their program-specific Declaration of Minor Concentration form.                              mester hours.
                                                                                                                                         For all baccalaureate degree programs, students are classified undergraduates and full-time sta-
                                   Registration for Classes                                                                              tus is a minimum of 12 semester hours.
                                   Prior to the start of pre-registration for each term, the Registrar’s Office will notify students     For all Masters, MS, other Doctoral, and PhD programs, full-time status is a minimum 9 se-
                                   (via MCPHS e-mail) of the registration schedule. The schedule will indicate if students will          mester hours.
                                   be block registered for required courses or if students need to meet with Academic Advising
                                   before registering for classes. Students who register on time receive a bill in the mail from         Transcripts
                                   Student Financial Services. Students who miss the registration period are charged a late reg-         Copies of official transcripts must be requested in writing and bear the signature of the re-
                                   istration fee. Students who have outstanding balances are not allowed to register or attend           questing student. Transcripts are furnished to designated institutions or authorized agencies
                                   classes until all bills are paid in full.                                                             only when the student submits a completed transcript authorization form. Transcripts are
                                   Non-matriculating Students                                                                            issued to those students whose financial status with Student Financial Services is clear.
                                   In rare instances, students may register for courses at MCPHS prior to matriculation in a
                                   specific program. All prerequisites for a class must be satisfied and there must be room in the       Transfer Credit
                                   class. Credit will be accepted only for classes in which students earn a C or better in under-        Prior to Acceptance
                                   graduate courses or a B or better in graduate courses. The maximum number of credits al-              Courses taken at other regionally accredited colleges or universities in the U.S. before the
                                   lowed is 12 semester hours for undergraduate students and 6 semester hours for graduate stu-          student was accepted to the College may receive MCPHS transfer credit provided that a
                                   dents. Students must request to have these credits applied to their degree; it is not automatic.      minimum grade of C has been earned. No transfer credit may be awarded for behavioral,
                                   Visiting Students                                                                                     basic science or professional coursework that is more than ten years old.
                                   Visiting students (those enrolled in degree programs at institutions other than members of            Transfer Policy
                                   the Colleges of the Fenway) may also register for classes at the College. Such students must          MCPHS does not award transfer credit for remedial or skills courses or other courses that
                                   provide documentation of good academic standing from their home institution before com-               are taught at levels below the first-year level at MCPHS. This includes: English courses on
                                   pleting their registration. Visiting students may register on a seat available basis and only after   sentence and paragraph structure or similar content courses below the level of LIB 111 (Ex-
                                   pository Writing I); mathematics courses in arithmetic or algebra if below the level of MAT               fees as may be established by the College
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  academic policies and procedures
                                   141 (Algebra and Trigonometry); and biology and chemistry courses below the level of the               b. if the student fails to comply with certain administrative requirements, such as the sub-
                                   MCPHS first year courses required for the program to which the student seeks entrance.                    mission of immunization forms, etc.
                                   Transfer courses will not be accepted as fulfillment of the core curriculum requirements in            c. if the student fails to attend classes during the first two weeks of the semester
                                   the liberal arts distribution areas if they are taught in the first year of a College curriculum.      d. if the student participates in forgery, fraud, or falsification of information on any official
                                   Liberal arts courses acceptable for transfer credit must have prerequisite requirements and               College form or document, such as registration forms, add/drop form, grade report,
                                   must be taken during the student’s second or subsequent year in a College curriculum.                     recommendations, transcripts, etc.
                                                                                                                                          e. if the student fails to register for the coming semester.
                                   Approval of Transfer Credit – Post Matriculation
                                   Once a student has matriculated at the College, no courses taken off-campus will be accepted         Section 2: Effects of Administrative Withdrawal
                                   for transfer credit. (Note: Colleges of the Fenway [COF] courses are allowed for Boston stu-         If administratively withdrawn, a student’s record will indicate the withdrawal date and the
                                   dents.) Exceptions to this policy may be granted by the Associate Provost for Undergraduate          reason code for administrative withdrawal. All courses for which a student is registered at the
                                   Education in instances involving delay of graduation or extreme hardship.                            time of withdrawal will receive a grade of “W” until or unless reinstated.

                                   Prior to taking a course for transfer credit at another institution, students must submit a Peti-    The student shall not be allowed to pre-register or register for a future semester. If a student
                                   tion to Transfer Credit form to the Associate Provost for Undergraduate Education who ap-            has already pre-registered at the time of withdrawal, all pre-registration course requests will
                                   proves or denies the petition. Notification of the decision will be distributed to: a) Academic      be canceled.
    104                            Advising Center, b) program director, c) school dean, d) Office of the Registrar, and e) others      The student shall receive no further material or notification from the Registrar concerning               105
                                   as appropriate. The student is responsible for requesting that official transcripts be sent to the   College affairs once administratively withdrawn.
                                   Office of the Registrar, which will verify the credit and post a grade of “TR” in the student’s      Section 3: Procedures for Implementing Administrative Withdrawal
                                   transcript. Official transcripts must be received no later than the Add-Drop deadline of the         The Registrar will send a letter to a student administratively withdrawn from the College. The
                                   subsequent semester.                                                                                 recommendation must be based on one of the grounds set forth in Section 1.
                                   Minimum Transfer Grade                                                                               The student shall have the right to discuss his/her case with the Dean of Students. The Dean
                                   The minimum grade for receiving transfer credit is C (2.0).                                          of Students shall review the case and decide whether facts exist which warrant administrative
                                   Physics 270, Foundations of Physics I                                                                withdrawal under Section 1. If the Dean of Students overturns the administrative withdraw-
                                   Students who, prior to matriculation at MCPHS, have completed either one semester of                 al, he/she will notify the Registrar, and the Registrar will issue a letter of reinstatement. (See
                                   calculus-based physics or two semesters of algebra-based physics will receive transfer credit        Section 4 for reinstatement date limitations.)
                                   for PHY 270. To be eligible for transfer credit, the courses must have been completed at a col-      Section 4. Reinstatement
                                   lege or university and grades of C or better must have been earned in each class. This policy
                                   applies only to transfer credit requested for courses taken prior to matriculation at MCPHS.         All matters must be resolved by the end of the second week of the current academic term in
                                                                                                                                        order for the student to be considered enrolled. If a graduating student is administratively
                                   Studio Art and Performance Courses                                                                   withdrawn his/her graduation date will be forwarded to the next available graduation date
                                   A maximum of one studio art or performance course may be taken for credit at another insti-          for consideration.
                                   tution, including the Colleges of the Fenway. Studio art courses may be accepted for general
                                   elective credit only, not for Liberal Arts distribution credit.                                      Any student who has been administratively withdrawn may, at any time after the withdrawal,
                                                                                                                                        make arrangements with the appropriate office (Student Financial Services, Registrar, and/or
                                   Visiting Classes                                                                                     Dean of Students) for resolution of the matter. Any student who has attempted to resolve the
                                   A person may visit a class in which he/she is not officially enrolled only with prior consent        matter but has failed to do so, may petition for reinstatement by mailing or delivering to the
                                   of the instructor.                                                                                   Dean of Students a written statement describing the actions he/she has taken to resolve the
                                                                                                                                        matter and the reasons why the student believes himself/herself entitled to reinstatement. The
                                   Withdrawal                                                                                           Dean of Students, in his/her discretion may decide the matter on the written petition of the
                                                                                                                                        student and such answer as the Registrar may submit, or may schedule a meeting on the mat-
                                   Administrative Withdrawal
                                                                                                                                        ter at the earliest practicable date. If the Dean of Students decides in favor of reinstatement,
                                   Section 1: Administrative Withdrawal
                                                                                                                                        the Registrar shall cause the student to be reinstated forthwith upon receipt of the decision.
                                   An administrative withdrawal will mean that a student’s pre-registration or registration, hous-
                                   ing, meal plan, and financial aid for the current semester will be canceled. The student will        If resolution occurs after the final date noted in the withdrawal letter, students will not be eligible
                                   be unable to register or pre-register for any subsequent semester until the administrative           to be reinstated in the current semester but must delay their return until the subsequent semester.
                                   withdrawal is resolved.                                                                              In semesters beyond those from which the student was withdrawn, the student must file a
                                   A student may be administratively withdrawn by the College, if any of the following condi-           readmission application by the stated deadline for enrollment in the next available semester.
                                   tions apply:                                                                                         Health Leave of Absence Policy
                                     a. if after due notice, the student fails to satisfy an overdue financial obligation to the        When a student’s current physical or mental health condition precludes successful comple-
                                        College, consisting of tuition, loans, board, room fees, library charges, or other student      tion of her/his educational program, the student may receive a health leave of absence from
                                        charges, including student activities, health insurance, graduation fees, and other such        the College and College residence hall, upon recommendation of the Dean of Students, or
                                   designee. Normally, the leave of absence will result from the student’s voluntary efforts. In       student will be given the opportunity to be heard and present evidence as to why he/she
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            academic policies and procedures
                                   exceptional circumstances, a student may be asked to leave the College or College residence         should not be immediately suspended.
                                   hall involuntarily.                                                                                 Evaluation
                                   This policy does not supersede the Student Code of Conduct. Violations of the Student               The Dean of Students, or designee, may inform the student orally or in writing that he/she
                                   Code of Conduct will be handled through the student disciplinary process as outlined in the         must participate in a medical or mental health evaluation conducted by one of the following:
                                   Student Handbook.                                                                                     a. MCPHS Director of Counseling Services, or designee (in the case of psychological dis-
                                   Voluntary Health Leave of Absence                                                                        order), or
                                   If the student’s behavior progresses to the point where the student is:                               b. an independent evaluator (licensed social worker, licensed mental health counselor, li-
                                      a. unable to live independently, or                                                                   censed psychologist [including psychiatrist] or licensed medical doctor) selected by the
                                      b. unable to protect her/himself in the community, or                                                 student at the student’s expense.
                                      c. unable to perform the essential functions of an educational program without requiring         The student must sign a release of information form authorizing the evaluator to consult with
                                         substantial modification of the program,                                                      MCPHS staff regarding the evaluation.
                                   the student is eligible for and may request from the Dean of Students or designee (provided         The evaluation must be completed within 24 hours of the date of written or verbal notice
                                   medical/mental health documentation from a licensed provider is presented) a health leave of        or as soon as reasonable, as determined by the Dean of Students, or designee. The Dean of
                                   absence from the College and College residence hall, regardless of the time in the semester. In     Students, or designee, may grant an extension for completion.
    106                            order to remove the conditions of the leave, the student must present evidence (documented                                                                                                               107
                                   evidence from a medical/mental health licensed provider) that the behavior no longer pre-           If the student fails to complete or refuses to participate in an evaluation when referred, he/she
                                   cludes successful completion of an educational program, and the student may be requested            may be issued an involuntary health leave of absence.
                                   to meet with the Dean of Students. In most cases, at least one academic semester must have          Determination
                                   passed before readmission under a voluntary health leave of absence can be considered.              Upon completion of the evaluation, the MCPHS staff member who conducts or consults in
                                   If on a leave of absence, a student’s record will indicate the leave date and the reason code for   the evaluation will make a recommendation to the Dean of Students, or designee. An oppor-
                                   voluntary health leave. All courses for which a student is registered at the time of leave will     tunity must be provided for the student to discuss the recommendations with the MCPHS
                                   receive a grade of “W” and will follow the refund policy as outlined in the College Catalog.        staff member who conducted or consulted in the evaluation, and with the Dean of Students
                                   Requests for special consideration regarding the refund policy (e.g., leave date beyond the         or his/her designee.
                                   refund date) may be made to the Dean of Students.                                                   The student will be given the opportunity to be heard and present evidence as to why s/he
                                   Involuntary Health Leave of Absence                                                                 should not be issued an involuntary health leave of absence. The Dean of Students, or desig-
                                   The Dean of Students, or designee may issue an involuntary health withdrawal, whether or            nee, will make a determination and inform the student in writing.
                                   not the student’s behavior, violates the Student Code of Conduct.                                   Effective Date
                                   An involuntary health leave of absence must involve a strong likelihood of:                         Once the involuntary health leave of absence is issued, the terms of the leave become effective
                                     a. serious risk of physical harm to the student himself/herself, manifested by evidence of        immediately. A student’s record will indicate the leave date and the reason code for involun-
                                        threats of suicide or attempts at suicide or other serious bodily harm;                        tary health leave. All courses for which a student is registered at the time of leave will receive
                                     b. serious risk of physical harm to other persons in the community, including an infectious       a grade of “W” and will follow the refund policy as outlined in the College Catalog. Requests
                                        condition, evidence of homicidal or other violent behavior; and/or                             for special consideration regarding the refund policy (e.g., leave date beyond the refund date)
                                     c. a reasonable risk of physical impairment or injury to the student himself/herself because      may be made to the Dean of Students.
                                        of impaired judgment that would not allow the student to live independently or pro-            The safety of the student while on campus must be assured. Advance notice of an involuntary
                                        tect himself/herself in the community or not allow the student to perform the essential        health leave is only recommended when the safety of the student while on campus is assured.
                                        functions of an educational program without requiring substantial modification of the          In the case of emergencies, no advance notice may be possible.
                                        program.
                                                                                                                                       Appeal
                                   Process for Involuntary Leave of Absence                                                            A student who has been issued an involuntary health leave of absence may appeal the decision
                                   Report and Initial Meeting                                                                          to the Vice President for Academic Affairs in writing within five business days of receiving the
                                   Upon receiving a report documenting the behavior(s) that indicate why a student should              decision. The student’s reasons for the appeal and the desired resolution must be indicated in
                                   be put on involuntary health leave, the Dean of Students, or designee, will meet with the           the letter. The Vice President for Academic Affairs will consider the case within five business
                                   student regarding the report.                                                                       days of the request for an appeal. The decision of the Vice President for Academic Affairs is
                                   Suspension Pending Determination                                                                    final and will be communicated to the student in writing.
                                   The student may be suspended immediately from the College or College residence hall pend-           Return After Leave of Absence
                                   ing the determination of the involuntary health leave of absence when, on the basis of the          In order to remove the conditions of the leave of absence, the student must present medical
                                   information available, the College reasonably believes the student’s continued presence on          documentation that the behavior no longer precludes successful completion of an education-
                                   campus endangers the physical safety or well-being of her/himself or others or seriously dis-       al program. The student must also participate in an evaluation conducted by College staff,
                                   rupts the educational process of the College. Either before or as promptly as is feasible, the      by an established deadline, and write a letter to the Dean of Students (or designee), detailing
                                   the student’s readiness to return to the College. In most cases, at least one academic semester
                                                                                                                                        General Education Requirements
academic policies and procedures




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              General education requirements
                                   must have passed before readmission under an involuntary health leave can be considered.
                                   Deviations from Established Policies
                                   Reasonable deviations from this policy will not invalidate a decision or proceeding unless           Preprofessional, general education and liberal arts distribution requirements for all baccalaureate
                                   significant prejudice to a student may result.                                                       and first professional degree programs are summarized below. Course sequences for the preprofes-
                                                                                                                                        sional and professional curriculum in a particular degree program may be found in the specific
                                   Withdrawal from a Course
                                                                                                                                        sections pertaining to each of the College’s schools and divisions.
                                   Students may withdraw from a course through the end of the tenth week of the fall or spring
                                   semester with the exception of block-scheduled courses and all summer session (in these
                                   courses, withdrawal must be by the end of the third week). No refunds are given after the
                                   end of the official add/drop period. After the official add/drop period, students who choose         Placement in Mathematics Courses
                                   to withdraw receive a grade of W for the course. The withdrawal slip must be signed by the           Students are placed in mathematics courses based on their SATs and degree program. Any
                                   student’s advisor. Every registered student who remains in a course is given a grade. Simply         changes in assigned mathematics courses must be discussed and approved by the coordinator
                                   failing to attend classes does not constitute withdrawal.                                            of mathematics in the School of Arts and Sciences during the add/drop period at the begin-
                                   Withdrawal from the College                                                                          ning of the fall semester.
                                   A student must complete an exit interview with the Associate Dean for the Academic Resource          Oral Proficiency Requirement–Boston
    108                            Center or designee (Boston) or Assistant Dean for Academic Support Services (Worcester/                                                                                                                    109
                                   Manchester) prior to withdrawing from the College. The student must also complete a With-            All students who enter the College in any bachelor of science or first professional degree
                                   drawal Form, which calls for the signatures of the Associate Dean for the Academic Resource          program must, as a requirement for graduation, demonstrate oral proficiency by passing an
                                   Center (Boston) or designee or Assistant Dean for Academic Support Services (Worcester/              examination designed and evaluated by faculty. The Oral Proficiency Exam (OPE) is admin-
                                   Manchester), and Student Financial Services. Failure to complete the withdrawal process              istered prior to the student’s first semester at the College. Students whose oral exam results
                                   results in automatic failure in all courses in which the student is currently enrolled and forfei-   do not meet College standards must take LIB 253 (Oral Communication in Health Care)
                                   ture of any pro-rated tuition refund.                                                                within the first year of matriculation. This course carries liberal arts or general elective credit
                                                                                                                                        (but not humanities credit). Students who fail the OPE or who fail to take the OPE dur-
                                   Withdrawn students are not eligible for College services.                                            ing their first semester at the College are automatically registered in LIB 253.

                                                                                                                                        Writing Proficiency Requirement–Boston
                                                                                                                                        Students who enter the College without credit for LIB 111 (primarily first-year students)
                                                                                                                                        will be placed in a skills-building course, LIB 110 (Introduction to Academic Reading and
                                                                                                                                        Writing) or in LIB 111 (Expository Writing I). To meet the writing proficiency requirement,
                                                                                                                                        these students must complete either the LIB 110, LIB 111, LIB 112 sequence or the LIB
                                                                                                                                        111, LIB 112 sequence, and they must continue to meet writing proficiency standards as
                                                                                                                                        these are monitored across the curriculum. Students placed in LIB 110 will earn liberal arts
                                                                                                                                        or general elective credit.
                                                                                                                                        All students who have entered the College in any bachelor of science or first professional de-
                                                                                                                                        gree program AND have credit for LIB 111 and LIB 112 (primarily transfer students) must
                                                                                                                                        meet writing proficiency standards as these are monitored across the curriculum.
                                                                                                                                        To insure all students achieve and maintain writing proficiency, the School of Arts and Sci-
                                                                                                                                        ences has developed guidelines for Writing Intensive (WI) courses and a system for Writing
                                                                                                                                        Proficiency (WP) referrals. In addition, faculty are encouraged to incorporate writing empha-
                                                                                                                                        ses in their classes wherever possible.
                                                                                                                                        In the School of Arts and Sciences, LIB 110, LIB 111, LIB 112, and all HUM courses are
                                                                                                                                        designated as WI. Faculty in other disciplines may offer WI courses if they meet the follow-
                                                                                                                                        ing criteria.
                                                                                                                                          • The amount of required writing should be significant, approximately 3,750-5,000
                                                                                                                                            words (15-20 pages) of graded writing. The total words/pages should be divided among
                                                                                                                                            two or more assignments, and at least one assignment should include a draft which
                                                                                                                                            students revise with instructor feedback. A single term paper/project is an option, but
                                                                                                                                            the project should include several smaller assignments (e.g., a project proposal, followed
                                                                                                                                            by a literature review or annotated bibliography, then a completed draft, and a revised
                                                                                                                                            final project).
                                   • Faculty should devote class time to instruction on writing practices in their disciplines       Exemptions from General Education Requirements – Worcester/
General education requirements




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    General education requirements
                                     (e.g., abstracts, writing style, citation conventions and formats) and on strategies for        Manchester
                                     successful completion of assignments; they should provide detailed writing assignment
                                                                                                                                     Students enrolled in degree programs on the Worcester and Manchester campuses are exempt
                                     instructions and evaluation criteria.
                                                                                                                                     from the all General Education Requirements, provided they have completed a baccalaureate
                                   • Faculty teaching WI courses should set aside a portion of the course grade (minimum
                                                                                                                                     degree at an accredited institution of higher education in the United States. (Applicants must
                                     of 40%) based on writing assignments (this is not grading for writing skills per se but
                                                                                                                                     still fulfill all prerequisite courses required for admission to their degree program.) Students
                                     for writing assignments which include demonstration of content learning).
                                                                                                                                     in the accelerated Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) program are an exception in that they
                                   • WI courses should have enrollments capped at 30 students or less.
                                                                                                                                     are required to complete the OPE during their first year of matriculation.  Administration
                                   • WI course faculty across the curriculum should employ shared proficiency and grading
                                                                                                                                     of required courses for students who fail these exams is arranged by the ESL Specialist in
                                     rubrics when assessing students’ writing proficiency or evaluating writing assignments.
                                                                                                                                     Worcester/Manchester.
                                 To continually reinforce writing proficiency standards, faculty across the curriculum use a         Medical Terminology Requirement
                                 shared writing proficiency rubric to identify students who appear to need additional skills
                                 development to meet WP standards. These students are referred to the College Writing Cen-           Competency in medical terminology is required of students in certain degree programs. Stu-
                                 ter (WC) where the staff makes proficiency determinations. Based on individual situations,          dents usually meet this competency within their programs. A medical terminology course
                                 students may be assigned to writing tutors or workshops to address specific writing problems.       taken off campus is not awarded general elective credit in any program. All School of Medical
                                 Failure to complete an assigned workshop or activity could result in a grading penalty or an        Imaging and Therapeutics students in accelerated baccalaureate programs are required to
    110                                                                                                                              pass, with a grade of C or higher, RSC 110 Medical Terminology for the Radiologic Sciences                     111
                                 incomplete grade in the referring course (based on syllabus requirements).
                                                                                                                                     prior to progression into their first clinical internship course (NMT 330C or MRI 402 or
                                 The intent of the WP referral system is to integrate writing expectations, instruction, and         RAD 201C or RTT 201C).
                                 development in disciplinary/professional contexts that build on foundations established in
                                 the general education curriculum.                                                                   Students who are unsuccessful in their first attempt to pass RSC 110 may be delayed in pro-
                                                                                                                                     gression in their curriculum while repeating the course. Note that students are only allowed
                                 Oral Proficiency Examination–Worcester/Manchester                                                   two attempts to successfully complete a course. Failure to successfully achieve a grade of C or
                                                                                                                                     higher in the second attempt of RSC 110, therefore, will result in dismissal from their School
                                 Pharmacy students at the Worcester or Manchester campuses must complete the OPE during
                                                                                                                                     of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics program.
                                 their first year of matriculation. Administration of required courses for students who fail these
                                 exams is arranged by the ESL Specialist in Worcester/Manchester.                                    Medical terminology is a prerequisite for admission to all postbaccalaureate School of Medi-
                                                                                                                                     cal Imaging and Therapeutics programs, effective Summer/Fall 2010.
                                 OPE Exemption
                                                                                                                                     First Year Seminar
                                 Students are exempt from the OPE requirement only if they are matriculated in a program
                                 that requires a baccalaureate degree as a condition of admission, or if they are in a certificate   All students entering the College as first year students must take a one semester hour First
                                 program.                                                                                            Year Seminar during the fall semester. The seminar is designed to ease the transition from
                                                                                                                                     high school to college by orienting students to College resources, career opportunities, and
                                 Information Literacy Requirements (Library Modules)                                                 the academic skills needed for classroom success. (Transfer students are exempt from this
                                 As a requirement for graduation, students must demonstrate proficiency in the use of infor-         requirement.)
                                 mation resources by passing a series of instructional modules. The modules are designed and
                                                                                                                                     Arts and Sciences Core Curriculum
                                 evaluated by library faculty. They are tailored to each degree program at the College and must
                                 be taken sequentially and at specific times in the curriculum. In general, the three library        All bachelor of science and first professional degree programs at MCPHS must incorporate
                                 modules (INF 101, 102, and 103) must be completed in the first year in which a student              the Arts and Sciences Core Curriculum through curriculum components that are equivalent
                                 enters MCPHS. While not carrying any degree credit, the requirements must be met in order           to the following minimum standards.
                                 to register for certain courses in degree programs and to qualify for graduation. Librarians at     DIscIplIne(s)                                                                             MInIMuM stanDarD
                                 each campus or the “Libraries” link on www.mcphs.edu can help students determine specific
                                                                                                                                     science and Mathematics                             23 s.h.
                                 program requirements.
                                                                                                                                             life sciences                                         two courses, including at least one laboratory

                                 Exemptions from General Education Requirements – Boston                                                     chemistry                                                            two courses, with laboratories
                                                                                                                                             Mathematics, physics and computer science                                               two courses
                                 Students enrolled in a certificate program, or in degree programs for which a baccalaureate
                                                                                                                                             statistics                                                                               one course
                                 degree is an admission requirement, are exempted from the core curriculum, oral and writ-
                                                                                                                                     liberal arts                                        30 s.h.
                                 ing proficiency, and library module requirements. Students in the 30-month Physician As-
                                                                                                                                             health care ethics                                                                       one course
                                 sistant Studies program (Boston) are an exception in that they are required to complete the
                                                                                                                                             communication studies                                                                    one course
                                 library module requirement though exempt from the core curriculum and oral and writing
                                 proficiency.                                                                                                composition (includes introduction to                                                   two courses
                                                                                                                                             literature)
                                                                                                                                               components, and Internet resources. They foster the creative organization and presentation of
General education requirements




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      General education requirements
                                 DIscIplIne(s)                                                                           MInIMuM stanDarD
                                         Introduction to Behavioral science                                                      one course    information, enhance problem-solving and data management skills, and develop abilities to
                                         Introduction to social science                                                          one course    track and use new information pertinent to professional learning and practice.
                                         liberal arts distribution                                        four courses; at least one course    Statistics:
                                                                                                     (elective or required) must be in each    Statistics is a core course because it provides tools needed to accurately assess statistical analy-
                                                                                                of the three distribution areas (humanities,   ses that are reported in both the mass media and scholarly publications. The ability to ef-
                                                                                                  social sciences, and behavioral sciences)    fectively interpret numerical and graphical statistics is necessary for advanced study in the
                                 Core Curriculum Rationale                                                                                     health professions and it is essential that health care professionals demonstrate knowledge
                                 Preamble: The Arts and Sciences Core Curriculum and General Education                                         of the statistical terminology and methodologies found in the biomedical and professional
                                 In addition to education in the various Arts and Sciences disciplines and preparatory work                    literature. The formal study of statistics complements the sciences because it also requires that
                                 in areas prerequisite to the curricula of the professional programs, the Arts and Sciences                    students learn to formulate and test hypotheses and draw appropriate conclusions.
                                 core curriculum promotes an integrated education. Integration facilitates liberal learning in                 Health Care Ethics:
                                 the professional curricula through emphasis on six general ability-based outcomes: critical                   Ethics is a necessary component of any professional education. Health care ethics prepares
                                 thinking and decision-making, social interaction and citizenship, self-awareness and social                   students to identify the salient ethical issues that arise in contemporary health care practice
                                 responsibility, life-long learning, communication, and value-based action. Allocation of space                (including biomedical and behavioral research). Formal instruction puts these contemporary
                                 for distribution electives along with the presence of required courses in interpersonal com-                  issues in broader context by introducing students to the historical quest for a coherent and
    112                          munication and health care ethics during the advanced and professional years affirms the                      comprehensive normative ethical theory to guide personal and professional conduct. It also             113
                                 faculty’s commitment to education of the whole person.                                                        reviews and evaluates the strengths and limitations of competing normative ethical theories
                                 Life Sciences:                                                                                                and engages students in theoretical discussion and analysis of problematic case studies. This
                                 The life sciences introduce students to fundamental biological principles that are necessary                  core component forms one of the crucial general ability-based outcomes in professional edu-
                                 to their future studies as health care professionals. Courses such as Cell and Molecular Biol-                cation: the responsible use of values and ethical principles.
                                 ogy and Biology of Organisms establish the foundations for understanding the cellular, bio-                   Communication:
                                 chemical, immunological, and microbial mechanisms that form the bases of more advanced                        Interpersonal communication is also a necessary core component in the education of health
                                 studies, such as microbiology, physiology, pathophysiology, and pharmaceutical biotechnol-                    professionals. Communication studies provide a theoretical model for understanding the
                                 ogy. The life sciences component of the core curriculum is designed to provide students with                  two-way nature of communication and the various factors that influence the transmission
                                 a breadth of basic knowledge and practice in applying that knowledge to solve complex                         and exchange of information and the development of interpersonal relationships, including
                                 problems. Emphasis on active learning strategies in both didactic and laboratory assignments                  patient-provider relationships. Communication studies help students assess their communi-
                                 prepares students for the independent and advanced learning required by all degree programs                   cation competencies, improve their ability to work with colleagues, and adapt to new social
                                 at the College.                                                                                               environments. Students learn listening and public speaking skills, assertiveness strategies, and
                                 Chemistry:                                                                                                    ways of demonstrating empathy. Enhanced self-awareness and self-esteem contribute to pro-
                                 Chemistry introduces students to the composition, structure and properties of substances                      fessional development and life-long learning.
                                 and is fundamental to an understanding of the physical world. By gaining knowledge of                         Composition:
                                 the particulate nature of matter students learn an explanatory paradigm that supports the                     Expository Writing develops the ability to write clearly, concisely and precisely. The use of
                                 biological and pharmaceutical sciences and illuminates the history of science and technology.                 writing as a tool for learning increases academic performance across the curriculum and pro-
                                 Since the atomic world is not directly observable, the discipline of chemistry cultivates formal              motes student-centered learning. Writing from sources teaches summary, synthesis and criti-
                                 reasoning skills, such as drawing inferences from observations. By approaching knowledge                      cism skills that are basic to all disciplines. Expository writing also develops research skills,
                                 through a constructivist perspective, chemistry complements the liberal arts and develops an                  including the use of library and online resources, location and evaluation of source materials,
                                 appreciation for open-minded and dynamic learning.                                                            thesis formulation and development, and referencing and citation techniques. Attention to
                                 Mathematics, Physics and Computer Science:                                                                    works of prose fiction, drama and poetry and student-centered exploration of moods and
                                 Mathematics is the basic language of the sciences. The process of learning mathematics helps                  meanings in expressive media provide the foundation for humanistic, literary and aesthetic
                                 develop logical and rational habits of reasoning and acclimates students to the operation of                  analysis.
                                 formal systems. Physics helps students implement active learning strategies in the analysis                   Introduction to the Behavioral Sciences:
                                 and solution of complex problems requiring the integration of symbolic, mathematical rea-                     A foundational course in the behavioral sciences teaches students how internal factors (e.g.,
                                 soning with verbal and visual thinking skills. Laboratories cast the student in the role of re-               personality and motives) and external factors (e.g., social pressures) combine to affect behav-
                                 searcher and emphasize the importance of careful procedure and observation in the collection                  ior. Students learn to appreciate the manner in which human behavior can be studied sys-
                                 and analysis of experimental data. A sound understanding of calculus and the calculus-based                   tematically and scientifically. They also come to understand the differences between “normal”
                                 concepts and principles of mechanics provides a necessary foundation for advanced study                       and “abnormal” behavior and how difficult it can be to distinguish these. Students learn that
                                 in chemistry and the biomedical and pharmaceutical sciences. Computers and communica-                         some of their assumptions about humans are misconceptions and stereotypes, and they learn
                                 tion technologies have become integral aspects of scientific learning and professional prac-                  to apply the concepts, theories and principles of psychology and/or sociology to develop a
                                 tice. Computer science courses provide knowledge of critical software applications, hardware                  better understanding of themselves and those around them.
                                 Introduction to the Social Sciences:
General education requirements




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       General education requirements
                                                                                                                                                        ssc 430*                                  the Fifties: Introduction to american studies                                    3
                                 A foundational, interdisciplinary course in the social sciences teaches students the value of                          ssc 431*                                  the sixties: Introduction to american studies                                    3
                                 historical perspective and terms and concepts basic to disciplinary study in the social sciences                       ssc 440                                   Women in history                                                                 3
                                 (e.g., culture, class, ethnicity, race, gender and social construction). Students survey historical                    ssc 495                                   evolution of the health professions                                              3
                                 patterns of immigration and social transformation, study themes related to the emergence of                            *if not taken for the required course
                                 American culture and identity, and explore various forces and factors that contribute to the                           total s.h. for minor:                                                                                                    15
                                 formation of both individual and collective identities. Students are introduced to the analysis
                                 and use of historical documents, secondary sources and visual media. Students learn how to                             Biology
                                 locate contemporary issues in historical, social, economic, and political frameworks, to iden-                         Coordinator: Dr. Joseph DeMasi
                                 tify individual, social and cultural differences, and to express sensitivity and tolerance within
                                                                                                                                                        The Biology minor provides an opportunity for additional and advanced level study in the
                                 a culturally diverse society.
                                                                                                                                                        biological sciences. The minor will prepare students for post-graduate study in biological and
                                 Liberal Arts Distribution:                                                                                             medical sciences and will provide an optional biology concentration.
                                 Students build on the foundational courses in the humanities, behavioral sciences, and social
                                                                                                                                                        Required Courses
                                 sciences through more advanced or specialized courses in each of these disciplinary areas. For
                                 example, humanities distribution electives include courses in advanced foreign languages,                              Four advanced-level courses from the following list that are not required for a degree*:
                                 aesthetics, literature, philosophy, and religious studies. The inclusion of a fourth liberal arts                      course                                    tItle                                                              seMester hours
    114                          elective permits additional study in one of these areas or selection of a language or commu-                           BIo 4xx                                   advanced Microbiology                                                            4   115
                                 nication course at a level appropriate to the student’s needs. The liberal arts electives assure
                                                                                                                                                        BIo 4xx                                   Molecular Biology of cancer                                                      3
                                 a breadth of learning experiences in general education while allowing latitude for student
                                                                                                                                                        BIo 405                                   plagues of the past, present, and Future                                         3
                                 curriculum preferences.
                                                                                                                                                        psB 328                                   physiology/pathophysiology I                                                     4

                                 Minor Concentration Requirements                                                                                       psB 329                                   physiology/pathophysiology II                                                    4
                                                                                                                                                        total                                                                                                                 14-15
                                 For those students in Arts and Sciences, Health Sciences, or School of Pharmacy–Boston,
                                                                                                                                                        *non-premed majors must take BIo 332 Genetics and three of the following courses: Immunology, advanced Microbiology, Molecu-
                                 who desire further study in specialty areas, minor concentrations are available in American                            lar Biology of cancer, and plagues of the past, present and Future.
                                 studies, biology, chemistry, health psychology, medical humanities, and premedical studies.
                                                                                                                                                        Chemistry
                                 Requirements for completion of some minor concentrations vary for students in the Pre-                                 Coordinator: Dr. Alfred R. Garafalo
                                 medical and Health Studies degree program. They declare minors by completing a program-
                                                                                                                                                        Required Courses
                                 specific Declaration of Minor Concentration form, and they must fulfill the minor require-
                                 ments defined for their program in this catalog.                                                                       course                                    tItle                                                              seMester hours
                                                                                                                                                        che 234                                   organic chemistry II laboratory                                                 1
                                 American Studies
                                 Coordinators: Dr. Jennifer L. Tebbe and Dr. David E. Tanner                                                            che 314                                   analytical chemistry (w/lab)                                                    4
                                                                                                                                                        che 717                                   Instrumental analysis (w/lab) or
                                 The American Studies minor is designed to offer students an opportunity to coordinate lib-
                                                                                                                                                        che 340                                   Inorganic chemistry (w/lab)                                                     4
                                 eral arts electives in several disciplines—behavioral sciences, literature, history, social and
                                                                                                                                                        phY 272                                   Foundations of physics I lab                                                    1
                                 political sciences—to form a coherent body of knowledge in the study of American culture.
                                                                                                                                                        phY 274                                   Foundations of physics II (w/lab)                                               4
                                 Required Courses                                                                                                       total                                                                                                                    14
                                 course                                       tItle                                                    seMester hours   Health Psychology
                                 lIB 530                                      undergraduate research project                                       3    Coordinator: Dr. Stacie Spencer
                                                                              (following completion of a least 12 s.h. in the minor)
                                 ssc 430                                      the Fifties: Introduction to american studies or                          The Health Psychology minor is designed to offer students a solid foundation in the theories,
                                 ssc 431                                      the sixties: Introduction to american studies                        3    approaches, and methods of psychology as they relate to health care and to provide prepa-
                                 total                                                                                                             6    ration for careers in such areas as health promotion, mental-health pharmacy, psychiatric
                                                                                                                                                        nursing and social-services delivery. Students must earn a minimum of 15 semester hours.
                                 Elective Courses
                                                                                                                                                        Required Courses
                                 three courses selected from the following for a total of 9 semester hours
                                                                                                                                                        course                                    tItle                                                              seMester hours
                                 course                                       tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                                                        Beh 250                                   health psychology                                                                3
                                 huM 252                                      the short story                                                      3
                                                                                                                                                        Beh 451                                   research Methods in health and Behavior                                          3
                                 huM 458                                      Modern american Writers                                              3
                                                                                                                                                        total                                                                                                                      6
                                 ssc 230                                      cultural anthropology                                                3
                                 ssc 340                                      survey of Modern american history                                    3
                                 Elective Courses                                                                                                                         Emmanuel Theater Guild
General education requirements




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           General education requirements
                                 three additional Beh courses with at least one Basic (traditional areas not directly associated with health issues) and one applied      Simmons Chorale
                                 (courses that have a specific health related focus) course. lists of Basic and applied courses can be found on the Mcphs website,        Wheelock Family Theater
                                 at the academic resource center, and will be provided to students when they are accepted into the minor.
                                                                                                                                                                       Information on available performing arts courses, the performance ensembles and comple-
                                 Medical Humanities
                                                                                                                                                                       tion of the minor is available from:
                                 Coordinator: Dr. David E. Tanner
                                                                                                                                                                       Dean Delia Anderson, MCPHS advisor for the Minor in Performing Arts, in the School of
                                 The Medical Humanities minor provides a coordinated curriculum of study that emphasizes                                               Arts and Sciences; and Raymond Fahrner, Director, Office of Performing Arts, Colleges of
                                 the relevance of humanistic perspectives to illness experiences and the health care professions.                                      the Fenway (617.521.2075)
                                 Required Courses                                                                                                                      Premedical Minor
                                                                                                                                                                       MCPHS offers a solid preparation for entrance into medical, dental, optometry, podiatry
                                 course                                      tItle                                                                  seMester hours
                                                                                                                                                                       or veterinary schools. Majors in pharmacy and chemistry follow a curriculum that meets or
                                 lIB 512                                     health care ethics (included in a&s core curriculum)                                 3
                                                                                                                                                                       exceeds the minimum requirements of most medical schools. Majors in health psychology
                                 Elective Courses                                                                                                                      may choose electives that also fulfill premedical requirements.
                                 Five 3 s.h. courses from the following lists: at least two courses must be selected from each of the humanities and social sciences   Medical schools vary in their recommendations beyond the minimum requirements. Stu-
                                 lists; one course may be chosen from the Behavioral sciences list. total for elective courses = 15 s.h.
                                                                                                                                                                       dents who choose the premedical minor may tailor their preparation for specific medical
    116                          Humanities                                                                                                                            schools by selecting appropriate electives. Opportunities are also available for excellent stu-     117
                                 course                                      tItle                                                                  seMester hours     dents to do research in a laboratory or clinical setting, thereby improving their skills and
                                 huM 340                                     Introduction to philosophy                                                           3    helping the chance of admission to a medical school.
                                 huM 355                                     science, technology, and Values                                                      3    Students who are interested in applying to medical, dental, optometry, podiatry or veterinary
                                 huM 452                                     Women Writers                                                                        3    schools should obtain and complete a Declaration of Minor Concentration form no later
                                 huM 456                                     literature and Medicine                                                              3    than the fall of the second year. Forms are available from the BS in Premedical and Health
                                 Social Sciences                                                                                                                       Studies program director in the School of Arts and Sciences and the Advising Center.
                                 course                                      tItle                                                                  seMester hours
                                                                                                                                                                       Required Courses
                                 ssc 230                                     cultural anthropology                                                                3
                                 ssc 432                                     Medical anthropology                                                                 3    course                          tItle                                              seMester hours

                                 ssc 444                                     cigarettes in american culture                                                       3    BIo 151                         Biology I: cellular and Molecular Biology                      3
                                 ssc 495                                     evolution of the health professions                                                  3    BIo 152                         Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                       4

                                 Behavioral Sciences                                                                                                                   BIo 255                         Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                                   4

                                 course                                      tItle                                                                  seMester hours
                                                                                                                                                                       che 131                         chemical principles I (w/lab)                                  4

                                 Beh 254                                     Death and Dying                                                                      3    che 132                         chemical principles II (w/lab)                                 4

                                 Beh 405                                     Mind/Body Medicine                                                                   3    che 231                         organic chemistry I (w/lab)                                    4

                                 Beh 454                                     stress and Illness                                                                   3    che 232                         organic chemistry II                                           3
                                                                                                                                                                       che 234l                        organic chemistry II laboratory                                1
                                 Performing Arts Minor (Colleges of the Fenway)
                                                                                                                                                                       Mat 151*                        calculus I                                                     3
                                 The Colleges of the Fenway Minor in Performing Arts integrates performing experiences
                                                                                                                                                                       Mat 152 *                       calculus II                                                    3
                                 with classroom study of the performing arts: dance, music, theater and performance art. The
                                                                                                                                                                       phY 2708                        Foundations of physics I                                       3
                                 minor includes study, observation and practice of the performing arts. It consists of Introduc-
                                                                                                                                                                       phY 272l*                       Foundations of physics I laboratory                            1
                                 tion to Performing Arts, three discipline-specific courses (dance, music and theater), and one
                                                                                                                                                                       phY 274*                        Foundations of physics II (w/lab)                              4
                                 upper level course, as well as three semesters of an approved performance ensemble.
                                                                                                                                                                       psB 331                         Biochemistry I                                                 3
                                 Requirements                                                                                                                          psB 332                         Biochemistry II                                                3
                                 A. Four academic courses as follows:
                                    Introduction to the Performing Arts                                                                                                * Mat 171 and 172 and Phy 281 and 284 may be substituted for these courses
                                    Three courses, one each in music, dance and theater
                                                                                                                                                                       Elective Courses
                                 B. One upper-level elective course
                                                                                                                                                                       In addition to required courses, students seeking to earn a premedical minor must complete
                                 C. Three semesters of participation in an approved co-curricular (non-credit) perform-                                                three electives from the following list:
                                 ing arts activity from the following list:
                                   COF Orchestra                                                                                                                       course                          tItle                                              seMester hours

                                   COF Chorus                                                                                                                          Beh 250                         health psychology                                               3
                                   COF Dance Project                                                                                                                   Beh 352                         human Development through the life cycle                        3
                                   COF Theater Project
                                                                                                                      MCPHS–Boston
General education requirements




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           mcphs–boston
                                 course    tItle                                                     seMester hours

                                 Beh 405   Mind/Body Medicine                                                    3
                                 Beh 454   stress and Illness                                                    3
                                                                                                                      School of Arts and Sciences
                                 BIo 332   Genetics                                                              3    Delia Castro Anderson, PhD, Professor and Dean;
                                 BIo 531   public health                                                         3    Roger M. Denome PhD, Associate Professor and Associate Dean
                                 BIo 734   Immunology                                                            3    Professors Blagg, Garafalo, Ginsburg, Richman, Tebbe-Grossman; Associate Professors
                                 huM 456   literature and Medicine                                               3    Bodwell, Chang, Dacey, Farkas, Kelley, Longino, Luca, Nelson, Parkhurst, Spencer, Tanner,
                                 ppB 538   Global Infectious Diseases                                            3    Tataronis; Assistant Professors Barden, Chase, DeMasi, M. Gardner, Gorman, Hart, Heis-
                                 psB 412   Medical patients’ rights and professionals’ liabilities               3
                                                                                                                      ing, Ho, Petersen, Wojiski, Xie; Instructors Grobman, Johnson, Shifley; Faculty Associates
                                 ssc 432   Medical anthropology                                                  3
                                                                                                                      Bouchard, Broadbelt, Chen, DePierro, Dhimitri, Grandy, Guerrera, Holloway, Jana, Peden.
                                 ssc 495   evolution of the health professions                                   3


                                                                                                                      Degree Programs
                                                                                                                        BS in Chemistry/MS in Pharmaceutical Chemistry
                                                                                                                        BS in Health Psychology
    118                                                                                                                 BS in Health Sciences                                                                              119
                                                                                                                        BS in Health Sciences Degree Completion (traditional and online)
                                                                                                                        BS in Medical and Molecular Biology
                                                                                                                        BS in Premedical and Health Studies
                                                                                                                        BS in Public Health

                                                                                                                      Technical Standards for the School of Arts and Sciences*
                                                                                                                      The School of Arts and Sciences has specified the following non-academic criteria (“technical
                                                                                                                      standards”) which all students are expected to meet, with or without reasonable accommoda-
                                                                                                                      tion, in order to participate in the educational programs of the school.
                                                                                                                      Observation
                                                                                                                      Students must be able to carry out procedures involved in the learning process that are funda-
                                                                                                                      mental to the courses offered at the College. Students are expected to actively participate in all
                                                                                                                      demonstrations/laboratory exercises in the basic sciences, and to learn and function in a wide
                                                                                                                      variety of didactic settings in science, humanities, social and behavioral science courses. Such
                                                                                                                      observation and information acquisition requires the functional use of visual, auditory and
                                                                                                                      somatic sensation. Students must have sufficient vision to be able to observe demonstrations,
                                                                                                                      experiments and laboratory exercises in the sciences, including computer assisted instruction.
                                                                                                                      They must be able to view images via a microscope.
                                                                                                                      Communication
                                                                                                                      Students must be able to communicate effectively in English with faculty, students, admin-
                                                                                                                      istrators and peers in settings where communication is typically oral or written. They should
                                                                                                                      be able to speak, hear and observe in order to be effectively involved in the didactic learning
                                                                                                                      process. They are expected to acquire, assimilate, interpret, integrate, and apply information
                                                                                                                      from direct observation, oral communication, written messages, films, slides, microscope,
                                                                                                                      and other media.
                                                                                                                      Motor and Sensory
                                                                                                                      Students must possess sufficient motor function, fine motor skills and sensory skills to per-
                                                                                                                      form the requirements identified in their respective professional career tract. They should
                                                                                                                      possess sufficient motor function to execute the necessary movements to participate in the
                                                                                                                      laboratory portion of the science courses. Such actions require coordination of both gross and
                                                                                                                      fine muscular movements, equilibrium and functional use of the senses of touch and vision.
               *These technical standards were adapted from the Report of the Special Advisory Panel on Tech-
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                   ssc 495                          evolution of the health professions                                  3
               nical Standards for Medical School Admission, AAMC, 2008 (http://www.samuelmerritt.edu/                                              General elective                                                     3
               medicine/technical_standards).                                                                      total                                                                                                16

               Bachelor of Science in Medical and Molecular Biology                                                Year II—spring
               The BS in Medical and Molecular Biology major is an undergraduate degree that prepares              course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               students for a number of employment and post-graduate study opportunities. These include:           BIo 255                          Medical Microbiology                                                 4
               entry level laboratory positions; post-graduate certificate studies leading to careers in bio-      BIo 260                          Molecular Biology                                                    3
               technology, forensic science, and the clinical laboratory sciences; graduate studies in biology     che 232                          organic chemistry II                                                 3
               leading to careers in research, industry and education; and application to medical and profes-      che 234l                         organic chemistry II lab                                             1
               sional schools.                                                                                     Mat 261                          statistics                                                           3

               The curriculum design provides a broad foundation in the sciences, and a wide variety of lib-                                        humanities elective                                                  3
               eral arts courses that are integrated throughout the program. Major requirements in biology         total                                                                                                17
               include medical microbiology and molecular biology in the second year; biochemistry, genet-         Year III—fall
               ics, three molecular and cellular biology electives, and three medical biology electives in the
                                                                                                                   course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               third and fourth years; and two fourth-year courses (Experimental Techniques and Science
 120           Communication) that develop advanced laboratory skills and provide a synthetic, capstone            lIB 220                          Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3    121
                                                                                                                                                    professionals
               experience. In addition, students are encouraged to participate in undergraduate research op-
                                                                                                                   phY 270                          Foundations of physics I                                             3
               portunities at the College or in research/clinical laboratories in the local area.
                                                                                                                   phY 272l                         Foundations of physics I laboratory                                  1
               To remain in good academic standing in the BS in Medical and Molecular Biology program,             psB 331                          Biochemistry I                                                       3
               students must maintain a cumulative 2.0 GPA and a 2.0 GPA in BIO, CHE and PSB 331                                                    humanities elective                                                  3
               courses. To meet the residency requirement for the BS in Medical and Molecular Biology,                                              Behavioral science elective                                          3
               students must complete at least 63 s.h. at the College.                                             total                                                                                                16

                                                                                                                   Year III—spring
               Curriculum: BS in Medical and Molecular Biology
                                                                                                                   course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               Year I—fall
                                                                                                                   BIo 332                          Genetics                                                             3
               course                          tItle                                              seMester hours   lIB 512                          health care ethics                                                   3
               BIo 150                         Biology I: laboratory                                          1                                     Biology electives                                                    6
               BIo 151                         Biology I: cell and Molecular Biology                          3                                     Behavioral science elective                                          3
               che 131                         chemical principles I (w/lab)                                  4    total                                                                                                15
               lIB 111                         expository Writing I                                           3
                                                                                                                   Year IV—fall
               Mat 151                         calculus I                                                     3
                                                                                                                   course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               FYs 101                         First Year seminar                                             1
                                                                                                                   BIo xxx                          experimental techniques                                              2
               total                                                                                         15
                                                                                                                                                    Biology electives                                                    6
               Year I—spring
                                                                                                                                                    lIB elective                                                         3
               course                          tItle                                              seMester hours                                    General elective                                                     3
               BIo 152                         Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                       4    total                                                                                                14
               che 132                         chemical principles II (w/lab)                                 4
                                                                                                                   Year IV—spring
               lIB 112                         expository Writing II                                          3
               Mat 152                         calculus II                                                    3    course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours

               lIB 133                         american culture, Identity and public life                     3    BIo xxx                          science communication                                                3
               total                                                                                         17                                     Biology electives                                                    6
                                                                                                                                                    General electives                                                    6
               Year II—fall
                                                                                                                   total                                                                                                15
               course                          tItle                                              seMester hours   Total credits to complete degree requirements: 125 s.h.
               che 231                         organic chemistry I (w/lab)                                    4
               lIB 120                         Introduction to psychology                                     3
               ssc 230                         cultural anthropology                                          3
               Molecular and Cellular Biology Electives (3 must be chosen from this category):
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                  BIo 151                          Biology I: cell and Molecular Biology                           3
               BIo 405                         plagues of the past, present and Future                            che 131                          chemical principles I (w/lab)                                   4
               BIo 4xx                         advanced Microbiology                                              lIB 111                          expository Writing I                                            3
               BIo 4xx                         Molecular Biology of cancer                                        Mat 151                          calculus I                                                      3
               BIo 530                         undergraduate research project                                     lIB 120*                         Introduction to psychology                                      3

               BIo xxx                         histology                                                          FYs 101                          First Year seminar                                              1
                                                                                                                  total                                                                                           18
               BIoxxx                          cell Biology
               psB 332                         Biochemistry II                                                    Year I—spring
               psB 440                         Molecular Biotechnology                                            course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                  BIo 152                          Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                        4
               Medical and Molecular Biology Electives (3 must be chosen from this category):
                                                                                                                  che 132                          chemical principles II (w/lab)                                  4
               Beh 341                         Biological psychology
                                                                                                                  lIB 112                          expository Writing II                                           3
               BIo 531                         public health                                                      lIB 133*                         am. culture, Identity and public life                           3
               BIo 734                         Immunology                                                         Mat 152                          calculus II                                                     3
               BIo xxx                         advanced physiology                                                total                                                                                           17
 122           BIo xxx                         parasitology
                                                                                                                  *May be taken either semester.                                                                        123
               Mat xxx                         Biostatistics
                                                                                                                  Year II—fall
               psB 328/329                     physiology/pathophysiology I & II
                                               endocrinology (coF)                                                course                           tItle                                               seMester hours

                                               Medical neuroscience (coF)                                         che 231                          organic chemistry I (w/lab)                                     4
                                                                                                                  Mat 261                          statistics                                                      3
                                               neurobiology (coF)
                                                                                                                  phY 270                          Foundations of physics I                                        3
               Bachelor of Science in Chemistry                                                                   phY 272l                         Foundations of physics I lab                                    1
               Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Chemistry                                                                                       Distribution electives                                          6
                                                                                                                  total                                                                                           17
               The BS in Chemistry/MS in Pharmaceutical Chemistry program is designed for students
               who are interested in a career in chemistry. It allows students to obtain a master’s degree in     Year II—spring
               five years instead of the six to seven years that it would take to complete two degrees sepa-
                                                                                                                  course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
               rately. Additionally, this program is designed to take advantage of the College’s strengths in
                                                                                                                  che 232                          organic chemistry II                                            3
               the pharmaceutical sciences. Students will obtain experience in biotechnology techniques
                                                                                                                  che 234l                         organic chemistry II lab                                        1
               and will learn the principles of drug design and mechanism of action. The BS/MS includes
                                                                                                                  che 314                          analytical chemistry (w/lab)                                    4
               both a research project and an internship, ensuring that graduates will be prepared to work
                                                                                                                  InF 210                          survey of literature of chemistry                               1
               in industry or pursue a PhD.
                                                                                                                  lIB 252                          Introduction to speech                                          3
               The required courses for the BS degree will be completed in the fall of the fourth year. A         phY 274                          Foundations of physics II (w/lab)                               4
               student who decides to pursue the BS degree alone must take additional elective credits in the     total                                                                                           16
               spring of the fourth year to complete the 127 total semester hours required for the BS. Stu-
               dents continuing in the BS/MS program complete the entire curriculum as outlined. They             Year III—fall
               must be enrolled for one summer in order to complete the research project.                         course                           tItle                                               seMester hours

               To remain in good academic standing in the BS in Chemistry program, students must main-            che 717                          Instrumental analysis (w/lab)                                   4
               tain a cumulative 2.0 GPA. To progress into the MS phase, students must apply at the end           cheM 331**                       thermodynamics and Kinetics (w/lab)                             4
               of their third year, successfully complete an interview, and have an overall GPA of 3.0, as        lIB 512                          health care ethics                                              3
               well as a 3.0 or better GPA in all BIO, CHE/CHM, MAT, and PHY courses. Students must               psB 331                          Biochemistry I                                                  3
               maintain a 3.0 GPA to remain in good academic standing in the MS program. To meet the                                               Distribution elective                                           3
               residency requirement for the BS, students must complete at least 64 s.h. at the College.          total                                                                                           17
               All fourth and fifth year requirements for the MS degree must be completed at the College.         Year III—spring
               Curriculum: BS in Chemistry/MS in Pharmaceutical Chemistry
                                                                                                                  course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
               Year I—fall
                                                                                                                  che 340                          Inorganic chemistry (w/lab)                                     4
               course                          tItle                                             seMester hours   cheM 332**                       Quantum Mechanics and Molecular structure (w/lab)               4
               BIo 150                         Biology I laboratory                                          1    psB 332                          Biochemistry II                                                 3
                                                                                                                     Year V—spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            mcphs–boston
               psB 333l                         Biochemistry lab I                                              1
                                                Distribution elective                                           3    course                            tItle                                               seMester hours
               total                                                                                           15    che 825                           Internship                                                      12
               **This course is taken at Simmons College.                                                            Total credits to complete BS/MS degree requirements: 150 s.h.

               Year IV—fall                                                                                          Electives
                                                                                                                     cheM 347                          advanced topics in Biochemistry (w/lab) (simmons)               4
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                     che 435                           Green chemistry                                                 3
               che 714                          spectroscopic analysis (w/lab)                                  3
                                                                                                                     che 810                           heterocyclic chemistry                                          2
               che 445                          experimental Methods in Biological chemistry                    2
                                                                                                                     psB 802                           chemistry of Macromolecules                                     3
               che 731                          advanced organic chemistry                                      4
                                                                                                                     psB 815                           Drug Metabolism                                                 3
               psB 346                          physico-chemical properties of Drug Molecules                   3
                                                                                                                     psB 820                           advanced Medicinal chemistry I                                  2
                                                advanced chemistry elective                                     3
                                                                                                                     psB 822                           enzyme Kinetics                                                 2
               total                                                                                           15    psB 851                           Bio-organic chemistry                                           2
               Year IV—spring* (BS degree)
                                                                                                                     Bachelor of Science in Health Psychology
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
 124                                                                                                                 The role of behavioral factors in health promotion, disease prevention, treatment of illness,          125
               che 450                          pharmaceutical chemistry I (w/lab)                              4
                                                                                                                     and health policy has become one of the most interesting and fast-developing topics in the
               che 755                          stereochemistry                                                 3
                                                                                                                     arena of health care. In response to this, the four-year Bachelor of Science in Health Psychol-
                                                advanced chemistry electives*                                 5-6
                                                                                                                     ogy program was developed.
               total                                                                                        12-13
               * Students completing the BS degree alone take two advanced electives in the spring semester, but     The Health Psychology major allows students the flexibility to prepare for bachelor’s-level
               do not register for research or seminar credits. PSB 820 Advanced Medicinal Chemistry I (3sh),        careers in patient care, health care research, management or administration, or further study
               CHE 810 Heterocyclic Chemistry (2 sh), or PSB 851 Bio-Organic Chemistry (2sh) may be taken            in psychology, medicine, public health, or social work. In fact, with the growing empha-
               by BS students only with permission of instructor.                                                    sis medical school admission committees have placed on broad humanities undergraduate
                                                                                                                     preparation, this program could serve as an ideal premedical track.
               Total credits to complete BS degree requirements: 127 s.h.
                                                                                                                     One of only a few in the country, the Health Psychology major produces graduates with a
               Year IV—spring* (MS degree)                                                                           range of knowledge in psychology, a strong preparation in the basic sciences and liberal arts,
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours   and an informed sense of health care issues from other fields such as sociology, law, eth-
               che 450                          pharmaceutical chemistry I (w/lab)                              4    ics, literature, history and health care administration. Students receive training in research,
               che 710                          seminar*                                                        1    methods and statistics. In their senior year, Health Psychology majors apply their knowledge
               che 755                          stereochemistry                                                 3    and receive practical experience through individually tailored internships in a setting such as
               che 880                          research*                                                       2    a stress reduction, pain management or elder-care center, in order to apply their knowledge
                                                advanced chemistry elective*                                  2-3    and receive practical experience.
               total                                                                                        12-13    To remain in good academic standing, students must maintain a cumulative 2.0 GPA. To
               *Students continuing with the MS curriculum register for research, seminar and one advanced           meet the residency requirement for the BS in Health Psychology degree, students must com-
               elective. Recommended MS electives are: PSB 820 Advanced Medicinal Chemistry I (3sh) or PSB           plete at least 62 s.h. at the College.
               851 Bio-Organic Chemistry (2sh).
                                                                                                                     Curriculum: BS in Health Psychology
               Year IV—summer                                                                                        Year I—fall
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours   course                            tItle                                               seMester hours
               che 880                          research                                                        2    BIo 151                           Biology I: cell and Molecular Biology                           3
               Year V—fall                                                                                           che 131                           chemical principles I** (w/lab)                                 4
                                                                                                                     FYs 101                           First Year seminar                                              1
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                     lIB 111                           expository Writing I                                            3
               che 711                          seminar                                                         1
                                                                                                                     lIB 120                           Introduction to psychology                                      3
               che 7xx                          pharmaceutical chemistry II (w/lab)                             4
                                                                                                                     Mat 150                           precalculus* or                                                 3
               che 810                          heterocyclic chemistry                                          2
                                                                                                                     Mat 151                           calculus I
               che 880                          research                                                        2
                                                                                                                     total                                                                                            17
               total                                                                                            9
                                                                                                                     *If placed in MAT 150, the student receives 3 s.h. of general elective credit.
               **After consultation with the program director, students may substitute BIO 110 and 210 (Anat-
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                                                            Basic psychology elective                                         3
               omy and Physiology I and II) for BIO 151 and 152; similarly, they may substitute CHE 110 and                                                 General electives                                                 6
               210 (Basic Chemistry I and II) for CHE 131 and 132.
                                                                                                                          total                                                                                              15
               Year I—spring
                                                                                                                          Year IV—fall
               course                          tItle                                                     seMester hours
                                                                                                                          course                            tItle                                                seMester hours
               lIB 133                         american culture, Identity and public life                            3
                                                                                                                          lIB 590                           health psychology Field placement I                               3
               BIo 152                         Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                              4
                                                                                                                                                            Basic psychology elective                                         3
               che 132                         chemical principles II (w/lab)                                        4
                                                                                                                                                            applied psychology elective                                       3
               lIB 112                         expository Writing II                                                 3
                                                                                                                                                            General electives                                                 6
               Mat 151                         calculus I or
                                                                                                                          total                                                                                              15
               Mat 152                         calculus II                                                           3
               total                                                                                                17    Year IV—spring
               Year II—fall                                                                                               course                            tItle                                                 seMester hours
                                                                                                                          lIB 591                           health psychology Field placement II                              3
               course                          tItle                                                     seMester hours
                                                                                                                          lIB 592                           health psychology capstone seminar                                3
               Beh 101                         health psychology seminar                                             1
 126                                                                                                                                                        General electives                                                 6    127
               Beh 250                         health psychology                                                     3
                                                                                                                          total                                                                                              12
               Mat 261                         statistics                                                            3
               Mat 197                         computer applications                                                 3    Total credits to complete degree requirements: 124 s.h.
               psB 320                         Introduction to health care Delivery                                  3
                                                                                                                          Students must take five behavioral science courses, three basic and two applied, in order to fulfill
                                               humanities elective (or calculus II)                                  3
                                                                                                                          the basic psychology and applied psychology requirements.
               total                                                                                                16

               Year II—spring                                                                                             Health Sciences
               course                          tItle                                                     seMester hours   Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences
               Beh 102                         health psychology seminar                                             1
               Beh 451                         research Methods in health and Behavior                               3
                                                                                                                          This degree program is designed with three options: (1) an entry-level option for students
                                                                                                                          who are undecided about which allied health discipline to pursue and who wish to prepare
               lIB 220                         Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health                3
                                               professionals                                                              for study in a post bachelor’s degree allied health professional program, (2) a degree comple-
                                               Basic psychology elective                                             3    tion option for those allied health workers seeking career progression who earned an associate
                                               General (or humanities) elective                                      3    degree or certificate and who possess current registration, certification or licensure in an allied
                                                                                                                          health discipline, and (3) an online degree completion option, also for allied health workers
                                               health perspectives elective                                          3
                                                                                                                          seeking career progression who earned an associate degree or certificate and who possess cur-
               total                                                                                                16
                                                                                                                          rent registration, certification or licensure in an allied health discipline.
               Year III—fall
                                                                                                                          Please note that this program is not intended for those interested in dentistry, medicine,
               course                          tItle                                                     seMester hours   occupational therapy, optometry, osteopathy, physical therapy, physician assistant studies,
               Beh 103                         health psychology seminar                                             1    or veterinary careers. Students interested in these disciplines are advised to enroll in the
               lIB 512                         health care ethics                                                    3    MCPHS Bachelor of Science in Premedical and Health Studies program, which is designed
                                               applied psychology elective                                           3    to prepare individuals for entry into these disciplines. It is also not intended for those inter-
                                               social science elective                                               3
                                                                                                                          ested in pharmacy.
                                               General elective                                                      3    Baccalaureate Degree Entry-Level Option
                                               humanities elective                                                   3    This option is available to students who are undecided about which allied health discipline to
               total                                                                                                16    pursue. It is primarily intended to lead to second baccalaureate or advanced first professional
                                                                                                                          degree programs, but could also be used as a terminal degree for employment in jobs in health
               Year III—spring                                                                                            sciences areas such as medical and dental products sales, patient education, and research
               course                          tItle                                                     seMester hours   technician. Students must complete the MCPHS Arts and Sciences core curriculum require-
               psB 412                         Medical patients’ rights and professionals’ liabilities               3    ments (55 semester credits) and First Year Seminar requirement (1 semester credit), Health
                                               health perspectives elective                                          3    Sciences Core, Health Sciences Major, and Health Sciences Concentration. The curriculum
                                                                                                                          is flexible, allowing students to build, with the program advisor, schedules of study that are
                                                                                                                          full-time (three-year accelerated or four-year traditional) or part-time.
               1.        Preprofessional courses
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                             ssc 495                          evolution of the health professions                                 3
                        The MCPHS Arts and Sciences core curriculum requirements (55 semester credits) and                   total                                                                                               24
                        First Year Seminar requirement (1 semester credit), must be met. The following courses,              *Students interested in MRI must complete PHY 270 and PHY 272.
                        or their equivalent, will be used to meet these requirements (higher level science and
                                                                                                                             Elective Component (choose 15 credits from this list)
                        mathematics courses may be substituted with approval of the program advisor):
               course                              tItle                                                    seMester hours   course                           tItle                                                   seMester hours

               BIo 110                             anatomy and physiology (w/lab)                                       4    Beh 254                          Death and Dying                                                     3
               BIo 210                             anatomy and physiology (w/lab)                                       4    Beh 350                          abnormal psychology                                                 3
               che 110                             Basic chemistry I (w/lab)                                            4    Beh 454                          stress and Illness                                                  3
               che 210                             Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                           4    Beh 457                          Drugs and Behavior                                                  3

               FYs 101                             First-Year seminar                                                   1    huM 456                          literature and Medicine                                             3

               lIB 111                             expository Writing I                                                 3    psB 301                          pharmacology for allied health professionals                        3

               lIB 112                             expository Writing II                                                3    ssc 230                          cultural anthropology                                               3

               lIB 120                             Introduction to psychology                                           3    ssc 432                          Medical anthropology                                                3

               lIB 133                             american culture, Identity, and public life                          3    ssc 444                          cigarettes in american culture                                      3

               lIB 220                             Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3    4. Health Sciences Concentration
 128                                               professionals                                                                                                                                                                       129
                                                                                                                             Students must design, in collaboration with the program advisor, and complete, a concentra-
               lIB 512                             health care ethics                                                   3    tion in a health sciences related area of interest. Decisions about content of the concentration
               Mat 141                             algebra and trigonometry*                                            3    should be made not later than the completion of 60 credits of degree requirements in order
               Mat 261                             statistics                                                           3    to integrate the approved courses in a timely manner. The concentration will comprise a
                                                   Behavioral sciences Distribution course                              3    minimum of 18 credits, at least half of which are numbered 300 and 400 or above. Examples
                                                   humanities Distribution course                                       3    of possible concentrations include general, management, liberal arts, and health promotion.
                                                   liberal arts Distribution course                                     3    General Concentration (online)
                                                   social sciences Distribution course                                  3
                                                                                                                             course                           tItle                                                   seMester hours
                                                   Mathematics, physics, or computer science course                     3
                                                                                                                             DhY 425                          educational theories and Methods                                    3
               total                                                                                                   56
                                                                                                                             hsc 320                          Writing for health science professionals                            3
               *Students interested in MRI must complete, MAT 151 and 152.                                                   hsc 325                          health care Management                                              3
               2.       Health Sciences Core                                                                                 hsc 420                          Grant proposal Writing for health sciences                          3
                                                                                                                             hsc 4XX                          curriculum Development for the health sciences (under               3
                        Students must successfully complete the twelve (12) credit Health Sciences Core.                                                      development)

               course                              tItle                                                    seMester hours                                    elective                                                            3

               hsc 301o                            health promotion                                                     3    total                                                                                               18
               hsc 310o                            health care Informatics                                              3    Minimum number of credits to complete option requirements: 125 s.h.
               hsc 401o                            public health and policy                                             3    (55 in Arts and Sciences core curriculum, 1 of Freshman Seminar, 12 in Health Sciences Core, 39
               hsc 410o                            research analysis and Methods                                        3    in Health Sciences Major, and 18 in Health Sciences Concentration)
               total                                                                                                   12
                                                                                                                             Baccalaureate Degree Completion Option
               3.       Health Sciences Major
                                                                                                                             This option is open to allied health personnel who hold a certificate or associate degree from
                    Entry-level students must complete a Health Sciences Major. The major consists of 24
                                                                                                                             an accredited program and active registration, certification, or licensure in their health disci-
                    required credits and an additional 15 elective credits selected from a list of specified
                                                                                                                             pline. Upon admission, students will be awarded credit for the prior allied health professional
                    courses.
                                                                                                                             coursework completed in their certificate or associate degree up to a maximum of 40 semester
               Required Component
                                                                                                                             credits. For those students who completed a certificate for which academic credit was not
               course                              tItle                                                    seMester hours   awarded (e.g., a hospital-based program), credit will be awarded if the certificate program
               Beh 250                             health psychology                                                    3    was accredited by the appropriate allied health program accrediting agency and if the quality
               Beh 352                             human Development through the life cycle                             3    of the program has additionally been validated by the applicant’s successful registration, cer-
               BIo 255                             Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                                         4    tification or licensure. Students must additionally complete the MCPHS Arts and Sciences
               phY 181                             General physics*                                                     4    core curriculum requirements, Health Sciences Core, and a Health Sciences Concentration.
               psB 320                             Introduction to health care Delivery                                 3    The curriculum is flexible, allowing students to build, with the program advisor, schedules
               rsc 325                             clinical pathophysiology                                             4    that are full-time or part-time.
                  1. Prior degree or certificate
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                    Beh 350                          abnormal psychology                                            3
                     Up to 40 credits will be awarded to students who have completed an associate degree            Beh 454                          stress and Illness                                             3
                     or certificate in an allied health discipline through a programmatically or regionally ac-     Beh 457                          Drugs and Behavior                                             3
                     credited institution.                                                                          huM 355                          science technology and Values                                  3
                  2. Preprofessional courses
                                                                                                                    huM 456                          literature and Medicine                                        3
                     The MCPHS Arts and Sciences core curriculum requirements (55 semester credits)
                                                                                                                    psB 261                          Management                                                     3
                     must be met. Courses already completed that meet the MCPHS transfer credit policies,
                                                                                                                    psB 301                          pharmacology for allied health professionals                   3
                     and are deemed equivalent to the Arts and Sciences core curriculum requirements will
                                                                                                                    psB 412                          Medical patient’s rights/prof liabilities                      3
                     be accepted in transfer. The remaining requirements beyond those transferred during
                     the admission process must be completed at MCPHS unless prior approval to take                 psB 415                          accounting                                                     3

                     them elsewhere is approved by the MCPHS Provost’s Office. For specific course re-              psB 423                          pharmaceutical/health care Marketing                           3
                     quirements, refer to the corresponding section above under the entry-level option, the         psB 428                          human resource Management                                      3
                     MCPHS Catalog section describing the Arts and Sciences Core Curriculum, or the                 psB 444                          organizational Development                                     3
                     website (www.mcphs.edu). Note: First Year Seminar is not required for this option.             ssc 230                          cultural anthropology                                          3
                  3. Health Sciences Core                                                                           ssc 432                          Medical anthropology                                           3
                     For specific course requirements, refer to the corresponding section in the entry-level        ssc 444                          cigarettes in american culture                                 3
                     option.                                                                                        Minimum number of credits to complete option requirements: 125 s.h.
 130                                                                                                                                                                                                                    131
                  4. Health Sciences Concentration                                                                  (40 in the prior allied health program, 55 in Arts and Sciences core curriculum, 12
                     For a description, refer to the corresponding section in the entry-level option. Note that
                     radiologic technologists may also consider a concentration in MRI or CT, and dental            in Health Sciences Core, and 18 in Health Sciences Concentration)
                     hygienists may consider the following Oral Health Concentration.
                                                                                                                    Baccalaureate Degree Completion Online Option
               Oral Health Concentration
                                                                                                                    This option is open to allied health personnel who hold a certificate or associate degree from
               Students who are interested in an in-depth study of oral health and/or interested in graduate        an accredited program and active registration, certification, or licensure in their health disci-
               study in oral health should consider this concentration. The requirements for this concentra-        pline. Upon admission, students will be awarded credit for the prior allied health professional
               tion are listed below.                                                                               coursework completed in their certificate or associate degree up to a maximum of 40 semester
               Note: Students who are interested in the Master of Science in Dental Hygiene are given the op-       credits. For those students who completed a certificate for which academic credit was not
               portunity to complete DHY 701, the first course required in the graduate program.                    awarded (e.g., a hospital-based program), credit will be awarded if the certificate program
                                                                                                                    was accredited by the appropriate allied health program accrediting agency and if the quality
               Required Component                                                                                   of the program has additionally been validated by the applicant’s successful registration, cer-
               course                           tItle                                              seMester hours   tification or licensure. Students must additionally complete the MCPHS Arts and Sciences
               DhY 420                          oral health research                                           3    core curriculum requirements, Health Sciences Core, and a Health Sciences Concentration.
               DhY 425                          educational theories and Methods                               3    The curriculum is flexible, allowing students to build, with the program advisor, schedules
               DhY 460                          capstone leadership in Dental hygiene or                            that are full-time or part-time.
               DhY 701                          essentials of public health                                    3       1. Prior degree or certificate
               total                                                                                           9          Up to 40 credits will be awarded to students who have completed an associate degree
               Elective Component                                                                                         or certificate in an allied health discipline through a programmatically or regionally ac-
               course                                                                              seMester hours         credited institution.
               elective                                                                                        3       2. Preprofessional courses
               elective                                                                                        3          The MCPHS Arts and Sciences core curriculum requirements (55 semester credits)
                                                                                                                          must be met. Courses already completed that meet the MCPHS transfer credit policies,
               elective                                                                                        3
                                                                                                                          and are deemed equivalent to the Arts and Sciences core curriculum requirements will
               total                                                                                           9
                                                                                                                          be accepted in transfer. The remaining requirements beyond those transferred during
               OH Concentration Electives                                                                                 the admission process must be completed at MCPHS unless prior approval to take
               Courses offered online:                                                                                    them elsewhere is approved by the MCPHS Provost’s Office. For specific course re-
               hsc 325                          health care Management                                         3
                                                                                                                          quirements, refer to the corresponding section above under the entry-level option, the
               hsc 320                          Writing for health science professionals                       3
                                                                                                                          MCPHS Catalog section describing the Arts and Sciences Core Curriculum, or the
               hsc 420                          Grant proposal Writing for the health sciences                 3
                                                                                                                          website (www.mcphs.edu). Note: First Year Seminar is not required for this option.
                                                                                                                       3. Health Sciences Core
               Courses offered on the Boston campus:                                                                      For specific course requirements, refer to the corresponding section in the entry-level
               Beh 254                          Death and Dying                                                3          option.
                  4. Health Sciences Concentration                                                                       As appropriate, courses required as part of the major of the entry-level option may be used
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                               mcphs–boston
                     Students may choose between two health science concentrations: general and oral                     to satisfy Arts and Sciences core curriculum requirements, allowing the opportunity for free
                     health.                                                                                             electives in an area of choice approved by the program director. Degree credits must total a
               Health Sciences Concentration: General                                                                    minimum of 125.

               course                           tItle                                                   seMester hours   Bachelor of Science in Premedical and Health Studies
               DhY 425                          educational theories and Methods                                    3
                                                                                                                         The premedical and health studies degree is specifically designed for students seeking un-
               hsc 320                          Writing for health science professionals                            3
                                                                                                                         dergraduate preparation for chiropractic, dental, medical, occupational therapy, optometry,
               hsc 325                          health care Management                                              3
                                                                                                                         osteopathic, physical therapy, physician assistant, podiatry or veterinary school, or who are
               hsc 420                          Grant proposal Writing for health sciences                          3
                                                                                                                         considering graduate education in nutrition, speech-language pathology, public health,
               hsc 4XX                          curriculum Development for the health sciences (under               3
                                                development)                                                             health administration, or other health-oriented programs. The curriculum provides an inter-
                                                elective                                                            3
                                                                                                                         disciplinary health studies major that balances the basic and laboratory sciences with courses
                                                                                                                         in the liberal arts. It prepares exceptionally well-rounded candidates for medical school or
               total                                                                                               18
                                                                                                                         for a diversity of postbaccalaureate degree programs. This program is also designed to allow
               Health Sciences Concentration: Oral Health                                                                premed students to easily transition into the MCPHS Master of Physician Assistant Studies
               course                           tItle                                                   seMester hours   and Physical Therapy degree programs. Premedical majors have the option of choosing one
 132                                                                                                                     of four minor concentrations: biology, chemistry, health psychology, or medical humanities.           133
               DhY 420                          oral health research                                                3
                                                                                                                         These minors develop depth of knowledge in a focal area that complements the interdisci-
               DhY 425                          educational theories and Methods                                    3
                                                                                                                         plinary design of the degree program. In addition to preparing students for medical school
               DhY 460                          capstone leadership in Dental hygiene or
                                                                                                                         and the health professions, each minor provides an alternative post-graduate direction. The
               DhY 701                          essentials of public health                                         3
                                                                                                                         biology and chemistry minors add upper division didactic and laboratory experiences that
               total                                                                                                9
                                                                                                                         could lead to graduate education in the sciences. The health psychology minor provides a
               Elective Component                                                                                        basis for graduate study in clinical, counseling or health psychology. The medical humanities
               course                                                                                   seMester hours   minor prepares students for graduate study in this field. An affiliation agreement with the
               elective                                                                                             3    New England College of Optometry also enables highly qualified students admission to a
               elective                                                                                             3    straight-through seven-year combined BS in Premedical Studies and Doctor of Optometry
               elective                                                                                             3    degree. In each of its manifestations, the BS in Premedical and Health Studies is a rigorous
               total                                                                                                9    educational experience for life in the contemporary world. Graduates who do not pursue
                                                                                                                         advanced studies will find themselves well prepared for a variety of employment options in
               Oral Health Concentration Electives
                                                                                                                         industry, health care, research and education.
               hsc 320                          Writing for health science professionals                            3
                                                                                                                         To remain in good academic standing, students must maintain a cumulative 2.0 GPA. To
               hsc 325                          health care Management                                              3
                                                                                                                         meet the residency requirement for the BS in Premedical and Health Studies degree, students
               hsc 420                          Grant proposal Writing for the health sciences                      3
                                                                                                                         must complete at least 64 s.h. at the College.
               hsc 4XX                          curriculum Development for the health sciences                      3
               DhY 460                          capstone leadership in Dental hygiene                               3    Curriculum: BS in Premedical and Health Studies
               DhY 701                          essentials of public health                                         3    Note: Students choosing a minor concentration substitute some courses in Years II-IV. The mi-
                                                                                                                         nor concentration courses are listed after the Year IV curriculum. Students pursuing a designated
               Minimum number of credits to complete option requirements: 125 s.h.
                                                                                                                         professional pathway may also need to make course substitutions. Students in these pathways or
               (40 in the prior allied health program, 55 in Arts and Sciences core curriculum, 12                       selecting minor concentrations should meet with program mentors when planning course registra-
                in Health Sciences Core, and 18 in Health Sciences Concentration)                                        tion during Years II-IV.
               Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences (BSHS) Academic Policies                                           Year I—fall
               The health sciences core and the concentration courses may not be transferred from another
                                                                                                                         course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
               institution as they serve as the distinguishing elements of the 125-credit program curriculum.
                                                                                                                         BIo 150                          Biology I laboratory                                            1
               Courses may be MCPHS courses delivered using traditional or distance delivery methods, or
                                                                                                                         BIo 151                          Biology I: cell and Molecular Biology                           3
               approved Colleges of the Fenway courses. The health sciences core and concentration courses
                                                                                                                         che 131                          chemical principles I (w/lab)                                   4
               comprise the 30-credit residency requirement of the degree completion options. To meet the
                                                                                                                         FYs 101                          First Year seminar                                              1
               MCPHS residency requirement for the entry-level option, at least half (63) of the required
                                                                                                                         lIB 111                          expository Writing I                                            3
               credits for the degree must be completed in residence at MCPHS.
                                                                                                                         Mat 151                          calculus I                                                      3
               To remain in good standing in the BSHS program, regardless of program option, students                    total                                                                                           15
               must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 and must successfully complete each
               course in the core, major, and concentration.                                                             Year I—spring
                                                                                                               Year III—fall
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         mcphs–boston
               course                           tItle                                         seMester hours
               BIo 152                          Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                   4
                                                                                                               course                                        tItle                                                      seMester hours
               che 132                          chemical principles II (w/lab)                             4
                                                                                                               Beh 250/405/450*                              Behavioral sciences                                                    3
               lIB 112                          expository Writing II                                      3
                                                                                                               lIB 220                                       Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health                 3
               lIB 120                          Introduction to psychology or                              3                                                 professionals
               lIB 133                          american culture, Identity, and public life                    phY 270                                       Foundations of physics I                                               3
               Mat 152                          calculus II                                                3   phY 272l                                      Foundations of physics I lab                                           1
               total                                                                                     17    psB 331                                       Biochemistry I                                                         3
                                                                                                                                                             social science elective                                                3
               If Lib 120 is completed in Year I Spring, then
                                                                                                               total                                                                                                               16
               Year II—fall
                                                                                                               *Third year BEH requirement: students take BEH 250 Health Psychology, BEH 405 Mind/Body
               course                           tItle                                         seMester hours   Medicine, or BEH 450 Behavioral Health.
               Beh 350                          abnormal psychology                                        3
                                                                                                               Year III—spring
               che 231                          organic chemistry I w/lab                                  4
               lIB 133                          american culture, Identity, and public life                3   course                                        tItle                                                      seMester hours

               lIB 205                          health professions orientation seminar                     1   BIo 332                                       Genetics                                                               3
 134                                                                                                           lIB 512                                       health care ethics                                                     3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         135
               Mat 261                          statistics                                                 3
                                                humanities elective                                        3   phY 274                                       Foundations of physics II (w/lab)                                      4
               total                                                                                     17    psB 332                                       Biochemistry II                                                        3
               Year II—spring                                                                                                                                General elective*                                                   2 (3)
                                                                                                               total                                                                                                           15 (16)
               course                           tItle                                         seMester hours
               BIo 255                          Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                               4   *The general elective may be LIB 305 Medical College Preparation Course, for 2 s.h.
               che 232                          organic chemistry II                                       3   Year IV—fall
               che 234l                         organic chemistry II lab                                   1
                                                                                                               course                                        tItle                                                      seMester hours
               ssc 230                          cultural anthropology                                      3
                                                                                                               BIo 734                                       Immunology                                                             3
               ssc 495                          evolution of the health professions                        3
                                                                                                               huM 456                                       literature and Medicine                                                3
               total                                                                                     14
                                                                                                                                                             General electives                                                      9
               If Lib 133 is completed in Year I spring, then                                                  total                                                                                                               15
               Year II—fall                                                                                    Year IV—spring
               course                           tItle                                         seMester hours
                                                                                                               course                                        tItle                                                      seMester hours
               che 231                          organic chemistry I w/lab                                 4    BIo 531                                       public health                                                          3
               lIB 120                          Introduction to psychology                                3    lIB 480                                       premedical and health studies capstone seminar                         3
               lIB 205                          health professions orientation seminar                    1                                                  General electives                                                      9
               Mat 261                          statistics                                                3    total                                                                                                               15
               ssc 230                          cultural anthropology                                     3
                                                                                                               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 124 (125) s.h.
               ssc 495                          evolution of the health professions                       3
               total                                                                                     17    Biology minor concentration: Total credits 126 (128)
                                                                                                               complete any four of the following courses:
               Year II—spring                                                                                  Year IV fall:          replace general elective with BIo 4xx/advanced Microbiology (4)
                                                                                                               Year IV fall:          replace general elective with psB 328 physiology/pathophysiology I (4)
               course                           tItle                                         seMester hours
                                                                                                               Year IV spring:        replace general elective with BIo 4xx/Molecular Biology of cancer (3)
               Beh 350                          abnormal psychology                                       3
                                                                                                               Year IV spring:        replace general elective with BIo 405/plagues of the past, present & Future (3)
               BIo 255                          Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                              4
                                                                                                               Year IV spring:        replace general elective with psB 329/physiology/pathophysiology II (4)
               che 232                          organic chemistry II                                      3
               che 234l                         organic chemistry II lab                                  1
                                                humanities elective                                       3
               total                                                                                     14
mcphs–boston

               Chemistry minor concentration: Total credits 128 (129)




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                                               Mat 151           calculus I                                                           3
               Year II spring:     add che 314/analytical chemistry (4)                                                                        FYs 101           First Year seminar                                                   1
               Year III spring:    replace general elective with che 340/Inorganic chemistry (4) and add InF 210/survey of the literature of   total                                                                                 15
                                   chemistry (1)
                                                                                                                                               Year I—spring
               Year IV fall:       replace general elective with che 717/Instrumental analysis (4)
               Year IV spring:     replace general elective with BIo or che advanced elective (3)                                              course            tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                                               BIo 152           Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                             4
               Health Psychology minor concentration: Total credits 124 (125)                                                                  che 132           chemical principles II (w/lab)                                       4
               Year III spring:    select Beh 250/health psychology (3) for the Beh requirement                                                lIB 112           expository Writing II                                                3
               Years III and IV:   replace general electives with Beh 451/research Methods in health and Behavior (3), Beh 454/stress and      Mat 152           calculus II                                                          3
                                   Illness (3) and two additional Beh electives (6)
                                                                                                                                               lIB 133           american culture, Identity and public life                           3
                                                                                                                                               total                                                                                 17
               Medical Humanities minor concentration: Total credits 127 (128)
               Year II spring:     add huM 340/Introduction to philosophy (3)                                                                  Year II—fall
               Year III spring:    replace general elective with ssc 432/Medical anthropology (3)
                                                                                                                                               course            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               Year IV fall:       replace general elective with huM 355/science, technology and Values (3)
                                                                                                                                               hsc 3100          health care Informatics                                              3
               Year IV spring:     replace general elective with huM or ssc elective (3)
 136                                                                                                                                           lIB 120           Introduction to psychology                                           3    137
               Note: Admission and curriculum requirements for Premedical and Health Studies students inter-                                   Mat 261           statistics                                                           3
               ested in professional degree programs from institutions with which MCPHS has affiliations (see                                                    humanities elective                                                  3
               Institutional Agreements) are on the website at www.mcphs.edu.                                                                                    General elective                                                     3
                                                                                                                                               total                                                                                 15
               Bachelor of Science in Public Health
                                                                                                                                               Year II—spring
               The BS in Public Health degree program is an applied liberal arts curriculum that prepares
               students for post-graduate master’s (MPH) and doctorate (DPH) programs in public health.                                        course            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               Students who continue their education in public health at the graduate level typically pursue                                   Beh xxx           health promotion                                                     3
               careers in: epidemiology, biostatistics, health promotion, community health, environmental                                      BIo 255           Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                                         4
               health, biomedical science, or health policy and management. The curriculum prepares stu-                                       pBh xxx           Introduction to public health                                        3
               dents equally well for advanced studies leading to careers in environmental science, public                                     ssc 230           cultural anthropology                                                3
               policy, health promotion, health care administration, law, and medicine.                                                        ssc 495           evolution of the health professions                                  3
               The Public Health curriculum builds on general education courses in biology, chemistry,                                         total                                                                                 16
               math and liberal arts and required foundational courses in public health, biostatistics, epi-                                   Year III—fall
               demiology, and environmental health. In the third and fourth years, students continue with
                                                                                                                                               course            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               advanced level courses in community health, plagues, and public policy, select four public
                                                                                                                                               lIB 220           Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
               health electives from biology, behavioral science, and social science disciplines, engage in                                                      professionals
               experiential and service learning through a field placement, and design an interdisciplinary                                    Mat xxx           Biostatistics                                                        3
               project in a senior capstone seminar.
                                                                                                                                               pBh xxx           environment and health                                               3
               Public health majors have elective openings that permit completion of minor concentrations                                                        General elective                                                     6
               in premedical studies, biology, chemistry, health psychology, or medical humanities, and they                                   total                                                                                 15
               have opportunities for language and international studies through the Colleges of the Fen-
                                                                                                                                               Year III—spring
               way, as well as travel courses and study abroad through MCPHS.
                                                                                                                                               course            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               To remain in good academic standing, students must maintain a cumulative 2.0 GPA. To
                                                                                                                                               BIo 405           plagues past, present, and Future                                    3
               meet the residency requirement for the BS in Public Health, students must complete at least
                                                                                                                                               lIB 512           health care ethics                                                   3
               62 s.h. at the College.
                                                                                                                                               pBh xxx           epidemiology                                                         3
               Curriculum: BS in Public Health                                                                                                                   public health elective                                               3
               Year I—fall
                                                                                                                                                                 General elective                                                     3
               course                                   tItle                                                                seMester hours    total                                                                                 15
               BIo 150                                  Biology I laboratory                                                               1
               BIo 151                                  Biology I: cell and Molecular Biology                                              3
               che 131                                  chemical principles I (w/lab)                                                      4
               lIB 111                                  expository Writing I                                                               3
               Year IV—fall
                                                                                                          MCPHS–Boston
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                       mcphs–boston
               course
               pBh xxx
                                                tItle
                                                community health
                                                                                         seMester hours
                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                          Division of Health Sciences
               pBh xxx                          Field placement                                      3    Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene
               ssc xxx                          public policy and public health                      3
                                                                                                          Linda D. Boyd, RDH, RD, LD, EdD, Professor and Dean
                                                public health elective                               3
                                                                                                          Professors Dominick, Eden; Assistant Professors Chadbourne, Jenkins, Puri, Rainchuso; In-
                                                General elective                                     3
                                                                                                          structors Giblin, Perry
               total                                                                                15

               Year IV—spring                                                                             School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics
               course                           tItle                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                          Frances Keech MBA, Associate Professor and Acting Dean
                                                                                                          Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program
               pBh xxx                          public health capstone seminar                       3
                                                                                                          Assistant Professor and Program Director Fernandez
                                                public health electives                              6
                                                                                                          Magnetic Resonance Imaging Program
                                                Behavioral science elective                          3
                                                                                                          Instructor and Program Director Nugent; Faculty Associate Davies
                                                lIB elective                                         3    Nuclear Medicine Technology Program
               total                                                                                15    Associate Professor and Program Director Keech; Faculty Associate Rhymer
 138                                                                                                                                                                                                   139
               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 123 s.h.                                    Radiation Therapy Program
                                                                                                          Associate Professor and Program Director Belinsky; Faculty Associate MacIsaac
               Public Health Electives (4 must be chosen from this category, 12 s.h.):                    Radiography Program
               Beh 250                          health psychology                                         Assistant Professor and Program Director Fanning; Faculty Associate Martone
               Beh 450                          Behavioral health                                         Radiologist Assistant Studies Program
               Beh 454                          stress and Illness                                        Associate Professor and Program Director Davis
               BIo 4xx                          advanced Microbiology                                     Medical Director for MRAS Program Smith
               BIo 4xx                          Molecular Biology of cancer
               BIo 4xx                          parasitology                                              School of Nursing
               psB 320                          Introduction to health care Delivery                      Carol Eliadi, DHSc, Associate Professor, Dean and Chief Nursing Officer
               psB 425                          health care Management                                    Edith Claros, PhD, MSN, RN, Associate Professor, Assistant Dean
               ssc 432                          Medical anthropology                                      Professor Weber; Assistant Professors Angelo, Carte, Kaddoura, Melanson, Pare; Instructors
               ssc 444                          cigarettes in american culture                            Lovejoy-Smith, Mathieu

                                                                                                          School of Physician Assistant Studies
                                                                                                          TBN Dean
                                                                                                          Tania M. Fatovich MD, Medical Director
                                                                                                          Maha Lund, Assistant Professor and Program Director
                                                                                                          Associate Professor Vail; Assistant Professors Amrien, Galante, McDermott, Richmond, Rob-
                                                                                                          inson


                                                                                                          Degree and Certificate Programs
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene
                                                                                                          Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene
                                                                                                          AD to Master of Science in Dental Hygiene Bridge (Online)
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Nursing
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical Sonography
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Magnetic Resonance Imaging
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy
                                                                                                          Bachelor of Science in Radiography
                                                                                                          Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical Sonography
                                                                                                          Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Magnetic Resonance Imaging
                                                                                                          Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology
               Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy
                                                                                                                      Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           mcphs–boston
               Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Radiography
               Certificates in Advanced Medical Imaging (Computed Tomography, Magnetic                                In July 2002, the Forsyth School for Dental Hygiene became part of MCPHS. The School
               Resonance Imaging)                                                                                     was first established in 1916 by the Forsyth Brothers and The Forsyth Institute. It is the
               Master of Science in Dental Hygiene (Online)                                                           second dental hygiene program opened in the U.S., and today it is the oldest continuously
               Master of Physician Assistant Studies                                                                  operating program for dental hygiene in the country. Students who attend the school, located
               Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies (Online)                                                       on the MCPHS–Boston campus, receive clinical instruction in the state-of-the-art Dr. Es-
                                                                                                                      ther M. Wilkins Dental Hygiene Clinic to enhance delivery of high quality oral health care
               Technical Standards for the Division of Health Sciences                                                services to the public.
               Observation                                                                                            The Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene is committed to providing an educational and clinical
               Candidates and students must have sufficient capacity to observe in the lecture hall, labora-          environment that contributes to the development of the dental hygiene student. The mis-
               tory, and diagnostic and treatment areas of outpatient and inpatient settings. Sensory skills          sion of the school is to provide an academic environment that creates superb dental hygiene
               to perform the procedures of the health care profession in which students are enrolled are             clinicians and encourages life-long learning and leadership. Forsyth’s degree programs prepare
               required. In any case where a candidate’s or student’s ability to observe or acquire informa-          students to be leaders in their profession with career options in dental hygiene education,
               tion through sensory modalities is compromised, the candidate or student must demonstrate              business, research, public health, administration and clinical practice. The School embraces
               alternative means and/or abilities to acquire and demonstrate the essential information con-           a strong sense of community responsibility as well as high standards of professionalism and
 140           veyed in this fashion.                                                                                 ethics.                                                                                              141
               Communication                                                                                          MCPHS offers dental hygiene students the opportunity to learn in the Dr. Esther M. Wilkins
               Candidates and students must be able to communicate effectively in both academic and                   Forsyth Dental Hygiene Clinic. This modern facility is equipped with 24 operatories, digital
               health care settings. Candidates and students must show evidence of effective written and oral         radiologic imaging technology, intraoral cameras, ergonomic patient and operator chairs,
               communication skills. Candidates and students must be able to communicate with patients                digital panoramic technology, electronic records and a dental materials laboratory with mag-
               in order to elicit and impart information.                                                             nification and flat screen monitors.
               Motor                                                                                                  The MCPHS Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene offers an accelerated BS in Dental Hygiene,
               The ability to participate in basic diagnostic and therapeutic maneuvers and procedures is re-         a postbaccalaureate BS in Dental Hygiene, a MS in Dental Hygiene, and a MS degree Bridge
               quired. Candidates and students must have sufficient motor function to execute movements               Program for associate degree dental hygienists. Each degree program has unique outcome
               reasonably required to properly care for all patients. Candidates and students must be able to         objectives designed to fulfill degree requirements associated with the individual academic
               perform motor functions with or without assistive devices.                                             needs of dental hygiene students.
               Intellectual                                                                                           Please see the Division of Health Sciences for a description of a BS in Health Sciences degree
               Candidates and students must be able to measure, calculate, reason, analyze, and synthesize.           completion option, with a concentration in Oral Health.
               Problem solving, one of the critical skills demanded of health care professionals, requires all
               of these intellectual abilities. Candidates and students must be able to read and understand           Clinical Component
               medical literature. In order to complete the specific Health Sciences Program, students must           The clinical component of the program is supported by evidence-based information delivered
               be able to demonstrate mastery of these skills and the ability to use them together in a timely        in lectures and seminars. The student learns to assess risk for oral diseases and provide preven-
               fashion in health care problem-solving and patient care.                                               tive services. In addition, considerable time is spent developing proficiency in dental hygiene
               Behavioral and Social Attributes                                                                       procedures for patients of all ages, with a focus on building skills that support specialized care
               Candidates and students must possess the emotional health and stability required for full              for unique populations. Dental radiology is delivered throughout the clinical portion of the
               utilization of their intellectual abilities, the exercise of good judgment, and the prompt             program. The student develops skills necessary for exposing, processing and interpreting both
               completion of all academic and patient care responsibilities. The development of mature,               traditional and digital radiographs. Each student also participates in community-based clini-
               sensitive, and effective relationships with patients and other members of the health care team         cal rotations that enhance on-campus learning experiences. Transportation is not provided to
               is essential. The ability to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in clinical practice,      these sites; however, public transportation is available to most extramural sites. As a require-
               flexibility, compassion, integrity, motivation, interpersonal skills, and concern for others are       ment for graduation and licensure examinations, the student must demonstrate competence
               all required.                                                                                          by achieving a specified level of performance for each clinical skill and by completing specific
                                                                                                                      patient and service assignments. The student is ultimately responsible for obtaining the pa-
               Students interested in dental hygiene, nursing, physician assistant studies, or medical imaging        tients needed to fulfill these requirements. The student must fulfill all course requirements
               and therapeutics (diagnostic medical sonography, magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear medicine          and competencies each semester to advance within the program.
               technology, radiation therapy, or radiography) are required to read the statements about profession-
               specific tasks. Please visit the website for more information (www.mcphs.edu).                         Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene Policies and Professional Requirements
                                                                                                                      Basic Cardiac Life Support (BCLS)
                                                                                                                      Each student must be certified in BCLS for Health Care Providers by the American Heart
                                                                                                                      Association prior to beginning the fall semester of the first clinical year. Certification must
                                                                                                                      remain current throughout the program.
               Licensure                                                                                             Year I—spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                               mcphs–boston
               The student who successfully completes the academic and clinical components of the Ac-
                                                                                                                     course                     tItle                                         seMester hours
               celerated BS in Dental Hygiene or Postbaccalaureate BS in Dental Hygiene program will be
                                                                                                                     BIo 210                    anatomy and physiology II (w/lab)                         4
               eligible to take licensure examinations. Successful completion of the National Board Dental
                                                                                                                     che 210                    Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                4
               Hygiene Examination and a state or regional clinical examination are necessary for licensure.
                                                                                                                     lIB 112                    expository Writing II                                     3
               MCPHS provides education to students in accordance with the regulations set forth by the
                                                                                                                     lIB 120                    Introduction to psychology                                3
               Massachusetts Board of Registration in Dentistry. MCPHS may not be able to provide the
                                                                                                                     lIB 133                    american culture, Identity, and public life               3
               education and/or certification necessary for eligibility for licensure in every state jurisdic-
                                                                                                                     total                                                                               17
               tion. The student is responsible for determining eligibility requirements for dental hygiene
               licensure in the jurisdiction in which he or she plans to practice and to obtain any additional       Year I—summer session
               education necessary for licensure in that jurisdiction.                                               course                     tItle                                         seMester hours
                                                                                                                     psB 320o                   Introduction to health care Delivery                      3
               Policy for Re-Entry and Content Validation after Non-Progression or
                                                                                                                     total                                                                                3
               Leave of Absence
                                                                                                                     Year I—summer session I
               Students who are not continuously enrolled in the sequence of undergraduate Forsyth School
               of Dental Hygiene (FSDH) professional clinical courses for a period of one semester or more           course                     tItle                                         seMester hours

 142           must enroll in a Directed Study to remediate and validate clinical knowledge and skills before        BIo 255                    Microbiology (w/lab)                                      4    143
               they may reenroll in FSDH professional clinical courses. Re-entry into the FSDH program               total                                                                                4
               is subject to clinical placement availability (Note: there is no guarantee placement will be          Year I—summer session II
               available at the desired time of return of the student). This policy applies to all undergraduate
               dental hygiene programs.                                                                              course                     tItle                                         seMester hours
                                                                                                                     Mat 261                    statistics                                                3
               Students attempting to return from non-progression in the professional curriculum or leave
                                                                                                                     DHY 232                    Nutrition                                                 2
               of absence must be cleared to return to classes by designated staff in the Academic Resource
                                                                                                                     total                                                                                5
               Center and the Dean of Students Office (if a medical leave of absence). The Academic Re-
               source Center will notify the Dean of FSDH of the student’s eligibility to return. Reenroll-          Year II—fall
               ment will be dependent on available space in the professional clinical courses. If space is           course                     tItle                                         seMester hours
               available, the student must enroll in a one-semester Directed Study to remediate prior to             DHY 202                    Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Histology                  2
               reentering the clinical phase of the program. Failure to remediate in a timely manner, may            DHY 204                    Head and Neck Anatomy                                     2
               delay the student’s reentry. Program faculty will provide guidance as to the content and skills       DHY 209                    Dental Hygiene Process of Care I                          4
               (competencies) to be reviewed by students prior to the testing, but it is the student’s respon-       DHY 209L                   Dental Hygiene Pre-clinical Lab                           2
               sibility to prepare for the validation testing. At the conclusion of the Directed Study course,       DHY 230                    Dental Radiology                                          3
               students will complete validation testing which will consist of competency testing to assess          DHY 231                    Dental Materials                                          3
               clinical and radiography skills related to direct patient care. Students must pass the validation     total                                                                               16
               test at the end of the Directed Study with a minimum grade of “C” at the 75% level in order
               to re-enter the FSDH professional clinical curriculum.                                                Year II—spring
                                                                                                                     course                     tItle                                         seMester hours
               A student is unable to pass the validation testing at the 75% level will be dismissed from
                                                                                                                     DHY 211                    Dental Hygiene Process of Care II                         3
               the FSDH program. Students may take general education courses concurrently with the
               Directed Study, but may not take any of their FSDH professional clinical courses until the            DHY 223                    Clinical Dental Hygiene I                                 3

               Directed Study has been successfully completed.                                                       DHY 233                    Periodontology                                            3
                                                                                                                     DHY 330                    Pathology                                                 3
               Bachelor of Science Program (Accelerated)                                                                                        Distribution electives                                    6
                                                                                                                     total                                                                               18
               The student who begins the Accelerated Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene program is
               expected to complete the program in three years.                                                      Year II — summer session
               Year I—fall                                                                                           course                     tItle                                         seMester hours
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours   HSC 310                    Health Care Informatics                                   3
               BIo 110                          anatomy and physiology I (w/lab)                                4    DHY 420O                   Oral Health Research                                      3
               che 110                          Basic chemistry I (w/lab)                                       4    DHY 343                    Pain Management                                           2
               FYs 101                          First Year seminar                                              1    DHY 341                    Pain Management Lab                                       1
               lIB 111                          expository Writing I                                            3    total                                                                                9
               Mat 141                          algebra and trigonometry                                        3
               total                                                                                           15
               Year II—summer session II
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                               psB 415                                    accounting

               course                                tItle                                                    seMester hours   psB 423                                    pharmaceutical/health care Marketing

               lIB 220                               Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3    psB 444                                    organizational Development
                                                     professionals
               total                                                                                                      3
                                                                                                                               Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene
               Year III—fall                                                                                                   A student who holds a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited college or university
                                                                                                                               may pursue the accelerated sixteen month Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science in Den-
               course                                tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                               tal Hygiene. The candidate for this program must have completed the prerequisite college
               DHY 310                               Dental Hygiene Process of Care III                                   2
                                                                                                                               courses listed below. An official college/university transcript will be reviewed to determine
               DHY 323                               Clinical Dental Hygiene II                                           4    eligibility for transfer credits. The student in the Postbaccalaureate BS program takes courses
               DHY 342                               Pharmacology                                                         3    in dental hygiene theory and practice, and receives clinical instruction in the Dr. Esther M.
               DHY 350                               Community Oral Health                                                3    Wilkins Forsyth Dental Hygiene Clinic. Upon successful completion of the program, the
                                                     program elective                                                     3    student becomes eligible for dental hygiene licensure examinations.
                                                     Distribution elective                                                3
                                                                                                                               Prerequisites for the Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science program include:
               total                                                                                                     18
                                                                                                                               course                                                                                    seMester hours
               Year III—spring                                                                                                 anatomy and physiology I and II                                                                       8
 144                                                                                                                           Basic chemistry I and II                                                                              8
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          145
               course                                tItle                                                    seMester hours
               DHY 311                               Dental Hygiene Process of Care IV                                    2    Microbiology                                                                                          4

               DHY 324                               Clinical Dental Hygiene III                                          4    nutrition* (may be taken first semester)                                                              2

               DHY 460                               Capstone Leadership in Dental Hygiene                                3    statistics                                                                                            3

               lIB 512                               health care ethics                                                   3    Introduction to psychology                                                                            3

                                                     Distribution elective                                                3    Introduction to sociology                                                                             3
                                                                                                                               total                                                                                             29/31
               total                                                                                                     15
                                                                                                                               Year I—fall
               Total credits to complete degree program: 123 s.h.
                                                                                                                               course                                         tItle                                      seMester hours
               Dental Hygiene Program Electives
                                                                                                                               DHY 202                                        Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Histology               2
               An overall grade point average and a professional grade point average will be calculated for
                                                                                                                               DHY 204                                        Head and Neck Anatomy                                  2
               each student in the dental hygiene program. Elective courses and those required for admis-
                                                                                                                               DHY 209                                        Dental Hygiene Process of Care I                       4
               sion into the dental hygiene program are excluded when calculating the professional grade
                                                                                                                               DHY 209L                                       Dental Hygiene Pre-clinical Lab                        2
               point average. All course electives, including program electives, count toward the student’s
                                                                                                                               DHY 230                                        Dental Radiology                                       3
               cumulative grade point average.
                                                                                                                               DHY 231                                        Dental Materials                                       3
               The program elective must be a distinct course from the distribution electives; for example,                    DHY 232                                        Nutrition*                                             2
               Abnormal Psychology cannot fulfill the behavioral requirement as well as the program elec-                      total                                                                                             16/18
               tive requirement.
                                                                                                                               *if not completed prior to matriculation.
               Program Electives for Dental Hygiene
               course                        tItle                                                                             Year I—spring
               Beh 250                       health psychology                                                                 course                                         tItle                                      seMester hours
               Beh 350                       abnormal psychology                                                               DHY 211                                        Dental Hygiene Process of Care II                      3
               Beh 355                       organizational psychology                                                         DHY 223                                        Clinical Dental Hygiene I                              3
               Beh 450                       Behavioral health                                                                 DHY 233                                        Periodontology                                         3
               DhY 420                       oral health research                                                              DHY 330                                        Pathology                                              3
               DhY 425                       educational theories and Methods                                                  DHY 341                                        Pain Management Lab                                    1
               DhY 490                       Internship                                                                        DHY 343                                        Pain Management                                        2
               hsc 301o                      health promotion                                                                  lIB 512                                        health care ethics                                     3
               hsc 3200                      Writing for health science professionals                                          total                                                                                                18
               hsc 3250                      health care Management
                                                                                                                               Year I—summer session
               hsc 401o                      public health and policy
                                                                                                                               course                                         tItle                                      seMester hours
               hsc 4200                      Grant Writing for the health sciences
                                                                                                                               DHY 310                                        Dental Hygiene Process of Care III                     2
               psB 261                       Management
                                                                                                                               DHY 350                                        Community Oral Health                                  3
               psB 412                       Medical patient’s rights and professional liabilities
                                                                                                                               DHY 420                                        Oral Health Research                                   3
                                                                                                                          • The knowledge, skills and values for successful participation in community oral health,
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             mcphs–boston
               DHY 323                           Clinical Dental Hygiene II                                       4
               total                                                                                             12         health professions, higher education and oral health care administration.
                                                                                                                          • An understanding of population-based health issues needed for a leadership role in
               Year II—fall
                                                                                                                            dental hygiene practice, education or community oral health.
               course                            tItle                                                seMester hours      • The background in statistics and research evaluation fundamental for evidence-based
               DHY 311                           Dental Hygiene Process of Care IV                                2         decision making, policy formulation and public health practice.
               DHY 324                           Clinical Dental Hygiene III                                      4
                                                                                                                       Program Outcomes:
               DHY 342                           Pharmacology                                                     3
                                                                                                                       Graduates will be able to:
               DHY 460                           Capstone Leadership in Dental Hygiene                            3
               hsc 310o                          health care Informatics                                          3       • Examine social, psychological, biologic, behavioral, cultural and environmental deter-
                                                                                                                            minants of systemic health and oral health.
               total                                                                                             15
                                                                                                                          • Recognize appropriate scientific and analytical methods and interpret research data re-
               Total institutional credits to complete degree requirements: 61/63 s.h.                                      lated to an oral health or public health problem.
               Students will graduate with a BS in Dental Hygiene following successful credit transfer of any col-        • Conduct a comprehensive systematic literature search relevant to a specific health issue
               lege prerequisites and completion of the required dental hygiene courses listed above.                       and critically evaluate evidence gathered.
                                                                                                                          • Use surveillance systems to assess, analyze, monitor and communicate the overall and
               Master of Science in Dental Hygiene Degree Program (Online)                                                  oral health status of populations.
 146                                                                                                                      • Plan, implement, manage and evaluate programs that improve individual and commu-                 147
               The Master of Science degree offered by the Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene is a part-time
                                                                                                                            nity oral health.
               36 credit hour post-baccalaureate online master’s degree program culminating in a thesis.
                                                                                                                          • Apply evidence-based decision making to develop public health policy that protects and
               The program, specifically designed for practicing dental hygienists, uses computer-assisted
                                                                                                                            promotes the oral health of the public, reduces oral health disparities or improves access
               distance learning and minimal on-campus class meetings.
                                                                                                                            to oral health care.
               The purpose of this program is to prepare qualified dental hygiene professionals for careers               • Collaborate with interest groups and individuals on oral health issues and employ advo-
               and leadership roles in state and community based public health administration, dental pro-                  cacy strategies to impact oral health public policy.
               fessional education, dental industry marketing and product development, research, and pub-                 • Interact sensitively, effectively and professionally with people of diverse cultures, ethnic
               lic and private health agencies and organizations.                                                           groups, socioeconomic backgrounds and age groups.
               Program Admission and Degree Requirements:                                                                 • Demonstrate ethical standards and values in professional practices and decisions, weigh-
               For admission to the MS in Dental Hygiene program, an applicant must have:                                   ing the effect of decisions on equity, nonmaleficence, beneficence, social justice and
                                                                                                                            accountability.
                 • Graduated from an accredited dental hygiene program;                                                   • Apply basic managerial, administrative and human relations skills in a team-based orga-
                 • Earned a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university or completed the                     nization.
                     MCPHS Master of Science Degree Bridge program for Associate Degree Dental Hy-                        • Implement quality assessment and systems tools to improve performance in a health
                     gienists;                                                                                              organization.
                 • One year of work experience in health care*;                                                           • Use critical thinking skills and apply evidence-based decision making to produce and
                 • Achieved a minimum score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) as                         present a scholarly paper about issues in community oral health.
                     detailed in the current MCPHS College Catalog;
                 • Completed the application for admission to an online program as described in the cur-               The master’s thesis is the final academic experience of the program. Each student will dem-
                     rent MCPHS College Catalog.                                                                       onstrate attainment of program competencies; apply knowledge, skills and values acquired in
               *This requirement may be waived for MCPHS graduates.                                                    the program to a specific problem or issue; and independently demonstrate mastery and in-
                                                                                                                       tegration of curriculum concepts and methods. The topic, developed with guidance from the
               The MS in Dental Hygiene degree will be conferred upon the dental hygiene graduate stu-                 student’s Graduate Advisory Committee, will concern an oral health issue. The student will
               dent who has mastered the advanced professional knowledge and who:                                      present the study and results to professional colleagues. Acceptable formats for the master’s
                  • Successfully completes the 36 semester hours of required courses listed in the program             thesis include: grant proposal; research plan or protocol; research report; intervention design
                    curriculum, including six semester hours of thesis study;                                          or implementation; program plan, implementation, or evaluation; public policy analysis; or
                  • Maintains a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 for all courses completed at               secondary data analysis. Subject to the committee approval, the thesis may be completed in
                    MCPHS;                                                                                             partnership with a community organization or agency or a senior investigator.
                  • Presents and successfully defends an approved thesis to the student’s graduate advisory            Program Curriculum:
                    committee;
                  • Completes all requirements for the MSDH degree within a period of six years.                       course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                       DHY 701                          Essentials of Public Health                                     3
                                                                                                                       DHY 703                          Program Planning and Evaluation                                 2
               Program Objectives and Outcomes:
                                                                                                                       DHY 706                          Social and Behavioral Foundations for Health                    3
               The program will provide students with:
                                                                                                                       DHY 714                          Biostatistics                                                   3
                                                                                                                       DHY 722                          Health Policy and Economics                                     3
                                                                                                                             or International English Language Testing System (IELTS) as detailed in the current
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mcphs–boston
               DHY 818                          Health Services Research                                         3
               DHY 827                          Health Administration and Management                             2           MCPHS College Catalog;
               DHY 8XX                          Finance and Budget                                               2         • Completed the application for admission to online program as described in the current
               DHY 8XX                          Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice                                 3           MCPHS College Catalog.
                                                Thesis I                                                         3    Program Curriculum
               DHY 832                          Thesis II                                                        3    Up to 100 semester credit hours in general education and dental hygiene education courses
               DHY 895                          Graduate Extension of Thesis*                                    0    may be transferred; a minimum grade of C is required for transfer credit.
               total                                                                                            30
                                                                                                                      Each student must have completed a course in Pain Management (Local Anesthesia) with lab
               *Optional; with special permission only. All graduate students involved continue to register for
                                                                                                                      prior to or before completing the AD to MS Bridge Program.
               Graduate Extension (DHY 895O) until the project is completed and the thesis defended.
                                                                                                                      BrIDGe courses                                                                                                                     seMester hours
                                                                                                                      Mat 261                                            statistics                                                                                  3
               concentratIon courses                                                                 seMester hours   hsc 320                                            Writing for health science professionals                                                    3
               Dental Hygiene Education                                                                               DhY 420                                            Introduction to oral health research                                                        3
               DhY 751                          adult learning theory for Dental hygiene education               3    DhY 442                                            evidence-Based Dental hygiene practice                                                      3
               DhY 753                          clinical Instruction Methods and practicum                       3    DhY 446                                            Dental hygiene care for special needs patients                                              3
 148           total                                                                                             6    DhY 701                                            essentials of public health                                                                 3    149
               or                                                                                                     total                                                                                                                                         18
               Community Oral Health                                                                                  core courses
               DhY 715                          epidemiology for community oral health                           3    DhY 703                                            program planning and evaluation                                                             2
               DhY 829                          elective                                                         3    DhY 706                                            social and Behavioral Foundations for health                                                3
               total                                                                                             6    DhY 714                                            Biostatistics                                                                               3
                                                                                                                      DhY 722                                            health policy and economics                                                                 3
               Master of Science in Dental Hygiene Bridge Program for Associate Degree
                                                                                                                      DhY 818                                            health services research                                                                    3
               Dental Hygienists (Online)
                                                                                                                      DhY 825                                            Finance and Budget                                                                          2
               The Master of Science Degree Bridge program for Associate Degree Dental Hygienists is                  DhY 827                                            health administration and Management                                                        2
               designed to facilitate progression of the dental hygienist with an associate degree (AD) to
                                                                                                                      DhY 829                                            leadership in oral health                                                                   3
               graduate study by providing curriculum content not provided in AD programs and awarding
                                                                                                                      DhY 840                                            advanced Dental hygiene practice                                                            3
               credit for general education courses completed.
                                                                                                                      DhY 831                                            thesis I                                                                                    3
               A dental hygienist accepted into the AD to MS Bridge program may transfer up to 100                    DhY 832                                            thesis II                                                                                   3
               semester credit hours previously earned in a dental hygiene program and prerequisite general           DhY 895                                            Graduate extension of thesis*
               education courses. Transfer credit will be given only for those courses in which the student           total                                                                                                                                         30
               earned at least a ‘C’ grade (2.0). Six courses (18 credit hours) comprise the bridge curriculum,
                                                                                                                      concentratIon courses                                                                                                                      hours
               covering baccalaureate dental hygiene competencies and preparing the dental hygienist for
               graduate level education. A bachelor’s degree will not be awarded upon completion of the               Dental Hygiene Education
               bridge curriculum. The student matriculates in the dental hygiene master’s degree program              DhY 751                                            adult learning theory for Dental hygiene education                                          3
               following successful completion of the bridge courses and earning an overall GPA of 3.0.               DhY 753                                            clinical Instruction Methods and practicum                                                  3
                                                                                                                      total                                                                                                                                          6
               The proposed program will be offered online to allow participation of practicing dental hy-
                                                                                                                      or
               gienists and current dental hygiene educators.
                                                                                                                      Community Oral Health
               Admission Requirements                                                                                 DhY 715                                            epidemiology for community oral health                                                      3
               For admission to the program, an applicant must have:                                                  tBD                                                elective                                                                                    3
                    • Graduated from an associate degree or certificate in dental hygiene program accredited          total                                                                                                                                          6
                      by the American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation;                          * students maintain continuing registration by indicating DhY 895 Graduate study extension on the registration form and paying a fee.
                    • Earned a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in dental hygiene program
                      courses;
                    • Completed one year of work experience in health care;
                    • Successfully completed the National Board Dental Hygiene Examination;
                    • Hold a license to practice dental hygiene in at least one jurisdiction in the U.S. or
                      Canada;
                    • Achieved a minimum score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
               School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                                  Mat 141 or 151/152               Mat 141 algebra & trigonometry for DMs, nMt, raD, and rt or Mat 151 calculus I
                                                                                                                                                                   and Mat 152 calculus II for MrI;
               Accelerated 32-36 Month Bachelor of Science                                                                        che 110/210                      Basic chemistry I & II or
                                                                                                                                  or che 131/132                   chemical principles I & II.
               Note: effective with classes entering in the fall of 2011, the School of Radiologic Sciences became
                                                                                                                                  For internal transfers, in addition to the above, the following must be completed; admission
               the School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics.
                                                                                                                                  into the desired program is subject to space availability:
               Medical Imaging and Therapeutics is an academic discipline that forms the foundation for
                                                                                                                                     1. Transcript review by the appropriate Program Director and the Dean of the School.
               the medical specialties of diagnostic and therapeutic radiology. These medical specialties use
                                                                                                                                     2. A written essay (maximum of 500 words) describing the reason for requesting the par-
               ionizing and non-ionizing radiation in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. Theoretical
                                                                                                                                        ticular specialty area and what the student knows about the profession.
               and technical advances within the field have allowed the development of new diagnostic
                                                                                                                                     3. A Change of Major form must be signed by the Academic Advising Center.
               modalities that enable physicians to examine virtually any part of the human body. Advances
                                                                                                                                     4. A personal interview with the Program Director or designated program faculty.
               in the field have also increased the effectiveness of the radiation therapy treatment of certain
                                                                                                                                     5. Clinical observation in which the student will shadow a clinical supervisor in the chosen
               diseases, particularly cancers.
                                                                                                                                        major. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Program Director.
               The accelerated 32-36 month Bachelor of Science programs offer degrees in Diagnostic
                                                                                                                                  Clinical Rotations
               Medical Sonography (DMS), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), Nuclear Medicine Tech-
                                                                                                                                  A number of clinical rotations in the required curriculum may be scheduled at some distance
               nology (NMT), Radiation Therapy (RT), and Radiography (RAD). The DMS and MRI
                                                                                                                                  from the campus. This is necessary to provide a range of diverse learning experiences and
 150           program is completed in 36 months, and the NMT, RT, and RAD programs in 32 months.                                                                                                                                                   151
                                                                                                                                  ensure availability and quality of clinical rotation sites. The College makes every effort to
               The Bachelor of Science program integrates didactic instruction in the liberal arts, basic and
                                                                                                                                  accommodate requests regarding assignments to experiential education sites, but students
               applied science, and the social sciences with clinical instruction provided by the clinical af-
                                                                                                                                  generally can expect to be assigned to clinical sites at some distance from the campus for at
               filiates. The location of the College in the Longwood Medical and Academic Area, as well as
                                                                                                                                  least a portion of their required clinical rotations. In such instances, students are responsible
               its affiliations with medical institutions located in the Greater Boston area, enable students to
                                                                                                                                  for transportation and other related travel expenses.
               train in hospitals with state-of-the-art facilities that are among the best in the world. Students
               planning to major in one of the Medical Imaging and Therapeutics programs will be expected                         Note: In curriculum sections, bold type indicates a professional course in the major. The letter C
               to specify the program of choice during the formal application process to MCPHS. Students                          next to a course number indicates a clinical course, and the letter O indicates an online course.
               who are uncertain about their program of choice are encouraged to complete a shadowing
               activity for each specialty area in order to decide which discipline they wish to study. If the                    Bachelor of Science Degree in Diagnostic Medical Sonography (DMS)
               student has firmly decided on the concentration he/she wishes to pursue, the student should                        DMS uses sound waves (ultrasound) to produce two-dimensional, three-dimensional and
               contact his/her local hospital to arrange a shadowing opportunity. If such arrangements can-                       four-dimensional dynamic images of tissue, organs, abdominal and pelvic structures and
               not be made, the MCPHS director for that program will accommodate a request to establish                           blood flow inside the human body for the diagnosis of various medical conditions. The
               a shadowing opportunity. All such requests will be processed on an individual basis based on                       sonographer, a highly skilled advanced imaging specialist, uses sophisticated equipment in
               available space and the specific shadowing requirements at affiliate institutions. Any request                     order to master the art of scanning. Sonographers work closely with physicians to provide
               to change the major after matriculation to MCPHS will be based on availability of space in                         accurate detection of disease and the highest-quality patient care.
               the new area of interest.
                                                                                                                                  MCPHS is the only college in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to offer both bachelor’s
               Progression into the Professional Phase in School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics Majors and                   and postbaccalaureate degrees with multiple diagnostic medical specializations in a single
               MCPHS Internal Transfers into Medical Imaging and Therapeutics                                                     program. The DMS program offers two options: a full-time, accelerated three year course of
               All students must meet the following requirements in order to progress into the professional                       study, and a full-time, 24-month post baccalaureate option for those holding a prior bach-
               phase of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics majors. These requirements apply to students en-                         elor’s degree. The comprehensive curriculum includes the four primary specialties of sonog-
               tering MCPHS as freshmen, students who are transferring into majors in the School Medical                          raphy: abdominal, vascular, ob/gyn, and cardiac imaging, plus secondary specialties, offered
               Imaging and Therapeutics from other programs within MCPHS, and those who are transfer-                             across two tracks. Track 1, the General track, includes abdominal, ob/gyn, fetal echocardiog-
               ring from another accredited college or university into the professional phase of a Medical                        raphy, breast, neurosonology, and vascular. Track 2, the Echocardiography track, includes
               Imaging and Therapeutics Bachelor or Post-Bachelor program.                                                        fetal, pediatric, adult echocardiography and vascular. The program begins each September,
                                                                                                                                  starting in 2011.
               Requirements
                                                                                                                                  The MCPHS graduate is well-suited to work in several DMS specialties and, with the BS
               An overall cumulative GPA of 2.0, and successful completion of the following courses with a                        degree, has the comprehensive education required to become a leader in the profession.
               C or better, is required in order to progress into the professional phase of the student’s chosen
               program:                                                                                                           Graduates from the MCPHS DMS program are eligible to sit for registration in each of the
                                                                                                                                  specialties included in the respective tracks above by the American Registry of Diagnostic
               course                           tItle                                                                             Medical Sonography (ARDMS) under the category 3b and by Cardiovascular Credential-
               BIo 110/210                      anatomy & physiology I & II;                                                      ing International (CCI) under category 3. (Under category 3, graduates like ours with a
               phY 181 or 270/272l              phY 181 General physics for DMs, nMt, raD and rt or phY 270/272l Foundations of   bachelor’s degree are eligible to sit for registration whether or not the program is accredited).
                                                physics I with lab for MrI;
                                                                                                                                  However, MCPHS is in the process of seeking accreditation through the Commission on Ac-
                                                                                                                                  creditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) as reviewed by the Joint Review
               Committee on Education in Diagnotic Medical Sonography.                                             Year II–summer
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                              mcphs–boston
               Preprofessional Phase                                                                               course                           tItle                                           creDIts
               Year I–fall                                                                                         DMS 304                          Problem Solving in Physics and Instruments           4

               course                          tItle                                                    creDIts
                                                                                                                   DMS 302C                         General Clinical Sonography I                        3

               BIo 110                         anatomy and physiology I (w/lab)                                4   lIB 512                          health care ethics                                   3
               che 110                         Basic chemistry I (w/lab)                                       4                                    Distribution elective                                3
               FYs 101                         First Year seminar                                              1   total                                                                                13
               lIB 111                         expository Writing I                                            3
                                                                                                                   Year III–fall
               Mat 141                         algebra and trigonometry                                        3
               total                                                                                        15     course                           tItle                                           creDIts

               Year I–spring                                                                                       DMS 308                          Neurosonology                                        2
                                                                                                                   DMS 310                          Critical Thinking in Sonography I                    2
               course                          tItle                                                    creDIts
                                                                                                                   DMS 312C                         General Clinical Sonography II                       3
               BIo 210                         anatomy and physiology II (w/lab)                               4
                                                                                                                   DMS 322                          Vascular Sonography I                                3
               che 210                         Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                      4
                                                                                                                                                    Distribution elective                                3
               lIB 112                         expository Writing II                                           3
 152                                                                                                               total                                                                                13    153
               phY 181                         General physics                                                 4
               total                                                                                        15     Year III–spring
               Year I–summer                                                                                       course                           tItle                                           creDIts
                                                                                                                   DMS 402                          Vascular Sonography II                               4
               course                          tItle                                                    creDIts
                                                                                                                   DMS 410                          Critical Thinking in Sonography II                   2
               lIB 120                         Introduction to psychology                                      3
                                                                                                                   DMS 412C                         General Clinical Sonography III                      3
               lI 133                          american culture, Identity, and public life                     3
                                                                                                                   DMS 420                          Musculoskeletal Sonography                           3
               lIB 220                         Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health          3
                                               professionals                                                                                        Distribution elective                                3
               Mat 261                         statistics                                                      3   total                                                                                15
               total                                                                                        12     Year III–summer
               NOTE: The above courses are prerequisite to entry into the professional phase of the DMS pro-
                                                                                                                   course                           tItle                                           creDIts
               gram. The student must earn a minimum grade of “C” in BIO 110/210, CHE 110/210, MAT
               141, and PHY 181. Medical Terminology is integrated into the professional phase and thus is         DMS 422C                         General Clinical Sonography IV                       3

               not a course requirement.                                                                           DMS 440                          Advanced Problem Solving in Sonography               6
                                                                                                                                                    Distribution Elective                                3
               Professional Phase: General Track For 3-Year First BS Degree
                                                                                                                   total                                                                                12
               Year II–fall
               course                          tItle                                                    creDIts    Total credits to complete degree requirements: 127 s.h.
               DMS 200                         Introduction to Diagnostic Medical Sonography                   1   Professional Phase: Echocardiography Track For 3-Year First BS Degree
               DMS 202                         Ob/Gyn Sonography I                                             3   Year II–fall
               DMS 204                         Sonography Laboratory Procedures I                              4
                                                                                                                   course                           tItle                                           creDIts
               DMS 205                         Breast Sonography                                               3
                                                                                                                   DMS 200                          Introduction to Diagnostic Medical Sonography        1
               DMS 206                         Abdominal Sonography I                                          3
                                                                                                                   DMS 207                          Fetal & Pediatric Echocardiography                   4
               DMS 208                         Sonographic Physics and Instruments I                           4
                                                                                                                   DMS 208                          Sonographic Physics and Instruments I                4
               total                                                                                        18
                                                                                                                   DMS 209                          Cardiovascular Principles                            4
               Year II–spring                                                                                      DMS 210L                         Cardiovascular Laboratory Procedures I               3

               course                          tItle                                                    creDIts    total                                                                                16

               DMS 212                         Ob/Gyn Sonography II                                            3   Year II–spring
               DMS 214L                        Sonography Laboratory Procedures II                             5
                                                                                                                   course                           tItle                                           creDIts
               DMS 216                         Abdominal Sonography II                                         3
                                                                                                                   DMS 217                          Cardiac Doppler                                      3
               DMS 218                         Sonographic Physics and Instruments II                          3
                                                                                                                   DMS 218                          Sonographic Physics and Instruments II               3
               total                                                                                        14
                                                                                                                   DMS 219                          Adult Echocardiography I                             3
                                                                                                                   DMS 220                          Cardiovascular Laboratory Procedures II              5
                                                                                                                   total                                                                                14
               Year II–summer                                                                                      tal, and Shields MRI Centers Massachusetts and Rhode Island.
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mcphs–boston
               course                           tItle                                                    creDIts   Upon graduation from the BS program in MRI, students are eligible to apply for certification
               DMS 304                          Problem Solving in Physics and Instruments                    4    through examination by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists.
               DMS 306C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography I                          3    Preprofessional Phase
               lIB 512                          health care ethics                                            3
                                                                                                                   Year I—fall
                                                Distribution elective                                         3
               total                                                                                         13    course                              tItle                                             seMester hours
                                                                                                                   BIo 110                             anatomy & physiology I (w/lab)                                4
               Year III–fall                                                                                       che 110                             Basic chemistry I (w/lab)                                     4

               course                           tItle                                                    creDIts   FYs 101                             First Year seminar                                            1

               DMS 310                          Critical Thinking in Sonography                               2    lIB 111                             expository Writing I                                          3

               DMS 316C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography II                         3    Mat 150                             precalculus * or                                              3
               DMS 319                          Adult Echocardiography II                                     3    Mat 151                             calculus I
               DMS 322                          Vascular Sonography I                                         3    total                                                                                            15
                                                Distribution Electives                                        6    *If placed in Precalculus, the student receives 3 s.h. of general elective credit.
 154           total                                                                                         17                                                                                                           155
                                                                                                                   Year I—spring
               Year III–spring
                                                                                                                   course                              tItle                                             seMester hours
               course                           tItle                                                    creDIts   BIo 210                             anatomy & physiology II (w/lab)                               4
               DMS 408                          Advanced Doppler                                              3    che 210                             Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                    4
               DMS 410                          Critical Thinking in Sonography II                            2    lIB 112                             expository Writing II                                         3
               DMS 422                          Vascular Sonography II                                        4    Mat 151/152                         calculus I or calculus II                                     3
               DMS 426C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography III                        3    total                                                                                            14
                                                Distribution Elective                                         3
                                                                                                                   Year I—summer
               total                                                                                         15
                                                                                                                   course                              tItle                                             seMester hours
               Year III–summer
                                                                                                                   lIB 133                             american culture, Identity and public life                    3
               course                           tItle                                                    creDIts   Mat 261                             statistics                                                    3
               DMS 440                          Advanced Problem Solving in Sonography                        6    rsc 110                             Medical terminology for the radiologic sciences               1
               DMS 436C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography IV                         3                                        Distribution/general elective*                                3
               DMS 450                          TE Echo and Invasive Procedures                               3    total                                                                                            10
               total                                                                                         12
                                                                                                                   Year II—fall
               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 129 s.h.                                             course                              tItle                                             seMester hours
                                                                                                                   hsc 3100                            health care Informatics                                       3
               Bachelor of Science Degree in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)                                      lIB 120                             Introduction to psychology                                    3
               Magnetic Resonance Imaging, usually referred to as MRI, is a procedure in which radio               Mat 152                             Foundations of calculus II or                                 3
               waves and a powerful magnet linked to a computer are used to create detailed images of body         Mat 197                             computer applications                                         3
               structures for the purpose of diagnosis. MRI technologists use their knowledge of anatomy,                                              General elective
               physiology, patient care, and the MRI principles to safely operate advanced MRI scanners                                                Distribution/general elective*                                3
               and assist the radiologist in the diagnosis of disease and injury. Unlike most MRI programs,        total                                                                                            15
               this is a primary pathway program which recognizes MRI as a distinct and separate imaging
                                                                                                                   Year II—spring
               discipline. Hence, no prior background in a medical imaging science is required.
                                                                                                                   course                              tItle                                             seMester hours
               The 36-month BS is an accelerated program combining online courses, courses on the Boston
                                                                                                                   Beh 250                             health psychology                                             3
               campus, and clinical internships throughout Massachusetts. The typical course of study begins
                                                                                                                   Beh 254                             Death and Dying                                               3
               with two years of core curriculum preprofessional courses and general education courses fol-
               lowed by one year (including two summers) of professional courses and clinical internships.         phY 270                             Foundations of physics I                                      3
                                                                                                                   phY 272l                            Foundations of physics I lab                                  1
               Students enrolled in the MRI program receive their internship training at hospital affiliates in                                        Distribution/general electives*                               6
               the greater Boston area. These include, but are not limited to, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical       total                                                                                            16
               Center, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Mt. Auburn Hospi-
               * Two of the four electives may be general electives, one must be a Humanities elective and one must        Year I—spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 mcphs–boston
               be a Social Science elective.
                                                                                                                           course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
               The student must earn a minimum grade of “C” in BIO 110 and 210, CHE 110 and 210, MAT                       BIo 210                          anatomy and physiology II (w/lab)                               4
               150, 151, 152, 197 and 261, RSC 110, HSC 310O and PHY 270.                                                  che 210                          Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                      4

               Professional Phase: Bachelor of Science in Magnetic Resonance Imaging                                       lIB 112                          expository Writing II                                           3
               The student must earn a minimum grade of “C” in all courses and achieve and maintain a                      Mat 197                          computer applications*                                          3
               professional 2.5 GPA from this semester on to progress in the program and graduate.                         phY 181                          General physics                                                 4
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                           18
               Year II—summer
                                                                                                                           *Students in Nuclear Medicine Technology take LIB 133 American Culture, Identity, and
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours   Public Life instead of MAT 197.
               MRI 401O                          Physical Principles of MRI                                           3
               MRI 405O                          MRI Safety and Applications                                          3
                                                                                                                           Bachelor of Science Degree in Nuclear Medicine Technology
               RSC 310O                          Cross-Sectional Anatomy                                              3    Nuclear medicine is a medical specialty that uses radioactive pharmaceuticals and tracers in
               MRI 305O                          Patient Care in MRI                                                  2    the diagnosis and treatment of disease. The specialty relies on the expertise of professionals in
               total                                                                                                 11    the allied health sciences for its sophisticated, high technology medical procedures. Among
                                                                                                                           these professionals are nuclear medicine technologists, with skills ranging from patient care
 156           Year III—fall                                                                                                                                                                                                     157
                                                                                                                           to the operation of nuclear instrumentation.
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                           The technologist performs functions which complement those of nuclear medicine physi-
               lIB 512o                          health care ethics                                                   3
                                                                                                                           cians, such as care and preparation of patients for nuclear medicine procedures, application
               lIB 220                           Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
                                                 professionals                                                             of quality control techniques to the nuclear medicine products and procedures, operation
               MRI 402                           Introduction to Clinical MRI                                         2    of instruments for in vivo and in vitro examinations, involvement in research activities, and
               MRI 410                           MRI Procedures                                                       3    participation in the management of the nuclear medicine laboratory.
               PSB 320O                          Introduction to Health Care Delivery                                 3    Students enrolled in the nuclear medicine technology program receive their internship train-
               RSC 325                           Clinical Pathophysiology                                             4    ing at hospital affiliates in the Boston area. These include, but are not limited to, Boston
               total                                                                                                 18    Medical Center, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Children’s Hospital Boston, Dana-Farber
               Year III—spring                                                                                             Cancer Institute, Massachusetts General Hospital, and Tufts New England Medical Center.

               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                           Upon graduation from the Bachelor of Science program in Nuclear Medicine Technology,
               MRI 415                           MRI Image Production and Evaluation                                  3    the student is eligible to apply for certification through examination by the American Regis-
               MRI 420C                          MRI Clinical Internship I                                           11
                                                                                                                           try of Radiologic Technologists and the Nuclear Medicine Technology Certification Board.
               MRI 430                           MRI Pathology                                                        4    Note: All nuclear medicine technology students must fulfill requirements for CPR Certification
               total                                                                                                 18    and medical terminology prior to NMT Internship (NMT 330C)
               Year III—summer (12 weeks)                                                                                  Curriculum: Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology
                                                                                                                           Year I—summer
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               MRI 421C                          MRI Clinical Internship II                                          11    course                           tItle                                              seMester hours

               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 128 s.h. (1,008 Clinical + Internship Hours)                 Mat 261                          statistics                                                      3
                                                                                                                           RSC 325                          Clinical Pathophysiology                                        4
               Common First-year Courses: Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology,                              RSC 110                          Medical Terminology for the Radiologic Sciences                 1
               Radiation Therapy, and Radiography
                                                                                                                                                            Distributive elective                                           3
               Year I—fall
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                           11
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                           Year II—fall
               BIo 110                           anatomy and physiology I (w/lab)                                     4
               che 110                           Basic chemistry I (w/lab)                                            4    course                           tItle                                               seMester hours

               FYs 101                           First Year seminar                                                   1    NMT 215                          Nuclear Medicine Procedures I                                   3
               lIB 111                           expository Writing I                                                 3    NMT 260                          Informatics in Nuclear Medicine                                 3

               lIB 120                           Introduction to psychology                                           3    NMT 271                          Radiation Physics and Instrumentation I                         3

               Mat 141                           algebra and trigonometry                                             3    RSC 310                          Cross-Sectional Anatomy                                         3

               total                                                                                                 18                                     Distribution electives                                          6
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                           18
               Year II—spring                                                                                              Note: All radiation therapy students must be certified in CPR before the Clinical Internship (RTT
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                           201C).
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               NMT 216                           Nuclear Medicine Procedures II                                       3    Curriculum: Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy
               NMT 250                           Foundations of NMT Clinical Practice                                 1    (For students in the Class of 2011 and beyond)
               NMT 265                           Nuclear Cardiology                                                   3    Year I—summer
               NMT 270                           Radiopharmaceuticals                                                 3
               NMT 272                           Radiation Physics and Instrumentation II                             3    course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours

               NMT 275                           Position Emission Tomography (PET)                                   2    lIB 133                          american culture, Identity and public life                           3
               RSC 287                           Radiation: Protection and Biology                                    3    RSC 110                          Medical Terminology for the Radiologic Sciences                      1

               total                                                                                                 18    RSC 305                          Patient Care in Imaging                                              3
                                                                                                                           RSC 325                          Clinical Pathophysiology                                             4
               Year II—summer
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                11
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours   Note: all Radiation Therapy students must fulfill the requirement for medical terminology prior to
               lIB 220                           Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3    Clinical Internship I (RTT 201C).
                                                 professionals
               lIB 512                           health care ethics                                                   3    Year II—fall
 158           RSC 305                           Patient Care in Imaging                                              3                                                                                                               159
                                                                                                                           course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                 Distribution elective                                                3
                                                                                                                           Mat 261                          statistics                                                           3
               total                                                                                                 12    RSC 310                          Cross-Sectional Anatomy                                              3
               Year III—fall                                                                                               RTT 201C                         Radiation Therapy Internship I                                       4
                                                                                                                           RTT 260                          Foundations of Radiation Therapy I                                   2
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                           RTT 280                          Medical Radiation Physics I                                          3
               NMT 330C                          Nuclear Medicine Internship I                                       12
                                                                                                                                                            Distribution elective                                                3
               RSC 315                           CT Imaging                                                           3
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                18
               total                                                                                                 15

               Year III—spring                                                                                             Year II—spring
                                                                                                                           course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                           RSC 287                          Radiation: Protection and Biology                                    3
               NMT 332C                          Nuclear Medicine Internship II                                      12
                                                                                                                           RTT 202C                         Radiation Therapy Internship II                                      4
               NMT 390                           Problem Solving in Nuclear Medicine                                  2
                                                                                                                           RTT 262                          Foundations of Radiation Therapy II                                  2
               total                                                                                                 14
                                                                                                                           RTT 281                          Medical Radiation Physics II                                         3
               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 124 s.h.                                                     RTT 283                          Physics for Treatment Planning                                       2
                                                                                                                                                            Distribution elective                                                3
               Bachelor of Science Degree in Radiation Therapy
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                17
               Radiation Therapy is an allied health specialty that uses ionizing radiation in the treatment
               of disease, primarily cancer. The primary responsibilities of a radiation therapist include                 Year II—summer
               implementing treatment programs prescribed by a radiation oncologist, and assisting in the                  course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               planning of treatment with the medical dosimetrist and radiation physicist. These respon-                   lIB 220                          Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
               sibilities require highly specialized technical skills as well as highly developed interpersonal                                             professionals
               skills for interacting effectively with other members of the oncology treatment team, pa-                   PSB 320                          Introduction to Health Care Delivery                                 3
               tients, and their families. Students in the Radiation Therapy program develop these skills                  RTT 203C                         Radiation Therapy Internship III                                     4
               through an intensive didactic curriculum and through clinical internship under the supervi-                 total                                                                                                10
               sion of registered radiation therapists. Internship training is provided at the clinical affiliates.        Year III—fall
               These include Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, BW/
               DF Cancer Center (Milford) Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Mt. Auburn Hospital, Metro                         course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours

               West Medical Center, Lahey Clinic, Lahey Clinic North, North Main Radiation, MGH                            RSC 315                          CT Imaging                                                           3
               North Shore Center for Outpatient Care, Rhode Island Hospital, Roger Williams Radiation                     RTT 304C                         Radiation Therapy Internship IV                                      6
               Therapy, Shields Radiation Oncology Center (Mansfield), South Suburban Oncology Center                      RTT 361                          Radiation Therapy I with laboratory                                  3
               (Quincy), and Winchester Hospital Radiation Oncology Center.                                                                                 Distribution elective                                                3
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                15
               Upon graduation from the Bachelor of Science program in Radiation Therapy, the student is
               eligible to apply for certification through examination by the American Registry of Radiologic
               Technologists.
               Year III—spring                                                                                            Year II—spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 mcphs–boston
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours   course                           tItle                                                seMester hours

               lIB 512                          health care ethics                                                   3    lIB 133                          american culture, Identity, and public life                      3
               RTT 305C                         Radiation Therapy Internship V                                       6    lIB 512                          health care ethics                                               3
               RTT 340                          Radiation Therapy Quality Assurance and Laboratory                   1    RAD 201C                         Radiography Internship I                                         4
               RTT 345                          Brachytherapy and Hyperthermia                                       2    RAD 211                          Radiographic Procedures II (w/lab)                               4
               RTT 362                          Radiation Therapy II with laboratory                                 3    RAD 221                          Radiographic Exposure Principles II (w/lab)                      4
                                                Distributive elective                                                3    total                                                                                            18
               total                                                                                                18    Year II—summer
               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 125 s.h.                                                    course                           tItle                                                seMester hours
                                                                                                                          RAD 202C                         Radiography Internship II                                        5
               Bachelor of Science Degree in Radiography                                                                  RAD 250                          Image Critique in Radiography                                    1
               Radiography is an imaging science that utilizes ionizing radiation to assist physicians in the             PSB 320O                         Introduction to Health Care Delivery                             3
               diagnosis of disease. Responsibilities of the radiographer include patient care and assessment,            total                                                                                             9
               patient education, preparation and positioning for radiographic procedures, and evaluation
                                                                                                                          Year III—fall
 160           of image quality.                                                                                                                                                                                                 161
                                                                                                                          course                           tItle                                                seMester hours
               The first year of this program consists of a core curriculum of preprofessional and general
                                                                                                                          Mat 261                          statistics                                                       3
               education courses. The didactic and clinical components of the radiography curriculum are
                                                                                                                          RAD 303C                         Radiography Internship III                                       6
               integrated into the second and third years. Clinical training in radiography is provided at
                                                                                                                          RSC 310                          Cross-Sectional Anatomy                                          3
               Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Cambridge Health
                                                                                                                          RSC 315                          CT Imaging                                                       3
               Alliance, Charlton Memorial Hospital, Children’s Hospital Boston, Dana Farber Cancer
                                                                                                                                                           Distribution elective                                            3
               Institute, Falmouth Hospital, Mount Auburn Hospital, St. Elizabeth’s Hospital, Signature
               Health Care (Brockton Hospital), Tufts Medical Center, and a special rotation to Angell                    total                                                                                            18
               Memorial. Upon graduation from the Bachelor of Science program in Radiography, the stu-
                                                                                                                          Year III—spring
               dent is eligible to apply for certification through examination by the American Registry of
               Radiologic Technologists.                                                                                  course                           tItle                                                seMester hours
                                                                                                                          RAD 304C                         Radiography Internship IV                                        6
               Note: All radiography students must fulfill the requirement for CPR certification and for medical
                                                                                                                          RAD 370                          Problem Solving in Radiography                                   3
               terminology before the first Radiography Internship (RAD 201C).
                                                                                                                          RSC 287                          Radiation: Protection and Biology                                3
               Curriculum: Bachelor of Science in Radiography                                                                                              Distribution electives                                           6
               (For students in the Class of 2013 and beyond.)                                                            total                                                                                            18
               Year I—summer                                                                                              Total credits to complete degree requirements: 124 s.h.
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
               RAD 205                          Foundations of Radiography                                           2    Postbaccalaureate Bachelor of Science Degrees in Diagnostic Medical
               RAD 240                          X-ray Radiation Physics                                              2    Sonography (DMS), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), Nuclear
               RSC 110                          Medical Terminology for Radiologic Science                           1
                                                                                                                          Medicine Technology (NMT), Radiation Therapy (RT), Radiography (RAD)
               RSC 325                          Clinical Pathophysiology                                             4    Designed specifically for students with a bachelor’s degree in another field, these programs
               total                                                                                                 9    of study provide a fast-track option for individuals ready for transition to a career in a disci-
               Year II—fall                                                                                               pline within medical imaging and therapeutics. Building on previous learning and experience
                                                                                                                          gained from the student’s first bachelor’s degree, these programs will mirror the curricula of the
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours   three-year bachelor of science programs previously outlined in the prior section of this catalog.
               lIB 220                          Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
                                                professionals                                                             In order to be eligible for these programs, students must possess a prior bachelor’s degree and
               RAD 210                          Radiographic Procedures I (w/lab)                                    4    have completed the following prerequisite coursework with a minimum grade of C: Anatomy
               RAD 220                          Radiographic Exposure Principles I (w/lab)                           4    and Physiology I and II with lab, College Algebra and Trigonometry (for Radiation Therapy
               RSC 305                          Patient Care in Imaging                                              3    and Nuclear Medicine Technology only), Statistics (for Nuclear Medicine Technology only), a
                                                Distribution elective                                                3    computer course, Basic Chemistry I and II with lab (for Nuclear Medicine Technology only),
               total                                                                                                17
                                                                                                                          4 credits College Physics (for Radiation Therapy, Nuclear Medicine Technology, and Radiog-
                                                                                                                          raphy only); 3 or 4 credits of calculus based general physics (MRI only), medical terminology,
                                                                                                                          and Clinical Pathophysiology or equivalent (for Nuclear Medicine Technology only).
               Fifty-five (55) semester hours of credit will be awarded upon matriculation for the prior          Year III–fall
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   mcphs–boston
               baccalaureate degree, which must have been earned from a regionally accredited college or
               university, in fulfillment of MCPHS core curriculum requirements.                                  course                        tItle                                                    creDIts
                                                                                                                  DMS 308                       Neurosonology                                                 2
               Accepted MRI, radiography and radiation therapy students begin their program in the sum-
                                                                                                                  DMS 310                       Critical Thinking in Sonography I                             2
               mer session; nuclear medicine and radiography students begin in the fall session. Graduates
                                                                                                                  DMS 312C                      General Clinical Sonography II                                3
               are eligible to apply for certification in their discipline through examination by the Ameri-
                                                                                                                  DMS 322                       Vascular Sonography I                                         3
               can Registry for Diagnostic Medical Sonography (ARDMS), American Registry of Radio-
                                                                                                                  lIB 220                       Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health        3
               logic Technologists (ARRT) or by the Nuclear Medicine Technology Certification Board                                             professionals
               (NMTCB). Certification by the NMTCB is available only to graduates of the Nuclear Medi-            total                                                                                      13
               cine Technology program. The Nuclear Medicine Technology program is accredited by the
               Joint Review Committee on Education in Nuclear Medicine Technology (JRCNMT). The                   Year III–spring
               Radiation Therapy and Radiography programs are accredited by the Joint Review Commit-              course                        tItle                                                    creDIts
               tee on Education in Radiologic Technology (JRCERT). The MRI program is recognized                  DMS 402                       Vascular Sonography II                                        4
               by the ARRT through regional accreditation. The DMS program is seeking accreditation               DMS 410                       Critical Thinking in Sonography II                            2
               from CAAHEP through the Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical                  DMS 412C                      General Clinical Sonography III                               3
               Sonography.                                                                                        DMS 420                       Musculoskeletal Sonography                                    3
 162           Postbaccaulareate BS Program in Diagnostic Medical Sonography (24-month)                           total                                                                                      12    163
               Prerequisites                                                                                      Year III–summer
                  Baccalaureate or higher degree from a regionally accredited college or university               course                        tItle                                                    creDIts

                  Completion of the following college courses or their equivalent with a grade of C or higher:    *DMS 440                      Advanced Problem Solving in Sonography                        6
                                                                                                                  *DMS 4XXC                     General Clinical Sonography IV                                3
                              Anatomy and Physiology I and II with Lab
                                                                                                                  total                                                                                       9
                              College English, Speech, or Composition
                              College Algebra, Statistics, or higher math course                                  Total credits to complete degree requirements: 76 s.h.
                              College Physics or Radiographic Physics
               General Track For Postbaccalaureate BS Degree
                                                                                                                  Echocardiography Track For 3-Year Postbaccalaureate BS Degree
               Year II–fall                                                                                       Year II–fall
               course                             tItle                                                 creDIts   course                        tItle                                                    creDIts
               DMS 200                            Introduction to Diagnostic Medical Sonography              1    DMS 200                       Introduction to Diagnostic Medical Sonography                 1
               DMS 202                            Ob/Gyn Sonography I                                        3    DMS 207                       Fetal & Pediatric Echocardiography                            4
               DMS 204                            Sonography Laboratory Procedures I                         4    DMS 208                       Sonographic Physics and Instruments I                         4
               DMS 205                            Breast Sonography                                          3    DMS 209                       Cardiovascular Principles                                     4
               DMS 206                            Abdominal Sonography                                       3    DMS 210L                      Cardiovascular Laboratory Procedures I                        3
               DMS 208                            Sonographic Physics and Instruments                        4    total                                                                                      16
               total                                                                                        18
                                                                                                                  Year II–spring
               Year II–spring
                                                                                                                  course                        tItle                                                    creDIts
               course                             tItle                                                 creDIts   DMS 217                       Cardiac Doppler                                               3
               DMS 212                            Ob/Gyn Sonography II                                       3    DMS 218                       Sonographic Physics and Instruments II                        3
               DMS 214L                           Sonography Laboratory Procedures II                        5    DMS 219                       Adult Echocardiology I                                        3
               DMS 216                            Abdominal Sonography II                                    3    DMS 220                       Cardiovascular Laboratory Procedures I                        5
               DMS 218                            Sonographic Physics and Instruments II                     3    total                                                                                      14
               total                                                                                        14
                                                                                                                  Year II–summer
               Year II–summer
                                                                                                                  course                        tItle                                                    creDIts
               course                             tItle                                                 creDIts   DMS 304                       Problem Solving in Physics and Instruments                    4
               DMS 302C                           General Clinical Sonography I                              3    DMS 306C                      Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography I                          3
               DMS 304                            Problem Solving in Physics and Instruments                 4    lIB 512                       health care ethics                                            3
               lIB 512                            health care ethics                                         3    total                                                                                      10
               total                                                                                        10
               Year III–fall
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                           MRI 430                           MRI Pathology                                                        4
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                 18
               course                           tItle                                                            creDIts
               DMS 310                          Critical Thinking in Sonography                                       2
                                                                                                                           Year II—summer (12 weeks)
               DMS 316C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography III                                3    course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               DMS 319                          Adult Echocardiography II                                             3    MRI 421C                          MRI Clinical Internship II                                          11
               DMS 322                          Vascular Sonography I                                                 3    total                                                                                                 11
               lIB 220                          Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health                3    Total credits to complete degree requirements: 58 s.h.
                                                professionals
               total                                                                                                 14    Postbaccalaureate BS Program in Nuclear Medicine Technology (16 months)
                                                                                                                           Year I—fall
               Year III–spring
                                                                                                                           course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               course                           tItle                                                            creDIts
                                                                                                                           lIB 220                           Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
               DMS 408                          Advanced Doppler                                                      3                                      professionals
               DMS 410                          Critical Thinking in Sonography II                                    2    lIB 512o                          health care ethics                                                   3
               DMS 422                          Vascular Sonography II                                                4    NMT 215                           Nuclear Medicine Procedures I                                        3
               DMS 426C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography III                                3    NMT 260                           Informatics in Nuclear Medicine                                      3
 164           total                                                                                                 12                                                                                                                165
                                                                                                                           NMT 271                           Radiation Physics and Instrumentation I (w/lab)                      3
               Year III–summer                                                                                             RSC 310O                          Cross-Sectional Anatomy                                              3
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                 18
               course                           tItle                                                            creDIts
               DMS 436C                         Cardiovascular Clinical Sonography IV                                 3
                                                                                                                           Year I—spring
               DMS 440                          Advanced Problem Solving in Sonography                                6    course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               DMS 450                          TE Echo and Invasive Procedures                                       3    NMT 216                           Nuclear Medicine Procedures II                                       3
               total                                                                                                 12    NMT 250                           Foundations of NMT Clinical Practice                                 1
               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 78 s.h.                                                      NMT 265                           Nuclear Cardiology                                                   3
               Postbaccalaureate BS Program in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (16-month)                                       NMT 270                           Radiopharmaceuticals                                                 3
               The student must earn a minimum grade of “C” in all courses and achieve and maintain a mini-                NMT 272                           Radiation Physics and Instrumentation II                             3
               mum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in this program in order to progress and graduate.                                NMT 275                           Positron Emission Tomography (PET)                                   2
                                                                                                                           RSC 287                           Radiation: Protection & Biology                                      3
               Year I—summer
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                 18
               course                           tItle                                                     seMester hours
                                                                                                                           Year I—summer
               MRI 305O                         Patient Care in MRI                                                   2
               MRI 401O                         Physical Principles of MRI                                            3    course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               MRI 405O                         MRI Safety and Applications                                           3    NMT 305C                          Nuclear Medicine Internship I                                       12
               RSC 310                          Cross Sectional Anatomy                                               3    RSC 305                           Patient Care in Imaging                                              3
               total                                                                                                 11    total                                                                                                 15
               Year I—fall                                                                                                 Year II—fall
               course                           tItle                                                     seMester hours   course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               lIB 220                          Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health                3    NMT 332C                          Nuclear Medicine Internship II                                      12
                                                professionals
                                                                                                                           RAD 390O                          Problem Solving in Nuclear Medicine                                  2
               lIB 512o                         health care ethics                                                    3
                                                                                                                           RSC 315                           CT Imaging                                                           3
               MRI 402                          Introduction to Clinical MRI (8 hrs./week for 10 weeks)               2
                                                                                                                           total                                                                                                 17
               MRI 410                          MRI Procedures                                                        3
               psB 320o                         Introduction to health care Delivery                                  3    Total credits to complete requirements: 68 s.h.
               RSC 325                          Clinical Pathophysiology                                              4
               total                                                                                                 18

               Year I—spring
               course                           tItle                                                     seMester hours
               MRI 415                          MRI Image Production and Evaluation                                   3
               MRI 420C                         MRI Clinical Internship I                                            11
               Postbaccalaureate BS Program in Radiation Therapy (24 months)                                               Postbaccalaureate BS Program in Radiography (24 months)
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              mcphs–boston
               Note: All RTT students must fulfill requirements for CPR certification and medical terminology              Note: All RAD students must fulfill requirements for CPR certification and medical terminology
               prior to RTT Internship (RTT 201C).                                                                         prior to RAD Internship (RAD 201C).
               Year I—summer                                                                                               Year I—summer
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours   course                            tItle                                                           seMester hours
               RSC 110                           Medical Terminology for the Radiologic Sciences                      1    RAD 205                           Foundations of Radiography                                                  2
               RSC 305                           Patient Care in Imaging                                              3    RAD 240                           X-ray Radiation Physics                                                     2
               RSC 325                           Clinical Pathophysiology                                             4    RSC 110                           Medical Terminology for the Radiologic Sciences                             1
               total                                                                                                  8    RSC 325                           Clinical Pathology                                                          4

               Year I—fall                                                                                                 total                                                                                                         9

                                                                                                                           Year I—fall
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               lIB 220                           Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3    course                            tItle                                                           seMester hours
                                                 professionals
                                                                                                                           lIB 220                           Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health                      3
               RSC 310                           Cross-Sectional Anatomy                                              3                                      professionals
               RTT 201C                          Radiation Therapy Internship I                                       4    RAD 210                           Radiographic Procedures I (w/lab)                                           4
 166           RTT 260                           Foundations of Radiation Therapy I                                   2    RAD 220                           Radiographic Exposure Principles I (w/lab)                                  4
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              167
               RTT 280                           Medical Radiation Physics I                                          3    RSC 305                           Patient Care in Imaging                                                     3
               total                                                                                                 15    total                                                                                                        14
               Year I—spring                                                                                               Year I—spring
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours                                     tItle
                                                                                                                           course                                                                                     seMester hours
               RSC 287                           Radiation: Protection and Biology                                    3    RAD 201C                          Radiography Internship I                                                    4
               RTT 202C                          Radiation Therapy Internship II                                      4    RAD 211                           Radiographic Procedures II (w/lab)                                          4
               RTT 262                           Foundations of Radiation Therapy II                                  2    RAD 221                           Radiographic Exposure Principles II (w/lab)                                 4
               RTT 281                           Medical Radiation Physics II                                         3    total                                                                                                        12
               RTT 283                           Physics for Treatment Planning                                       2    Year II—summer
               total                                                                                                 14
                                                                                                                           course                            tItle                                                           seMester hours
               Year II—summer
                                                                                                                           RAD 202C                          Radiography Internship II                                                   5
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours   RAD 250                           Image Critique in Radiography                                               1
               lIB 512                           health care ethics                                                   3    psB 320                           Introduction to health care Delivery                                        3
               PSB 320O                          Introduction to Health Care Delivery                                 3    total                                                                                                         9
               RTT 203C                          Radiation Therapy Clinical Internship III                            4
                                                                                                                           Year II—fall
               total                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                           course                            tItle                                                           seMester hours
               Year II—fall
                                                                                                                           lIB 512                           health care ethics                                                          3
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours   RAD 303C                          Radiography Internship III                                                  6
               RSC 315                           CT Imaging                                                           3    RSC 310                           Cross Sectional Anatomy                                                     3
               RTT 304C                          Radiation Therapy Clinical Internship IV                             6    RSC 315                           CT Imaging                                                                  3
               RTT 361                           Radiation Therapy I (w/lab)                                          3    total                                                                                                        15
               total                                                                                                 12
                                                                                                                           Year II—spring
               Year II—spring
                                                                                                                           course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours   RAD 304C                          Radiography Internship IV                                                   6
               RTT 305C                          Radiation Therapy Clinical Internship V                              6    RAD 370                           Problem Solving in Radiography                                              3
               RTT 340                           Radiation Therapy Quality Assurance (w/lab)                          1    RSC 287                           Radiation: Protection and Biology                                           3
               RTT 345                           Brachytherapy and Hyperthermia                                       2    total                                                                                                        12
               RTT 362                           Radiation Therapy II (w/lab)                                         3
                                                                                                                           Total credits to complete requirements: 71 s.h.
               total                                                                                                 12

               Total credits to complete requirements: 71 s.h.
               Advanced Certificate Programs in Medical Imaging                                                       Spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         mcphs–boston
               Two certificate programs for working technologists seeking advanced certification in the               course                            tItle                                                    seMester hours
               advanced imaging modalities are offered by the School of Medical Imaging and Therapeu-                 MrI 415                           MrI Image production and Quality                                            3
               tics. The certificate programs provide both didactic and clinical training, and students, upon         MrI 430                           MrI pathology                                                               3
               successful completion of the program, are eligible to sit for the advanced certification ex-           total                                                                                                         6
               aminations administered by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT).                   **MRI clinical rotations at affiliated hospitals will be offered to students who wish to enroll in the
               Certificate programs are available in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and computed to-                fall semester.
               mography (CT).
                                                                                                                      Total credits to complete MRI certificate requirements: 18 s.h.
               Eligibility for each certificate program is established in accordance with ARRT guidelines.
               Applicants must hold current ARRT/NMTCP certification in the appropriate discipline as                 Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies (Online)
               well as current CPR certification.
                                                                                                                      The radiologist assistant (RA) is a new health care professional who enhances patient care by
               Prerequisites                                                                                          extending the capacity of the radiologist in the diagnostic imaging environment. According
                  • AARRT/NMTBC/ARDMS/ Certification in Radiography, Nuclear Medicine Technol-                        to the “Radiologist Assistant Role Delineation” published by the American Registry of Radio-
                    ogy, or Radiation Therapy                                                                         logic Technologists (ARRT) in 2005, the RA is an advanced-level radiographer who, under
                                                                                                                      radiologist supervision, performs patient assessment, patient management, and selected im-
 168              • ARSC 310 Cross Sectional Anatomy (3 credits)                                                      aging procedures. ARRT has developed a certification program for the RA.                                           169
                  • ARSC 315 CT Imaging (3 credits)                                                                   To be eligible for admission, prospective students must have completed a baccalaureate de-
                  • AA minimum grade of “C” is required in ALL courses to progress and receive certifica-             gree, hold ARRT certification in radiography, be in good standing with the ARRT, have four
                    tion.                                                                                             years of full-time direct patient care experience and be ACLS-certified. A 3.0 cumulative
               Curriculum: Computed Tomography                                                                        grade point average (GPA) for the baccalaureate degree is considered competitive for admis-
               Summer                                                                                                 sion. Applicants must secure their own clinical (Radiologist) preceptor and complete the
                                                                                                                      Preceptor Agreement forms.
               course                            tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                      The MCPHS Master of Radiologist Assistant Studies (MRAS) program enrolled its first class
               rsc 420                           ct pathology and procedures                                     3
                                                                                                                      in spring semester 2010. Accepted students begin the program each spring. This is designed
               rsc 425c                          ct clinical practicum I                                         9
                                                                                                                      as a five semester, online program. Students will study on campus during semesters 1, 2, 3
               total                                                                                            12
                                                                                                                      and 5, for two to three days of on-site intensives. The clinical internship begins in the second
               Fall                                                                                                   semester and continues through the fifth semester. Graduates are eligible to apply for certifi-
               course                            tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                      cation by examination through the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists. The RA
                                                                                                                      program has achieved program recognition by ARRT.
               rsc 435c                          ct clinical practicum II                                         9
               total                                                                                              9   A minimum professional GPA of 3.0 and a minimum of a B- in all RAS classes are required
               Total credits to complete CT certificate requirements: 21 s.h.                                         for the student to progress and graduate.
               Curriculum: Magnetic Resonance Imaging                                                                 Those currently holding less than a baccalaureate degree but the appropriate certification
               Prerequisites: ARRT/NMTBC/ARDMS certification in Radiography, Nuclear Medicine Technol-                should enroll in the MCPHS BS in Health Sciences degree program. Those who hold the
               ogy, Radiation Therapy, or Sonography. A grade of “C” or better in a Cross-Sectional Anatomy           baccalaureate but not the ARRT certification should enroll in the MCPHS Postbaccalaureate
               Course is also required. A minimum grade of “C” is required in ALL courses to progress and receive     Bachelor of Science in Radiography program.
               the certificate.                                                                                       Year 1-spring
               Summer
                                                                                                                      course                            tItle                                                           seMester hours
               course                            tItle                                               seMester hours   ras 701                           procedures, evaluation & clinical pathways I*                               2
               MrI 401                           physical principles of MrI                                      3    ras 705                           radiologic applications of pharmacology                                     3
               MrI 405                           MrI safety and applications                                     3    ras 708                           radiobiology, Fluoroscopy & health physics                                  2
               rsc 310                           cross sectional anatomy                                         3    ras 710                           anatomy and physiology for radiologist assistants                           2
               total                                                                                             9    total                                                                                                         9
               *RSC 310 is offered during the summer semester for students who have not taken Cross Sectional         Year 1-summer
               Anatomy.
                                                                                                                      course                            tItle                                                           seMester hours
               Fall                                                                                                   ras 711                           procedures, evaluation & clinical pathways II                               2
               course                            tItle                                               seMester hours   ras 715c                          clinical preceptorship I                                                    3
               MrI 410                           MrI procedures                                                  3    ras 725                           adv patient assess, communication and Management (with                      4
                                                                                                                                                        lab)*
               total                                                                                             3
                                                                                                                     with state and federal laws. A conviction of, or a plea of guilty to, or a plea of nolo contendere
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mcphs–boston
               ras 820                          research evaluation in radiology                                3
               total                                                                                           12    to a crime, which is either a felony or is a crime of moral turpitude must be investigated by
                                                                                                                     the ARRT in order to determine eligibility.
               Year 1—fall
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                     Pregnancy Policy
               ras 727                          Medicolegal Issues and health care systems                      3    Note: This policy applies to all female students in the Radiography, Radiation Therapy, Nuclear
               ras 811                          procedures, evaluation & clinical pathways III                  2    Medicine Technology and Radiologist Assistant majors or the Computed Tomography Certificate.
               ras 815c                         clinical preceptorship II                                       3    In the event a female student becomes pregnant, the student may choose to declare her preg-
               ras 818                          pathophysiology & Image critique I*                             3    nancy, since there is a potential risk to the developing fetus from radiation exposure. In the
               total                                                                                           11    event a student chooses to declare her pregnancy, the student will notify the program director
               Year 2—spring                                                                                         and dean in writing that she is pregnant and also state the estimated date of conception. The
                                                                                                                     “MCPHS Declaration of Pregnancy for Radiation Workers” form, available in the School
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours
                                                                                                                     of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics dean’s office, shall be used for this purpose. A copy of
               ras 825c                         clinical preceptorship III                                      4
                                                                                                                     this declaration will be forwarded to the Radiation Safety Officer. Choosing not to declare
               ras 828                          pathophysiology & Image critique II                             3    a pregnancy will result in exemption from the specific state radiation protection regulations
               ras 831                          professional practice seminar I                                 2    limiting the exposure to the embryo/fetus.
 170           total                                                                                            9                                                                                                         171
                                                                                                                     Once the student declares herself to be pregnant, the Radiation Safety Officer will issue to
               Year 2-summer                                                                                         the student:
               course                           tItle                                               seMester hours     • a second badge to be worn during the gestation period at waist level to serve as a mea-
               ras 832                          professional practice seminar II*                               2        sure of embryo/fetus exposure. The radiation exposure control criterion for this student
               ras 835c                         clinical preceptorship IV                                       4        will be to limit exposures to this waist level badge to less than 50 mrem/month (0.5
               ras 842                          advanced Imaging & Interventional procedures                    3        millisieverts).
               total                                                                                            9      • a copy of the applicable state regulations (105CMR120.203, 105CMR120.218,
               Total semester hours to complete the MRAS degree requirements: 50 s.h.                                    105CMR120.267) which deal with exposure to the embryo/fetus.
                                                                                                                       • a copy of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Guide 8.13, “Instruction Concerning Prenatal
               School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics (SMIT) Policies and                                            Radiation Exposure” and Guide 8.29, “Instructions Concerning Risks from Radiation
               Professional Requirements                                                                                 Exposure.” The student will be given an opportunity to discuss this material with the
                                                                                                                         Radiation Safety Officer or his/her representative.
               To be in good academic standing, students in the SMIT programs (with the exception of the
               Radiologist Assistant program) must have a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Students               In order to adhere to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Regulation 105CMR120.218,
               must also earn a minimum grade of C in the professional courses in the major, including all           which requires that “the dose to an embryo/fetus during the entire pregnancy, due to occupa-
               clinical internships. Professional courses are listed in bold type in the curriculum outline. Any     tional exposure of a declared pregnant woman, does not exceed 500 mrem (5 millisieverts),”
               student who fails a professional course twice is dismissed from the program.                          the student is offered the following options:
               Students whose clinical performance during the internship rotation is unsatisfactory receive            1. The student may continue in the program as long as her embryo/fetal exposures are in
               a warning from their clinical supervisor by the middle of the rotation; those who fail two                 conformance with the requirements of 105CMR120.218. If the student chooses this
               internship rotations are dismissed from the program.                                                       option, the following procedure must be followed:
                                                                                                                       a. All efforts must be made by the student to ensure that the exposure total to the
               In addition to being in good academic and financial standing, students must complete all
                                                                                                                          waist badge does not exceed 500 mrem (5 millisieverts) for the entire gestation period.
               professional coursework at MCPHS to receive their degrees in diagnostic medical sonography,
                                                                                                                       b. The student and program director are to be notified, in writing, by the Radiation
               magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear medicine technology, radiography, or radiation therapy
                                                                                                                          Safety Officer, if over 80% of this dose (400 mrem) is received.
               programs or the certificate in MRI or CT.
                                                                                                                       c. The student and program director are to be notified, in writing, by the Radiation
               BCLS Certification                                                                                         Safety Officer if the monthly recommendation of 50 mrem is exceeded.
               All students in School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics programs must have current                   d. The student is expected to utilize her knowledge of radiation control principles
               certification in Basic Cardiac Life Support (BCLS) for Health Care Professionals before they               at ALL times to further minimize her exposure.
               begin their clinical rotations (DMS 302C (general track), DMS 306C (echo track), MRI                    e. If the maximum exposure total for the gestation period is reached, the student,
               402, NMT 330C, RTT 201C, or RAD 201C).                                                                     Radiation Safety Officer and program director must agree on an alternate option.
               Eligibility for Certification – ARRT                                                                    2. The student may request a leave of absence from the career component of the program.
               Candidates for certification through the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists                     The student may continue with general education courses without modification or in-
               (ARRT) must successfully complete a program of formal education, which is accredited by a                  terruption.
               mechanism acceptable to the ARRT. Candidates must also comply with the Rules of Ethics
               contained in the ARRT Standards of Ethics. This includes, but is not limited to, compliance
               Note: Experience shows that the radiation workers in this program generally receive to the whole      the NCLEX-RN, the program prepares graduates able to respond to the complex challenges
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            mcphs–boston
               body well below 500 mrem per year, 50 mrem per month, and it is most unlikely that there will         of a rapidly changing health care environment. The curriculum builds on a strong founda-
               be any problems adhering to the fetal exposure limits.                                                tion in the liberal arts and sciences and guides the student toward gaining the knowledge,
               Policy for Content Validation after Non-Progression or Leave of Absence                               skills, competencies and values required to practice as a professional nurse. This program has
               Students who have not been continuously attending courses for a period of one semester or             received approval by the Massachusetts Board of Registration in Nursing, and is accredited
               more from an undergraduate School of Medical Imaging and Therapeutics (SMIT) profes-                  by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.
               sional course, or who withdraw from a SMIT program via leave of absence, must validate                The BSN is offered as a full-time baccalaureate degree program, in a 32-month accelerated
               previous knowledge and skills held prior to program exit before they may reenroll in SMIT             year-round format. The first two years of the program consists of 15-week fall semesters and
               clinical professional courses. Reenrollment is subject to clinical placement availability (Note:      15-week spring semesters, along with two 5-week summer sessions in Year 1, and a 12-week
               there is no guarantee that space will be available at the desired time of return of the student; it   summer session in Year 2; the third and final year consists of a 15-week fall semester and a
               may take up to two years for reentry due to lack of clinical placement availability). This policy     15-week spring semester, concluding in May of the third year. The program requires 125
               applies to all undergraduate SMIT programs.                                                           semester hours of credit for completion, which includes the core curriculum requirements
               The validation will occur via students’ demonstration of knowledge and skills, i.e., meet-            common to all MCPHS undergraduate and first professional degree programs, additional
               ing established program clinical competencies, in a selected clinical facility or simulation          professional support courses in the natural and social sciences, and courses in the nursing ma-
               laboratory. This requires that students notify the program director of desired date of return         jor. Upon completion of the program, students will be eligible to sit for the National Council
               a minimum of 30 days prior to anticipated return to make arrangements for preparing and               of State Boards of Nursing Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN).
 172           performing validation testing. Program faculty will provide guidance as to what content and           Note: An exception to the policy that no course examinations or graded assignments worth more          173
               skills (competencies) need to be reviewed by students prior to the testing, but it is the stu-        than 15% of final course grade may be scheduled during the week before final examinations exists
               dent’s responsibility to prepare for the validation testing.                                          for nursing courses. Major graded assignments or exams may be administered the week before the
               Students attempting to return from a leave of absence must also have been cleared to return           final week of the course. A “Reading Day” (scheduled only on a weekday, no Saturday or Sunday)
               to classes by designated staff in the Academic Resource Center and the Dean of Students (if           will be provided between the end of scheduled classes/clinical rotations and the administration of
               a medical leave of absence) prior to performing validation testing. The Academic Resource             any final exams.
               Center will notify the Dean of SMIT when the student is eligible to take the validation test.         Program Curriculum:
               Validation of knowledge will consist of a competency examination. A minimum grade of “C”              Year I—fall
               on the competency examination is required. Program faculty will determine the content and
                                                                                                                     course                           tItle                                                seMester hours
               skills to be included in the validation test.
                                                                                                                     BIo 110                          anatomy & physiology I (w/lab)                                   4
               If a student fails the validation test, he/she must enroll in a one-semester Directed Study to        che 110                          Basic chemistry (w/lab)                                          4
               remediate prior to reentering the program. This will delay the student’s reentry for at least one     FYs 101                          First Year seminar                                               1
               semester but likely for one year (or more if there is no clinical space available). The number        lIB 111                          expository Writing I                                             3
               of semester credits assigned to the Directed Study course will vary (1-3 semester credits) de-
                                                                                                                     Mat 141                          algebra and trigonometry                                         3
               pending upon the number of semesters successfully completed in the program. If the student
                                                                                                                     total                                                                                            15
               completed two or fewer semesters, one credit will be assigned; if 3-4 semesters, 2 credits; and
               if more than four semesters, 3 credits. Students may take general education courses concur-           Year I—spring
               rently with the Directed Study, but may not take any program professional courses until the           course                           tItle                                                seMester hours
               directed study has been successfully completed.                                                       BIo 210                          anatomy & physiology II (w/lab)                                  4
               If a student does not pass the Directed Study with a minimum of “C” on the first attempt,             che 210                          Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                       4
               he/she will be dismissed from their respective program.                                               lIB 112                          expository Writing II                                            3
                                                                                                                     lIB 120                          Introduction to psychology                                       3
                                                                                                                     lIB 133                          american culture, Identity and public life                       3
                                                                                                                     NUR 105                          Introduction to the Nursing Profession                           1
               School of Nursing                                                                                     total                                                                                            18

               Bachelor of Science in Nursing                                                                        Year I—summer
               Accelerated 32-month Curriculum (Boston)                                                              course                           tItle                                                seMester hours
               Responding to the growing demand for Nurses nationally, MCPHS offers an innovative ac-                Beh 352*                         human Development through the life cycle                         3
               celerated 32-month nursing professional program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Nurs-           Mat 261                          statistics                                                       3
               ing (BSN) degree. The curriculum has been developed in collaboration with clinical partners           NUR 205                          Nursing History, Knowledge and Narrative                         3
               at Boston’s Harvard-affiliated hospitals and selected other community agencies and institu-                                            Distribution elective                                            3
               tions of the Longwood Medical and Academic Area of Boston. Reflecting the American As-                total                                                                                            12
               sociation of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) Essentials of Baccalaureate Education for Professional
               Nursing Practice and the National Council of State Boards of Nursing Detailed Test Plan for           * BEH 352 fulfills the behavioral science core curriculum requirement.
               Year II—fall                                                                                               Any nursing course that is graded below a “C” may be repeated only once. A second grade less
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                          than “C” in the repeated course will result in dismissal from the nursing program. Through-
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                          out the nursing program, a student may repeat no more than two separate nursing courses.
               BIo 255                          Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                                         4
                                                                                                                          Three grades less than “C” in any combination of nursing courses will also result in dismissal
               lIB 220                          Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
                                                professionals
                                                                                                                          from the nursing program.
               NUR 208                          Essential Concepts of Nursing                                        3    All freshman (fall, spring and summer) courses must be satisfactorily completed prior to en-
               NUR 215/215L                     Nursing Skills and Technologies                                      4    rolling in NUR 208 Essential Concepts of Nursing. All second year (fall and spring) courses
                                                humanities elective                                                  3    must be successfully completed prior to enrolling in NUR 325 Provider of Care I: Adult and
               total                                                                                                17    Elder Health.
               Year II—spring                                                                                             CPR Certification
                                                                                                                          All students must complete CPR training prior to beginning clinical experiences in NUR
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                          325-Provider of Care I: Adult and Elder Health. Students must be certified in Basic Cardiac
               lIB 512                          health care ethics                                                   3
                                                                                                                          Life Support (BCLS) at the Health Care Provider Level by the American Heart Association
               NUR 245/245L                     Health Assessment and Promotion                                      4
                                                                                                                          (AHA). Students must provide a copy of the American Heart Association Health Care Pro-
               NUR 226                          Pathophysiologic and Pharmacologic Approach to Nursing               6    vider Level Card indicating active certification (AHA requires recertification every two years).
                                                Practice
                                                                                                                          It is recommended that the student verify the course in advance to ensure that the course is
 174                                            Distribution elective                                                3
                                                                                                                          appropriate.                                                                                        175
               total                                                                                                16
                                                                                                                          Transportation
               Year II—summer*
                                                                                                                          Reliable transportation to, from, and during all clinical and field experiences is the responsi-
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours   bility of the student.
               NUR 325/325L                     Provider of Care I: Adult and Elder Health                           8
                                                                                                                          Licensure
               NUR 330**                        Nursing Informatics and Health Care Technologies                     3
                                                                                                                          Students who successfully complete the program will be eligible to sit for the National Coun-
               total                                                                                                11
                                                                                                                          cil Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN).
               Year III—fall*
                                                                                                                          Employment
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours   Due to the rigorous nature of the nursing program, the demands placed on students are ex-
               NUR 335                          Provider of Care II: Child-Bearing and Child-Rearing                 6    tremely high, particularly with respect to their clinical schedule and course requirements. It is
                                                Family Health                                                             for this reason that students are strongly discouraged from engaging in outside, non-program
               NUR 345                          Provider of Care III: Mental and Social Health                       6    related employment throughout the program of study.
               NUR 350                          Scholarly Inquiry                                                    3
               total                                                                                                15    School of Nursing Professional and Technical Standards
               Year III—spring*                                                                                           A pre-licensure candidate for the BSN degree must have abilities and skills in four areas:
                                                                                                                          communication, observation, motor function and endurance, and behavioral maturity. Rea-
               course                           tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                          sonable accommodations may be made for some disabilities. However, pre-licensure BSN
               NUR 425                          Provider of Care IV: Community and Home Health                       8
                                                                                                                          students must be able to perform in a reasonably independent manner, with or without
               NUR 445                          Provider of Care: V/Coordinator of Care                              6
                                                                                                                          accommodations.
               NUR 450                          Member of a Profession and Capstone Leadership Project               4
               total                                                                                                18
                                                                                                                          Communication
                                                                                                                            • Must be able to communicate effectively with patients, families, and members of the
               Total credits to complete degree requirements: 122 s.h.
                                                                                                                              health care team through oral, written, and interpersonal means.
               *Courses are offered in a block-scheduling format during these semesters, with students taking one           • Must be able to obtain information, describe patient situations, and perceive both oral
               or two courses concurrently during each block.                                                                 and non-verbal communication (including ability to understand normal speech with-
               ** MAT 141 and NUR 330 fulfill the math/physics/computer science core curriculum require-                      out seeing the speaker’s face).
               ment.                                                                                                        • Must be able to speak, comprehend, read and write in English at a level that meets the
                                                                                                                              need for accurate, clear and effective communication; examples include but are not
               School of Nursing Academic Policies                                                                            limited to: giving clear oral reports, reading watches or clocks with second hands, read-
               Academic Progression                                                                                           ing graphs, reading and understanding documents printed in English, writing legibly in
               A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required in selected prerequisite non-nursing courses                          English, discriminating subtle differences in medical terminology.
               (Anatomy and Physiology, Basic Chemistry, Microbiology, Statistics, and Human Growth                       Observation
               and Development), and all professional nursing courses. Successful completion of both the                   • Must be able to observe a patient accurately; examples include but are not limited to:
               theory and the clinical laboratory/practicum in a clinical nursing course is required to pass                  listening to heart and breath sounds; visualizing the appearance of a surgical wound;
               the course. A minimum professional GPA of 2.7 is required.
                   detecting bleeding, unresponsiveness or other changes in patient status; detecting the        remediate prior to reentering the program. This will delay the student’s reentry for at least one
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     mcphs–boston
                   presence of foul odor; and palpating an abdomen.                                              semester but likely for one year (or more if there is no clinical space available). The number
                 • Must be able to detect and respond to emergency situations, including audible alarms          of semester credits assigned to the Directed Study course will vary (1-3 semester credits) de-
                   (e.g., monitors, call bells, fire alarms).                                                    pending upon the number of semesters successfully completed in the program. If the student
               Motor Function and Endurance                                                                      completed two or fewer semesters, one credit will be assigned; if 3-4 semesters, 2 credits; and
                • Must have sufficient strength and mobility to work effectively and safely with patients        if more than four semesters, 3 credits. Students may take general education courses concur-
                   and carry out nursing care activities; examples include but are not limited to: lifting and   rently with the Directed Study, but may not take any program professional courses until the
                   positioning patients (lifting up to 50 pounds, carrying up to 25 pounds), transferring        directed study has been successfully completed.
                   patients in and out of bed, cardiopulmonary resuscitation (AHA Health Care Provider),         If a student does not pass the Directed Study with a minimum of “C” on the first attempt,
                   preparation and administration of medications (oral, injection, intravenous, includ-          he/she will be dismissed from their respective program.
                   ing hanging IV bags at shoulder height), reading and emptying body fluid collection
                   devices below bed level, application of pressure to stop bleeding, clearing/opening an
                   obstructed airway, provision of daily hygiene care.                                           School of Physician Assistant Studies
                • Must be able to complete assigned periods of clinical practice, including up to 12 hour
                   shifts (including days, evenings, nights, weekends).                                          Physician Assistant Studies (Boston)
                • Must be able to respond at a speed and in a manner sufficient to carry out patient as-         See MCPHS–Manchester and MCPHS–Worcester sections for information on the Physician As-
 176               signments within the allotted time.                                                           sistant Studies (Manchester/Worcester) program.                                                     177
               Behavioral                                                                                        MCPHS Physician Assistant (PA) Studies program is dedicated to the education of clinically
                 • Must possess mental and emotional health required for total utilization of intellectual       competent medical professionals thoroughly prepared to deliver quality patient care in vari-
                   abilities.                                                                                    ous settings within the health care delivery system. Upon successful completion of the degree
                 • Must be able to tolerate physically taxing work loads.                                        requirements, the Master in Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) is awarded. The program is
                 • Must be able to respond and function effectively during stressful situations.                 accredited by the Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assis-
                 • Must be capable of adapting to rapidly-changing environments, and respond with flex-          tant (ARC-PA) and graduates are eligible to sit for the Physician Assistant National Certify-
                   ibility in uncertain situations.                                                              ing Examination required by all states for licensure or registration.
                 • Must be able to interact appropriately with others (patients, families, members of health
                                                                                                                 Students applying to the PA Studies program (Boston) must submit a formal application,
                   care team) in various health care contexts.
                                                                                                                 including official transcripts and essay, through CASPA by November 1 of the year prior to
               Policy for Content Validation after Non-Progression or Leave of Absence                           admission. CASPA, the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA)
               Students who have not been continuously attending courses for a period of one semester or         can be contacted at www.caspaonline.org. In addition to submitting an application through
               more from an undergraduate program in the School of Nursing, or who withdraw from a               CASPA, all MPAS applicants are required to complete a supplemental application submitted
               SON program via leave of absence, must validate previous knowledge and skills held prior          to MCPHS available on the College website.
               to program exit before they may reenroll in SON clinical professional courses. Reenrollment
                                                                                                                 MCPHS–Boston offers an accredited program leading to the MPAS. This program capital-
               is subject to clinical placement availability (Note: there is no guarantee that space will be
                                                                                                                 izes on the extensive educational resources of the College, the Longwood Medical and Aca-
               available at the desired time of return of the student; it may take up to two years for reentry
                                                                                                                 demic Area, and other parts of New England to prepare physician assistants with the skills,
               due to lack of clinical placement availability). This policy applies to all undergraduate SON
                                                                                                                 competencies, and attitudes to provide compassionate care to patients in a variety of settings.
               programs.
                                                                                                                 While the emphasis is on primary care, students acquire experience in the evaluation and
               The validation will occur via students’ demonstration of knowledge and skills, i.e., meet-        treatment of a broad spectrum of medical problems through the program’s clinical clerkships.
               ing established program clinical competencies, in a selected clinical facility or simulation      These experiential elements of the program provide training in surgery, psychiatry, women’s
               laboratory. This requires that students notify the program director of desired date of return     health, pediatrics, emergency medicine, ambulatory care, geriatrics and rehabilitation, and
               a minimum of 30 days prior to anticipated return to make arrangements for preparing and           internal medicine.
               performing validation testing. Program faculty will provide guidance as to what content and
                                                                                                                 The Physician Assistant
               skills (competencies) need to be reviewed by students prior to the testing, but it is the stu-
                                                                                                                 Professional Responsibilities
               dents’ responsibility to prepare for the validation testing.
                                                                                                                 Physician Assistants (PAs) are skilled members of the health care team qualified by academic
               Students attempting to return from a leave of absence must also have been cleared to return
                                                                                                                 and clinical experience to provide a broad range of health care services in practice with a
               to classes by designated staff in the Academic Resource Center and the Dean of Students (if
                                                                                                                 licensed physician. The health care services PAs provide include performing appropriate
               a medical leave of absence) prior to performing validation testing. The Academic Resource
                                                                                                                 medical interviews and physical examinations; identifying health care problems in need of
               Center will notify the Dean of SON when the student is eligible to take the validation test.
                                                                                                                 evaluation and management; screening results of laboratory diagnostic studies; implementing
               Validation of knowledge will consist of a competency examination. A minimum grade of “C”
                                                                                                                 treatment plans; counseling patients regarding illness and health-risk behaviors; monitoring
               on the competency examination is required. Program faculty will determine the content and
                                                                                                                 responses to programs of therapy, and facilitating access to appropriate health care resources.
               skills to be included in the validation test.
                                                                                                                 These services may be provided to individuals of any age in those various settings considered
               If a student fails the validation test, he/she must enroll in a one-semester Directed Study to    part of the physician’s practice.
                                                                                                                 Professional Credentials
               Over the past 40 years several milestones within the profession have occurred that have in-
                                                                                                                   No student will be permitted to enter spring semester without having successfully completed all
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         mcphs–boston
               creased recognition of the PA as a vital member of the health care team. These markers
               include graduation from an academic program accredited by the Accreditation Review Com-             prior courses, including Library Modules and Medical Terminology.
               mission on Education for the Physician Assistant, certification through examination by the          Year I—spring
               National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants and registration or licensure
                                                                                                                   course                            tItle                                             seMester hours
               by State Boards of Medical Examiners. Continued professional competence is evidenced by
                                                                                                                   PAS 520                           Clinical Pharmacology II                                       3
               the completion of 100 hours of continuing medical education every two years and successful
                                                                                                                   PAS 524/524L                      Gross Anatomy (w/lab)                                          5
               passage of a recertification examination every six years.
                                                                                                                   PAS 527                           Human Physiology and Pathophysiology II                        3
               MPAS Major                                                                                          PAS 529                           Research Methods for PAs                                       3
               Admission Prerequisites                                                                             PAS 535                           EKG                                                            1
               Students who have earned a baccalaureate degree and have met the following prerequisite             total                                                                                           15
               course requirements must apply through the Central Application Service for Physician As-            Year II—fall
               sistants (CASPA) and complete a supplemental application from MCPHS, along with an ap-
               plication fee. Students who meet the requirements may be invited to campus for an interview.        course                            tItle                                             seMester hours
                                                                                                                   PAS 531                           Primary Care Medicine I                                        4
               The application must include a transcript demonstrating successful completion of the follow-
                                                                                                                   PAS 532                           Manifestations and Management of Disease I                     6
               ing course prerequisites:
                                                                                                                   PAS 536                           Patient Assessment I                                           2
 178                                                                                                                                                                                                                     179
                  •     two semesters of Biology (one lab required), minimum of 7 semester credits;                PAS 537                           Clinical Therapeutics I                                        2
                  •     one semester of Microbiology with lab, 4 semester credits;                                 PAS 538                           History and Physical Examination I                             2
                  •     two semesters of Chemistry (one lab required), minimum of 7 semester credits;              PAS 538L                          History and Physical Examination I–Laboratory                  2
                  •     one semester of Biochemistry, 3 semester credits;                                          total                                                                                           18
                  •     two semesters of Human Physiology, 6 semester credits;
                  •     one semester of Psychology, 3 semester credits;                                            Year II—spring
                  •     one semester of Statistics or Biostatistics, 3 semester credits.                           course                            tItle                                             seMester hours

               These courses must have each been completed with a grade of C (2.0) or better but with an           PAS 540                           History and Physical Examination II                            2
               overall cumulative grade point average for these courses of B (3.0) or better on a 4.0 scale.       PAS 540L                          History and Physical Examination II–Laboratory                 2
                                                                                                                   PAS 541                           Primary Care Medicine II                                       4
               All prerequisites must be completed within the past 10 years; exceptions are handled on a
                                                                                                                   PAS 542                           Manifestations and Management of Disease II                    6
               case-by-case basis. Prerequisites must be completed at a regionally accredited institution of
                                                                                                                   PAS 546                           Patient Assessment II                                          2
               higher education in the U.S. Patient health care experience is recommended but not required
                                                                                                                   PAS 547                           Clinical Therapeutics II                                       2
               for admission.
                                                                                                                   total                                                                                           18
               MCPHS Premedical and Health Studies students seeking admission into the MPAS program
                                                                                                                   Beginning in the first summer session following the second year, each student begins a series of
               should see “Priority admission for MCPHS students” in the “School of Physician Assistant
                                                                                                                   required clinical clerkships for a duration of 45 weeks.
               Studies Policies and Professional Requirements” later in this section.
                                                                                                                   Year III—Clinical Clerkships
               Curriculum: MPAS (Boston)
               The MPAS major involves an intensive 30-month course of study of clinical medicine and in-          summer I and II, 15 s.h.
               depth exposure to people of all ages in various clerkship settings. All courses within the MPAS     fall semester, 15 s.h.
               program must be completed at MCPHS. The MPAS program does not award advanced                        spring semester, 15 s.h.
               placement or transfer credit for professional courses.
                                                                                                                   from the following clerkship offerings:
               Year I—fall
                                                                                                                   PASC 600                          Internal Medicine                                          5 s.h.
               course                            tItle                                            seMester hours   PASC 601                          Pediatrics                                                 5 s.h.
               PAS 517                           Human Physiology and Pathophysiology                         3    PASC 602                          Psychiatry                                                 5 s.h.
               PAS 514                           Ethics and Professional Behavior                             3    PASC 603                          Surgery                                                    5 s.h.
               PAS 515                           Genetics                                                     3    PASC 604                          Emergency Medicine                                         5 s.h.
               PAS 516                           Primary Care Psychiatry                                      3    PASC 605                          Women’s Health                                             5 s.h.
               PAS 518                           Clinical Pharmacology I                                      3    PASC 606                          Ambulatory Medicine                                        5 s.h.
               total                                                                                         15    PASC 607                          Geriatrics and Rehabilitation                              5 s.h.
               Competencies during the fall semester: Library Modules and Medical Terminology.                     PASC 608                          Elective                                                   5 s.h.

                                                                                                                   Total credits to complete degree requirements: 111 s.h.
               Clinical Clerkships                                                                                   Transfer of Credit
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      mcphs–boston
               A number of clinical clerkships in the required curriculum may be scheduled at some distance          The MCPHS PA Studies program does not accept transfer credit for any PAS courses during
               from the campus. This is necessary to provide a range of diverse learning experiences and en-         the 30-month professional PA program.
               sure availability and quality of clinical rotation sites. The College will make every effort to ac-   Advanced Placement
               commodate requests regarding assignments to experiential education sites, but students gen-           The MCPHS PA Studies program does not award advanced placement in our professional
               erally can expect to be assigned to clinical sites at some distance from the campus for at least      physician assistant curriculum.
               a portion of their required clinical rotations. In such instances, students are responsible for
               transportation, food, parking, housing, and other related incidentals for all clinical clerkships.    Performance in the MPAS Program
                                                                                                                     All “PAS”-designated courses (500 level and above) count towards the professional GPA. The
               In addition to the costs of the MPAS-Boston program delineated in the Tuition and Fees sec-           following are the requirements to remain in good academic standing:
               tion of this catalog, PA students can expect to spend approximately $500-$1000 on medical
               equipment and approximately $1000-$1500 for books during the program.                                   • To progress within both the didactic and clinical phase of the program, students must
                                                                                                                         achieve a final course grade of C (2.0) or better on a 4.0 scale. In all “PAS”-designated
               Students in the MPAS program will need to complete a Criminal Offender Record Informa-                    courses, obtaining a course grade of less than “C” results in a student having to repeat
               tion (CORI) check prior to starting clerkships. Positive CORI checks may impede a student’s               the course. Progression through the program will be delayed because professional phase
               progress in the program and result in a student being ineligible for placement at a clinical              courses are offered only once a year. This would also have a significant impact on GPA,
               clerkship and state licensure as a physician assistant. Students are responsible for the cost of          which could jeopardize progression as well.
               CORI checks.
 180                                                                                                                   • A cumulative professional GPA of 2.85 on a 4.0 scale must be maintained throughout           181
               School of Physician Assistant Studies                                                                     the entire length of the program. If students do not have the required cumulative pro-
               Policies and Professional Requirements                                                                    fessional 2.85 GPA, they may be placed on academic probation and /or be dismissed
               Basic Cardiac Life Support (BCLS)                                                                         from the program.
               All students in the Physician Assistant Studies program must present proof of BCLS certifi-             • Successful completion of the PA summative examination administered during the final
               cation on entering the second year of the program and maintain certification in order to be               professional year of the program is mandatory before graduation. Students with an in-
               eligible for Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) training.                                               ability to successfully pass the summative examination on the first administration will
               Employment                                                                                                be allowed to retake the exam. The second attempt on the summative exam must occur
               Outside of the College                                                                                    between 14 to 28 days following the first administration. Failure to pass the summative
                                                                                                                         examination on the second attempt will result in a recommendation for dismissal to the
               During the first and second professional years, the program does not prohibit students from               Division of Health Sciences Academic Standing Committee.
               maintaining employment outside of the College. In order to maintain good academic stand-
               ing, students should however be aware that the professional curricula of the program are rig-         In order to receive the Master of Physician Assistant Studies (MPAS) degree, students must
               orous and demanding. Students who must be engaged in gainful employment should balance                have earned a cumulative professional GPA of 2.85 or better on a 4.0 scale, successfully com-
               school and work responsibilities so as not to compromise their academic success. Due to the           pleted required courses and clerkships, demonstrated required proficiencies, and successfully
               rigorous nature of the clinical year (third professional year), the demands placed on students        completed the summative examination administered during the final professional year of the
               are extremely high, particularly with respect to their clinical work schedule and associated          program.
               study requirements. It is for this reason that the faculty strongly discourages students from         Priority Admission for MCPHS Students—Undergraduate Curriculum
               engaging in any outside, non-program-related activities (e.g., employment, volunteer work)            For MCPHS undergraduate students seeking priority admission into the MPAS program
               throughout the clinical year.                                                                         (Boston), the prerequisite requirements for application to the PA program can be met
               Employment Within the Program                                                                         through matriculation in the BS in Premedical and Health Studies program. Students in
                                                                                                                     that program must apply through the Central Application Service for Physician Assistants
               Within the second professional year, the program employs two PA students as teaching assis-           (CASPA) to MPAS during the fall semester of the third year of their undergraduate cur-
               tants within the History and Physical I & II, and Gross Anatomy courses. Eligible candidates          riculum. The CASPA application deadline is November 1. All first and second year BS in
               must be full-time second-year PA students in good academic standing. General responsibili-            Premedical and Health Studies courses must be completed successfully prior to applying to
               ties include: setting up and breaking down the laboratories, maintaining inventory counts             the PA program. Outstanding third year courses must be completed prior to admission into
               of equipment and distributing course material. Teaching assistants do not proctor or grade            the MPAS program.
               examinations. PA students and teaching assistants do not have access to any confidential
               records.                                                                                              Students in the BS in Premedical and Health Studies program who meet the requirements
                                                                                                                     will be given the first interview dates. Successful interviews are required for admission into
               Employment Within the College                                                                         the MPAS program.
               PA students within the second professional year may be employed on an hourly basis by
               the School of Arts and Sciences to serve as examination proctors for undergraduate courses.
               Employment, training and payment are done through the Office of the Dean of the School
               of Arts and Sciences.
                                                                                                                  ment is to ensure that all students entering the PharmD program have read and understand
               MCPHS–Boston
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     mcphs–worcester
                                                                                                                  the clinical and non-academic requirements of the program so they can make informed deci-
               School of Pharmacy–Boston                                                                          sions regarding their pursuit of the profession of pharmacy
               Douglas J. Pisano, PhD, Professor and Dean                                                         Candidates for admission to and students enrolled in the PharmD program must have abili-
                                                                                                                  ties and skills in multiple domains including: communication, intellectual, behavioral/social,
               Executive Staff                                                                                    and visual/auditory/tactile/motor competencies. The following technical standards describe
               Michael Montagne, PhD, Professor and Senior Associate Dean                                         the non-academic qualifications (required in addition to academic standards), which the
               Caroline Zeind, PharmD, Professor and Associate Dean for Academic and Professional Affairs         School of Pharmacy considers essential for successful progression and completion of the edu-
               Paul DiFrancesco, MPA, Assistant Professor and Assistant Dean of Experiential Education            cational objectives of its curriculum.
               Timothy Maher, PhD, Professor and Chair, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences and Associ-         Although the School of Pharmacy will engage in an interactive process with applicants with
               ate Dean for Graduate Studies                                                                      disabilities, it reserves the right not to admit any applicant who, upon completion of the
               William McCloskey, PharmD, Professor and Interim Chair, Department of Pharmacy Practice            interactive process, cannot meet the Technical Standards set forth below, with or without
               Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences                                                              reasonable accommodations.
               Timothy Maher, PhD, Professor and Chair                                                            Reasonable accommodation for persons with prior documented disabilities will be consid-
               Professors Maher, Mehanna, Montagne, Pidgeon, Pisano; Associate Professors Atef, Kerr,             ered on an individual basis. Students wishing to request accommodations for disabilities
 182           Kiel, LeDuc, Seoane-Vazquez; Assistant Professors Albers, Atef, Babiarz, Campagna, Chu-            should contact the Director of Disability Services (see “Students with Disabilities” in “Stu-      183
               ong, D’Souza, Elsaid, Gracz, Migliore; Instructor Pino-Figueroa                                    dent Services” section of the catalog.)
               Department of Pharmacy Practice                                                                    Domain: Communication
               Caroline Zeind, PharmD, Professor and Associate Dean for Professional and Academic Affairs         Performance Standards
               William McCloskey, PharmD, Professor and Interim Chair                                               A. Must have functional English speaking, reading and writing abilities necessary to com-
               Professors Cheng, Couris, Goldman-Levine, Krikorian, Rudorf, Wizwer; Associate Professors                municate clearly with patients/family/caregivers/physicians/other health care profes-
               Amato, Angelini, Bhatt, Ceresia, Dvorkin-Camiel, Felix-Getzik, Jacobson, Kostka-Rokosz,                  sionals/colleagues/faculty
               LaPointe, Machado, Matthews, Schnee, Segal, Silvia, Zaiken; Assistant Professors Crosby,             B. Communication includes both verbal and non-verbal expression, reading, writing and
               Dinsmore, Ferullo, Grams, Harris, Hudd, John, Kiritsy, Mistry, Moukhachen, Murrell, Patel,               computer skills
               Schneider, Stanic;Instructors Basile, Simonian, Taglieri                                           Essential Functions
                                                                                                                  Ability to participate in class discussions/group projects/practical labs for the purpose of the
               Degree and Residency Programs                                                                      delivery and receipt of medical information
                 Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD)                                                                        • Ability to recognize both verbal and non-verbal communication including facial expres-
                   Residencies in Pharmacy Practice                                                                   sions and body language
                 Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway (Online)                                              • Ability to report accurately and legibly in patients’ charts demonstrating the knowledge
                 BS in Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business                                                        of the meaning and spelling of words, rules of composition and grammar
                 BS in Pharmaceutical Sciences/Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences                         • Ability to explain to other health care team members to patients and/or caregivers rea-
                 BS in Pharmacology/Toxicology                                                                        son for treatment, preventive measures, disease process and need for referral
                                                                                                                    • Ability to use computers and other technology to accurately record information and
                                                                                                                      convey critical health-related documentation
               Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD)
                                                                                                                    • Ability to recognize and respond to physical and psychological needs of patients
               The School of Pharmacy–Boston offers a six-year program leading to a Doctor of Pharmacy
               (PharmD) degree. Students follow a curriculum that combines general, specialized, and ap-          Domain: Intellectual
               plied science courses with those in the liberal arts, preparing them for an increasingly visible   Performance Standards
               role on the health care team. In addition, required experiential courses provide opportunities        A. Must have critical and logical thinking ability sufficient to engage in clinical judgment
               to learn while practicing in areas such as ambulatory, community, inpatient medicine and                 and problem solving to address issues and problems within all learning environments
               institutional pharmacy, and elective experiences in geriatrics, pediatrics, industry, long-term       B. Must have ability to multi-task and to perform work in a logical and sequential manner
               care, and regulatory agencies. Credits earned in professional courses are valid for up to seven    Essential Functions
               years.                                                                                                • Must be able to memorize, perform scientific measurement and calculation, reason,
                                                                                                                        analyze, and synthesize information
               Technical Standards                                                                                   • Demonstrate ability to retrieve (electronically and manually), read, understand, and
               Introduction                                                                                             interpret medical, scientific and professional information and literature
               The School of Pharmacy is committed to a policy of equal educational opportunity, and                 • Demonstrate the intellectual and reasoning abilities required to develop problem-solv-
               welcomes individuals with diverse backgrounds and abilities. The School, therefore, prohibits            ing and decision-making skills
               discrimination according to all applicable state and federal laws. The purpose of this docu-          • Demonstrate ability to learn effectively through a variety of modalities including, but
                      not limited to classroom instruction, small group discussion, individual study of ma-               ments including, but not limited to palpation, auscultation, percussion, and other di-
mcphs–worcester




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            mcphs–worcester
                      terials, preparation and presentation of written and oral reports, and use of computers             agnostic maneuvers
                      and other technology                                                                              • Possess sufficient manual dexterity to conduct laboratory diagnostic tests and adminis-
                    • Demonstrate ability to prioritize/complete tasks in laboratory/clinical/patient care set-           ter non-oral medications
                      tings with time constraints                                                                     Experiential Rotations
                    • Perform a variety of duties accurately, often changing from one task to another without         Experiential education rotations are required throughout the professional curriculum. Three
                      loss of efficiency or composure                                                                 hundred hours of Intro to Pharmacy Practice Experience (IPPE) are required prior to the
                  Domain: Behavioral/Social                                                                           6th/4th professional year. One thousand four hundred and forty hours of Advanced Phar-
                                                                                                                      macy Practice (APPE) are required in the 6th/4th professional year. A number of experiential
                  Performance Standards                                                                               rotations in the required curriculum may be scheduled at some distance from the campus.
                    • Must possess ability to relate to patients, caregivers, other members of the health care        This is necessary to provide a range of diverse learning experiences and ensure availability and
                        team, and faculty in a professional manner                                                    quality of clinical rotation sites. The College will make every effort to accommodate requests
                    • Demonstrate sensitivity to people from a variety of cultural backgrounds                        regarding assignments to experiential education sites, but students generally can expect to
                    • Must possess ability to interact with and respond to needs of patients and caregivers           be assigned to clinical sites at some distance from the campus for at least a portion of their
                        from a variety of cultural backgrounds and with a diversity of emotional, intellectual        required clinical rotations. In such instances, students are responsible for transportation and
                        and physical health issues                                                                    other related travel expenses.
  184             Essential Functions                                                                                 Progression Requirements                                                                              185
                     • Must be able to utilize fully intellectual abilities to exercise good judgment, to complete    Students must have a 2.7 GPA to progress into the first professional year (third year) of
                        patient care responsibilities appropriately and to relate to patients, families, and col-     the program and maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.7 in Years 3-6 of the PharmD program
                        leagues with courtesy, compassion, maturity and respect for their dignity                     (Beginning with the Class of 2013). In addition the minimum passing grade for all required
                     • Must be able to effectively function when faced with the challenges and uncertainties in       professional courses is C-. Students from the classes of 2011 and 2012 must have a 2.5 GPA
                        classroom, laboratories, and experiential settings                                            to progress into the first professional year (third year) of the program, and maintain a cumu-
                     • Must accept constructive criticism and be able to respond and modify behavior accord-          lative GPA of 2.5 in Years 3-6 of the PharmD program. In addition, the minimum passing
                        ingly                                                                                         grade for all required professional courses is C-.
                     • Must be able to interact with faculty, staff, peers, patients, and members of the health
                        care team in a mature and professional manner that reflects the core values of the Col-       In addition to the GPA requirement, the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education
                        lege.                                                                                         now requires all preprofessional students in the second year of PharmD Program to complete
                                                                                                                      an interview prior to progression into the third year of the PharmD Program (the first pro-
                  Domain: Visual/Auditory                                                                             fessional year of the Doctor of Pharmacy program). The interview and the Oral Proficiency
                  Performance Standard                                                                                Exam, along with the GPA, must meet minimum criteria prior to entering the third year of
                    • Must possess sufficient visual and auditory abilities to gather data from written reference     the PharmD program.
                        material, oral presentations, illustrations, diagrams and patient observation                 All PharmD students must complete all requirements and be in good academic standing before
                  Essential Functions                                                                                 beginning sixth year advanced clinical rotations.
                     • Ability to gather data from written reference material, computer-based programs, and           All professional coursework in the PharmD program must be completed within a period of seven
                        from oral presentations                                                                       years. Any course work older than seven years must be repeated.
                     • Ability to observe and/or conduct demonstrations and experiments
                                                                                                                      Policy on Enrollment Management for the School of Pharmacy–Boston
                     • Ability to utilize various types of physical assessment skills required for patient-centered
                                                                                                                      The Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, School of Pharmacy-Boston,
                        care including reading digital or analog representations of physiologic phenomena
                                                                                                                      seeks to maintain an appropriate balance of qualified Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) stu-
                     • Ability to execute movements reasonably required to properly participate in the activi-
                                                                                                                      dents per class with the need to assure high academic standards that are consistent with those
                        ties of a laboratory or an experiential rotation that are components of pharmacy practice
                                                                                                                      of the profession. Students who are enrolled in other degree programs within the College and
                     • Be able to read and interpret prescriptions, prescription labels and drug labels
                                                                                                                      who have successfully completed all required prerequisites for the PharmD program, and
                  Domain: Tactile and Motor Competencies                                                              have also attained a minimum GPA of 3.0 without failure or repeat courses are eligible to ap-
                  Performance Standards                                                                               ply for transfer into the first professional year of the PharmD program, must successfully ful-
                     • Must possess sufficient tactile and motor abilities to prepare pharmaceutical products,        fill all requirements prior to the fall semester of the first professional year, in accordance with
                        evaluate patients, and perform basic laboratory tests                                         the Standards of June 2007 of the Accreditation Council on Pharmacy Education (ACPE)
                     • Must possess manual dexterity necessary to manipulate and control laboratory equip-            and those described in the Policy of the School of Pharmacy-Boston on Progression (2009)
                        ment and materials                                                                            into the Doctor of Pharmacy program.
                  Essential Functions                                                                                 Applications for internal transfer into the fall semester of a given year must be submitted to
                     • Possess manual dexterity sufficient to accurately compound and prepare pharmaceutical          the Office of the Dean, School of Pharmacy-Boston, by February 1 of that year. Decisions
                        products for dispensing to patients                                                           regarding acceptance of internal transfer applicants into the PharmD program will be made
                     • Possess manual dexterity and sense of touch sufficient to perform basic patient assess-        within two weeks following the close of final grades at the end of the spring semester of the
               second year based on space availability in the first professional year class for the following                Year II—spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          mcphs–boston
               fall semester. Matriculating students who wish to transfer into the PharmD program at any
                                                                                                                             course                             tItle                                                    seMester hours
               time after the close of final grades at the end of the spring semester of the second year will be
                                                                                                                             che 232                            organic chemistry II                                                 3
               required to complete their current program and may then apply after they have been awarded
                                                                                                                             lIB 220                            Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health              (3)
               their degree.                                                                                                                                    professionals***
               External transfers into the PharmD program are required to comply with the Transfer Admis-                    Mat 261                            statistics***                                                       (3)
               sions Policy as described in the College catalog.                                                             phY 270                            Foundations of physics I***                                         (3)

               Residency Requirement                                                                                         ssc 210                            economics***                                                        (2)

               Students must take all professional courses in residence at MCPHS and three credits of pro-                                                      electives                                                            6
               fessional electives during the fifth year (i.e., third professional year) of the program.                     total                                                                                               14-15

               Electives                                                                                                     ***May be taken either semester
               Students are required to take one professional elective during the fifth year of the PharmD                   Professional years III-IV
               program. A list of professional electives will be provided.                                                   Classes of 2011 and beyond
               Curriculum by Year: Doctor of Pharmacy                                                                        Year III (First Professional Year)—fall
               Year I—fall                                                                                                   course                             tItle                                                    seMester hours
 186                                                                                                                         PPB 325                            Introduction to Practice Management I                                2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          187
               course                              tItle                                                    seMester hours
               BIo 151                             Biology I: cellular and Molecular Biology                            3    PSB 328                            Physiology/Pathophysiology I                                         4

               che 131                             chemical principles I (w/lab)                                        4    PSB 331                            Biochemistry I                                                       3

               FYs 101                             First Year seminar*                                                  1    PSB 340                            Pharmaceutics I                                                      4

               lIB 111                             expository Writing I                                                 3    PSB 343                            Pharmaceutics Laboratory I                                           1

               lIB 120                             Introduction to psychology                                           3    PSB 320                            Introduction to Health Care Delivery*** or

               Mat 150                             precalculus** or                                                     3                                       elective                                                             3

               Mat 151                             calculus I                                                                total                                                                                                  17

               total                                                                                                   17    Year III (First Professional Year)—spring
               *Students entering after freshman year are not required to take this course.                                  course                             tItle                                                    seMester hours

               **If placed in Precalculus, the student receives 3 s.h. of general elective credit.                           PSB 329                            Physiology/Pathophysiology II                                        4
                                                                                                                             PSB 332                            Biochemistry II                                                      3
               Year I—spring
                                                                                                                             PPB 335                            Introduction to Practice Management II                               2
               course                              tItle                                                    seMester hours   PSB 341                            Pharmaceutics II                                                     3
               BIo 152                             Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                             4    PSB 344                            Pharmaceutics Laboratory II                                          1
               che 132                             chemical principles II (w/lab)                                       4    PSB 424                            Research Methods in Pharmacoepidemiology                             2
               lIB 112                             expository Writing II                                                3    PSB 320                            Introduction to Health Care Delivery*** or
               lIB 133                             american culture, Identity and public life                           3                                       elective                                                             3
               Mat 151/152                         calculus I or calculus II                                            3    total                                                                                                  18
               total                                                                                                   17
                                                                                                                             ***May be taken either semester.
               Year II—fall
                                                                                                                             Year IV (Second Professional Year)—fall
               course                              tItle                                                    seMester hours
                                                                                                                             course                             tItle                                                    seMester hours
               BIo 255                             Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                                         4
                                                                                                                             PPB 419                            Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experience III                        2
               che 231                             organic chemistry I (w/lab)                                          4
                                                                                                                             PPB 485                            Drug Literature Evaluation                                           3
               lIB 220                             Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health              (3)
                                                   professionals***                                                          PSB 441                            Medicinal Chemistry I                                                3

               Mat 152                             calculus II or                                                            PSB 451                            Pharmacology I                                                       4

               phY 270                             Foundations of physics I***                                         (3)   PPB 445                            Therapeutics I                                                       3

               Mat 261                             statistics***                                                       (3)   PSB 450                            Pharmaceutical Biotechnology                                         3

               ssc 210                             economics***                                                        (2)   total                                                                                                  18

                                                   elective                                                             3
               total                                                                                                16-17
               Year IV (Second Professional Year)—spring                                                                  Elective rotations chosen by the student are reviewed by the coordinators of experiential
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             mcphs–boston
                                                                                                                          education programs to determine whether the rotations provide appropriate emphasis and
               course                           tItle                                            seMester hours
                                                                                                                          balance to the student’s overall program and whether accommodations can be made at the
               PPB 414                          Virology and Anti-infectives                                         4
                                                                                                                          sites. Scheduling of the rotations is completed by the coordinator of experiential programs
               PPB 446                          Therapeutics II                                                      3
                                                                                                                          and may be modified at the discretion of the coordinator.
               PSB 430                          Pharmacokinetics I                                                   3
               PSB 442                          Medicinal Chemistry II                                               3    Residencies in Pharmacy Practice
               PSB 454                          Pharmacology II                                                      4
                                                                                                                          The School of Pharmacy–Boston offers several residencies in pharmacy practice. These post-
               total                                                                                                17
                                                                                                                          graduate programs provide twelve months of intensive practice experience in pharmacy. Resi-
                                                                                                                          dents are appointed as adjunct instructors in the School of Pharmacy–Boston and participate
               Year V (Third Professional Year)—fall                                                                      in the teaching program at MCPHS and its clinical affiliates. Further information on these
                                                                                                                          programs may be obtained from the chair of the Department of Pharmacy Practice.
               course                           tItle                                                   seMester hours
               lIB 512                          health care ethics or elective ****                                  3
               PPB 519                          Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experience IV                         1
                                                                                                                          Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway
               PPB 502                          OTC Drugs/Self Care                                                  3    The Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway is designed for qualified practitioners
               PPB 545/545L                     Advanced Practice Management I (w/lab)                               2    with a BS in Pharmacy degree who wish to earn a degree on a part-time basis. It is currently
 188                                                                                                                                                                                                                         189
               PPB 555                          Advanced Therapeutics I                                              4    offered in a Web-supported format with online lectures and group discussions, reducing re-
               PPB 551                          Advanced Therapeutics Seminar I                                      1
                                                                                                                          quired on-site meeting time to once per semester. This program helps pharmacists learn how
               PSB 432                          Pharmacokinetics II                                                  3
                                                                                                                          to collect and interpret data to design a pharmaceutical care plan for their individual patients
                                                                                                                          in collaboration with other health care professionals. Pharmacists learn how to recommend
               total                                                                                                17
                                                                                                                          and implement a therapeutic plan; perform ongoing patient evaluations; and document and
               Year V (Third Professional Year)—spring                                                                    report new, unusual or severe adverse drug reactions, drug interactions or unexpected effects
               course                           tItle                                                   seMester hours    of newly marketed drugs.
               lIB 512                          health care ethics or elective ****                                  3    Admission
               PPB 546/546L                     Advanced Practice Management II (w/lab)                              2    Requests for formal admission into the pathway are obtained from and processed through the
               PPB 552                          Advanced Therapeutics Seminar II                                     1    Admission Office. The PharmD Admission Committee in the School of Pharmacy–Boston
               PPB 556                          Advanced Therapeutics II                                             4    is responsible for evaluating the applications and making admission decisions. Admission
               PSB 411                          Pharmacy Law                                                         3    requirements include:
                                                professional elective                                                3      1. being a registered pharmacist in the United States;
               total                                                                                                16      2. working at or have access to a site that provides opportunities to practice pharmaceutical
               **** May be taken either semester                                                                               care (e.g., community pharmacy, hospital pharmacy, managed care pharmacy, etc.); and
                                                                                                                            3. submitting an application that includes: official transcripts from the institution that
               Year VI (Fourth Professional Year)
                                                                                                                               granted the BS in Pharmacy degree, curriculum vitae, short essay stating professional
                                                tItle                                                    seMester hours        goals and objectives, one letter of recommendation, and the required application fee.
               PPB 601C - 606C                  Advanced Pharmacy Experience Program Rotations                      36
                                                                                                                          The deadline for submitting application materials to the Admission Office is May 1. The
               total                                                                                                36    program begins in September. Application packets are available in the Admission Office by
               Total credits to complete degree*: 204                                                                     November 1. Because seats in the pathway are limited, it is important that applications be
               *Students entering the College after their freshman year are not required to take FYS 101 and,             returned early in the application period.
               therefore, need 203 s.h. to complete the degree.
               Sixth Year (Fourth Professional Year)                                                                      Academic Policies for the Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway
               During the final year of study, PharmD students earn 36 credit hours by completing 36 weeks                In addition to the Doctor of Pharmacy program academic policies, the following require-
               of advanced experiential rotations. The rotations start as early as May and run consecutively              ments apply to PharmD students in the postbaccalaureate pathway.
               through late November or December. The rotations resume in January and finish in May.                        • The minimum overall grade point average for graduation from the Postbaccalaureate
               Students are required to complete rotations in Inpatient Medicine, Institutional Pharma-                       Doctor of Pharmacy program is 2.2. If the cumulative grade point average of any stu-
               cy Practice, Ambulatory Care, and Community Pharmacy Practice. Additionally, students                          dent falls below 2.2 after completion of 14 semester hours of credit in the pathway, the
               complete two elective rotations from areas such as administration, cardiology, community                       student is placed on academic probation and has two semesters to correct the deficiency.
               practice, critical care medicine, drug information, emergency medicine, gastroenterology, in-                  Failure to achieve a grade point average of 2.2 following the probationary period is
               fectious diseases, nephrology, oncology/hematology, obstetrics/gynecology, pediatrics, poison                  grounds for dismissal from the pathway. For a description of the appeal process refer to
               information, and psychiatry.                                                                                   the Student Handbook.
                    For classes entering in 2010 and after, the minimum overall grade point average for             Project Module (3 semester hours)
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        mcphs–boston
                    graduation from the Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy program is 2.7. If the cu-             Options for the Project Module include a clinical rotation conducted in the student’s prac-
                    mulative grade point average of any student falls below 2.7 after completion of 14              tice site as a major project or a full-time rotation (two, two-week rotations or one continu-
                    semester hours of credit in the pathway, the student is placed on academic probation            ous four-week rotation) under the supervision of an MCPHS faculty member at the faculty
                    and has two semesters to correct the deficiency. Failure to achieve a grade point average       member’s practice site.
                    of 2.7 following the probationary period is grounds for dismissal from the pathway. For         Phase III—summer
                    a description of the appeal process, refer to the Student Handbook.
                  • The minimum acceptable grade is “C-” in courses and modules in the pathway. Courses             course                          tItle                                       seMester hours

                    in which grades below passing are earned must be repeated until the minimum grade               ppB 623                         pharmacotherapeutics I                      5
                    level is met. A student may petition to replace a maximum of one repeated course grade          ppB 623a                        pharmacotherapeutics practice I             1
                    in his/her calculated grade point average.                                                      total                                                                       6
                  • All didactic coursework must be completed within a period of three years of matricula-          Phase III—fall
                    tion into the Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy program and all program require-
                    ments must be completed within four years of matriculation for the class entering in            course                          tItle                                              seMester hours

                    2010.                                                                                           ppB 625                         pharmacotherapeutics II                                        6

               Curriculum: Postbaccalaureate Doctor of Pharmacy Pathway                                             ppB 625a                        pharmacotherapeutics practice II                               1
 190           The current pathway is organized into three phases that provide for progression toward the           total                                                                                          7    191
               terminal educational outcomes. Completion of 37 semester hours of coursework is required             Phase III—spring
               to earn the degree.
                                                                                                                    course                          tItle                                              seMester hours
               Phase I—fall                                                                                         ppB 633                         pharmacotherapeutics III                                       6
               course                          tItle                                               seMester hours   ppB 633a                        pharmacotherapeutics practice III                              1
               ppB 600                         principles of pharmaceutical care                               3    total                                                                                          7
               psB 421                         pharmacoepidemiology                                            2    Phase III—summer
               total                                                                                           5
                                                                                                                    course                          tItle                                              seMester hours
               Phase II—spring                                                                                      ppB 668a                        pharmacotherapeutics practice IV                               4
               course                          tItle                                               seMester hours   ppB 668                         project Module                                                 3
               ppB 672                         Drug literature resources and evaluation                        3    total                                                                                          7
               ppB 681                         clinical pharmacokinetics                                       2
               total                                                                                           5    TOTAL                                                                                         27

               Phase III                                                                                            Total credits to complete degree requirements: 37 s.h.
               Pharmacotherapy I, II, III (17 semester hours)                                                       Academic Complaint Policy
               Three pharmacotherapy courses employ a problem-based approach to pharmacotherapy that
                                                                                                                    It is the policy of the MCPHS School of Pharmacy–Boston (SOP-B) to objectively review
               involves lectures, literature review, and faculty case discussions. Lectures and faculty discus-
                                                                                                                    student grievances related to academic issues. Students with complaints regarding discrimina-
               sion are conducted online using textual and audio presentations and interactive discussions.
                                                                                                                    tion are referred to the College-wide Discrimination Grievance Policy. Students with issues
               One on-campus meeting will occur each semester for faculty review and student presenta-
                                                                                                                    or complaints regarding their grade or performance in an individual class are referred to the
               tions.
                                                                                                                    Grade Appeals policy. Both policies are in the Academic Policies and Procedures section of
               Pharmacotherapy Practice and Seminar I, II, III, IV (7 semester hours)                               this catalog.
               Following lectures and faculty discussion, practitioners are asked to apply the therapeutic
                                                                                                                    Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education
               information to patients using simulated case histories and/or patients from their work sites
                                                                                                                    If a student wishes to complain about an issue related to the accreditation standards of the
               (five hours per week in direct patient care activities at an approved work site are required).
                                                                                                                    Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education, the student should follow the procedure
               Efforts are directed at determining appropriate pharmacotherapeutic care plans and detecting         detailed below.
               and solving patient drug-related problems through a series of evaluations and interventions.
                                                                                                                    Procedure
               Each student is assigned a faculty preceptor who will evaluate and guide the student through
                                                                                                                      1. The student writes a letter detailing the complaint to the School of Pharmacy–Boston
               patient care assignments and project work each semester. Students are also expected to lead
                                                                                                                         Associate Dean for Academic and Professional Affairs.
               case discussions among their classmates and participate in others’ presentations. Two case
                                                                                                                      2. If the associate dean is unable to resolve the issue, he/she forms an ad hoc committee of
               presentations are expected each semester. One will be presented online and the second live at
                                                                                                                         three faculty members (at least one member from each department) and asks the com-
               the campus-based meetings.
                                                                                                                         mittee to review the complaint and make a recommendation.
                                                                                                                      3. The student receives a written response within 30 days.
                  4. If the student wishes to appeal the decision, he/she may appeal to the SOP-B dean
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           mcphs–boston
                     within five days.                                                                             Year II—spring
                  5. The dean makes a decision and informs the student within 14 days. The decision of the
                     school dean is final.                                                                         course                        tItle                                                    seMester hours

                  6. The SOP-B Dean’s Office keeps a file of all complaints and responses.                         B10 210                       anatomy and physiology II (no lab)                                   3
                                                                                                                   lIB 220                       Introduction to Interpersonal communication for health               3
               Bachelor of Science in Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business                                                                    professionals
               (formerly Bachelor of Science in Pharmaceutical Marketing and                                       ssc 210                       economics                                                            2
               Management)                                                                                                                       Distribution electives                                               6

               This program combines biological and pharmaceutical sciences coursework with marketing              total                                                                                             14

               and general management studies, preparing students for a variety of careers or for a continu-       Year III—fall
               ation of their education in post-graduate programs that could include business, science and
                                                                                                                   course                        tItle                                                    seMester hours
               regulatory affairs masters degrees. The BS in Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business pro-
                                                                                                                   psB 261                       Management                                                           3
               vides skills and experience for use in pharmaceutical sales, health care and health information
                                                                                                                   psB 375                       Fundamentals of Drug Development                                     4
               management, food, drug and medical device industry regulatory oversight, and pharmacy
                                                                                                                   psB 359                       Marketing                                                            3
               distribution systems development and implementation (e.g., wholesaling, contract purchas-
               ing, and pharmacoeconomic analysis). Graduates find career opportunities within managed                                           Distribution elective                                                3
 192                                                                                                                                                                                                                       193
               care, drug development, manufacturing and promotion, pharmacy and health care informa-                                            professional elective                                                3
               tion systems, and other areas where an understanding of the intricacies of pharmaceutical           total                                                                                             16
               sciences and an appreciation for their business applications is critical.                           Year III—spring
               To meet the residency requirement for this program, students must complete at least 62 s.h.         course                        tItle                                                    seMester hours
               at MCPHS.                                                                                           psB 320                       Introduction to health care Delivery                                 3
                                                                                                                   psB 456                       entrepreneurship                                                     3
                                                                                                                   psB 315                       Business statistics                                                  3
               Curriculum by Year: BS in Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business
               Year I—fall                                                                                         psB 423                       pharmaceutical/health care Marketing                                 3
                                                                                                                   psB 425                       health care Management                                               3
               course                          tItle                                              seMester hours
                                                                                                                   total                                                                                             15
               BIo 151                         Biology I: cell and Molecular Biology                          3
                                                                                                                   Year IV—fall
               che 110                         Basic chemistry I (w/lab)                                      4
               FYs 101                         First Year seminar                                             1    course                        tItle                                                    seMester hours

               lIB 111                         expository Writing I                                           3    lIB 512                       health care ethics                                                    3
               lIB 120                         Introduction to psychology                                     3    psB 410                       FDa and regulatory affairs                                            3
               Mat 151                         calculus I                                                     3    psB 415                       accounting                                                            3
               total                                                                                         17    psB 418                       pharmacoeconomics                                                     3

               Year I—spring                                                                                                                     professional elective                                                 3
                                                                                                                   total                                                                                             15
               course                          tItle                                              seMester hours
                                                                                                                   Year IV—spring
               BIo 152                         Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/ lab)                      4
               che 210                         Basic chemistry II (w/lab)                                     4    course                        tItle                                                    seMester hours

               lIB 112                         expository Writing II                                          3    psB 445                       sales of pharmaceuticals and Medical products                        3
               lIB 133                         american culture, Identity and public life                     3    psB 446                       health care Finance                                                  3
               Mat 152                         calculus II                                                    3    psB 447                       Fundamentals of Business law                                         3
               total                                                                                         17                                  professional electives                                               6

               Year II—fall                                                                                        total                                                                                             15

                                                                                                                   Total credits to complete degree requirements: 125 s.h
               course                          tItle                                              seMester hours
                                                                                                                   Note: Students transferring from the PharmD program will have taken Chemical Principles I
               Beh 355                         organizational psychology                                      3
                                                                                                                   (CHE 131) and Chemical Principles II (CHE 132) which can be applied to Basic Chemistry I
               BI0 110                         anatomy and physiology I (no lab)                              3
                                                                                                                   (CHE 110) and Basic Chemistry II (CHE 210). Organic Chemistry I (CHE 231) and Organic
               BIo 255                         Medical Microbiology (w/lab)                                   4
                                                                                                                   Chemistry II (CHE 232) can be applied to two electives.
               Mat 261                         statistics                                                     3
                                               Distribution elective                                          3
               total                                                                                         16
               Elective Requirements                                                                                   Year I–spring
mcphs–boston




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             mcphs–boston
               Students in the BS in Pharmaceutical and Health Care Business program are required to
                                                                                                                       course                          tItle                                                seMester hours
               select a minimum of four elective courses (or at least 12 credits) in the area of business ad-
                                                                                                                       BIo 152                         Biology II: Biology of organisms (w/lab)                         4
               ministration including additional coursework in marketing, management and accounting or
                                                                                                                       che 132                         chemical principles II (w/lab)                                   4
               in a related area of study. The following is a list of acceptable courses. Other courses offered by
                                                                                                                       lIB 112                         expository Writing II                                            3
               the Colleges of the Fenway may be also be acceptable upon approval of the student’s academic
               advisor or the program director.                                                                        lIB 133                         american culture, Identity and public life                       3
                                                                                                                       Mat 152                         calculus II                                                      3
                                                                                                                       total                                                                                           17
               Recommended:
               Beh 250                          health psychology
                                                                                                                       Year II–fall
               Beh 350                          abnormal psychology                                                    course                          tItle                                                seMester hours
               Mat 197                          computer applications                                                  che 231                         organic chemistry I (w/lab)                                      4
               psB 416                          Managerial accounting                                                  lIB 252                         Introduction to speech                                           3
               psB 422                          Drug education                                                         phY 270                         Foundations of physics I                                         3
               psB 424                          research Methods in pharmacoepidemiology                               phY 272l                        Foundations of physics I lab                                     1
               psB 434                          Managed health care Management and administration                                                      Distributive electives                                           6
 194